&ER&
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Safety Manual
for
Hazardous Waste
Site
Investigations
September 1979
-------
|>' dF& ^ UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
SEP 19 1379
OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT
MEMORANDUM
SUBJECT: Safety Manual for Hazardous Wa.ste yfcji^ Investigations
FROM: Jeffrey G. Miller, Directo
Hazardous Waste Enforcemen
Kenneth E.. Biglane, Director ^.J^
Oil & Special Materials Control Division
The attached Safety Manual for Hazardous Waste Site
Investigations was developed jointly by the National Enforcement
Investigations Center (NEIC) and by a specially formed Hazardous
Waste Disposal Site Safety Task Force, chaired by Robert Magor of
the EPA Office of Occupational Health and Safety. Members of that
group represent several Headquarters offices and Regional
Surveillance and Analysis Divisions. The manual discusses proper
safety measures to be observed in conducting hazardous waste site
investigations and in handling samples resulting from such inspec-
tions.
The manual will eventually receive the full Agency Red Border
review and your comments on how it might be improved are welcome.
However, in the interim this is considered to be the best infor-
mation currently available regarding safety and should be used by
all EPA offices and contractors involved with hazardous waste site
investigations.
Attachment
Addressees
Deputy Project Officers, Region I-X
S&A Division Directors, Region I-X
Enforcement Division Directors,'Region I-X
Air & Hazardous Division Directors, Region I-X
Hazardous Waste Site Contacts, Region I-X
Ken Biglane
Bob Magor
Bill Blackman
-------
3 V\,/7 g UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
WASHINGTON. D.C. 20460
October 15, 1979
OFFICE OF
MEMORANDUM PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
SUBJECT: Transmittal of Manual
TO: Recipients of "Safety Manual for Hazardous Waste
Site Investigations" .
PROM: Robert C. Magor, TtirectoTSZ^'i1^^
Office of Occupational Health and Safety (PM-273)
On August 17, 1979> Jeffrey Miller, Director, Hazardous Waste
Task Force, and Kenneth Biglane, Director, Oil and Special Materials
Control Division, jointly announced the formation of a Headquarters/
Regional Work Group to finalize a safety manual for the inspection
and investigation of hazardous waste sites. This group met September $,
1979> to review a draft prepared by NEIC on this subject; the attached
Manual is the product of this meeting and subsequent work by NEIC and
OOHS.
The implementation of these guidelines must take place immediately,
since EPA and contractor personnel are already heavily involved in
hazardous waste site inspections. The Work Group strongly encourages
your acceptance of this Manual immediately as guidance for these ac-
tivities. We will send this out for "red boarder" review as policy in
the near future, and therefore the Work Group would appreciate any com-
ments you may have on this issuance. Between now and when it becomes
policy, though, I encourage you to abide by it, oinclude it in contract
language, and distribute it to states with whomAare jointly involved.
The structure of the Manual is that of policy statements in the
text, followed by expandable appendices which contain the specifics.
A suggestion that we issue this as a loose-leaf notebook has merit, since
the Work Group believes that as our field activities increase, our
experience will cause us to supplement and revise this Manual.
The Work Group discussed at length the section on the laboratory
facility requirements. (The Work Group rapidly agreed on most other
parts of the Manual.) The Office of Occupational Health and Safety will
soon be proposing EPA laboratory standards, which will be very close to
DHEW's, "Guidelines for the Laboratory Use of Chemical Substances Posing
a Potential Occupational Carcinogenic Risk," June 5, 1979 (Revised Draft).
-------
-2-
The Work Group agreed to make the recommendations in this Manual
consistent with those guidelines: Whereas the most appropriate
laboratory space for analytically supporting waste site investi-
gations are laboratories meeting "containment" specifications (and
soon EPA will have a sufficient number of containment laboratories
to totally support this effort), we acknowledge that infrequent
analyses of small quantities of material can be carried out safely
in good convential laboratories with adherence to good laboratory
practices.
If you have any comments, please contact either William Blackman,
NEIC, or myself.
Attachment
-------
vvEPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Safety Manual
for
Hazardous Waste
Site
Investigations
D
R
September 1979
-------
o
o
c
o
5
-------
FOREWORD
The Hazardous Waste Site Investigation Safety Task
Force has prepared this manual to provide the basis
for organization safety plans and programs. It is
intended to supplement existing safety manuals with
elements necessary to safely conduct hazardous waste
site investigations. The Task Force assumed it to be
inappropriate to include all of the rules and advice
contained in existing manuals pertaining to the more
genera] field and laboratory operations. It is further
assumed that as organizations revise and update
existing safety manuals and programs, the principles
contained herein will be incorporated.
It is also necessary to note the developing and
evolving nature of hazardous waste site investigations
and related operations. The techniques are subject to
change and update as experience is gained. Users are
encouraged to provide suggestions or comments to:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Industrial Hygiene Programs Manager
Office of Occupational Health and Safety (PM-273)
Room 3503 Waterside Mall
401 M Street S.W.
Washington, D.C., 20460
-------
CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION 1-1
PURPOSE 1-1
RESPONSIBILITIES 1-1
Program Managers 1-2
Occupational Health and Safety Officers 1-2
First-Line Supervisors 1-2
Field and Laboratory Safety Coordinators 1-3
Project Leaders 1-3
Employees . . . ~. 1-4
II. GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS II-l
UNSAFE SITUATIONS II-l
PROTECTIVE GEAR II-l
RADIOACTIVITY AND EXPLOSIVITY II-2
SAMPLE HANDLING ' II-2
FORBIDDEN PRACTICES II-3
HEALTH AND TRAINING II-3
III. SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR FIELD EVALUATIONS OF
HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES III-l
INTRODUCTION III-l
INFORMATION REVIEW AND RECONNAISSANCE III-l
FIELD SAMPLING III-3
Clean Area III-3
Sampling Equipment II1-4
Clothing III-4
SCBA/Respirators III-5
Sampling Procedures III-7
LEAVING THE SITE 111-12
TRAINING 111-12
IV. PACKAGING, MARKING, LABELING, AND SHIPPING OF
HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE SAMPLES IV-1
GENERAL PROVISIONS IV-1
PRELIMINARY STEPS IV-2
PACKAGING, MARKING & LABELING REQUIREMENTS FOR
UNANALYZED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE SAMPLES,
EXCLUDING DRUM SAMPLES IV-2
PACKAGING, MARKING & LABELING REQUIREMENTS FOR
UNANALYZED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE SAMPLE TAKEN
FROM CLOSED DRUMS IV-8
V. REGULATED LABORATORY PROCEDURES V-l
INTRODUCTION V-l
ACCESS - EXIT SAFEGUARDS V-2
USE OF RESPIRATORS V-4
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING V-4
SAMPLE PREPARATION - HANDLING AND STORAGE V-5
HOUSEKEEPING V-6
USE OF EQUIPMENT V-7
WASTE DISPOSAL V-8
SPILL CLEANUP PROCEDURES V-9
ADDITIONAL WORK PRACTICE & ENGINEERING CONTROLS
FOR UNIQUE HAZARD SITUATIONS V-9
-------
APPENDICES
A Personal Protective Clothing
B EPA Medical Monitoring Guidelines
C Training Requirements
D Incompatible Waste
E Poison Control Centers
F Substances Posing Potential Carcinogenic Risk
FIGURES
1 On-site Decontamination of Protective Clothing . . . III-5
2 Remote Removal of Barrel Bung III-8
3 Remote Sampling II1-9
4 Sample Identification Tags IV-4
5 Chain-Of-Custody Records IV-6, 7
-------
mz
om
>x
5?
H
-------
II-l
(9/79)
II. GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
UNSAFE SITUATIONS
All employees are directed to bring to the attention of the most readily
accessible Supervisor any unsafe condition, practice, or circumstance associa-
ted with or resulting from hazardous waste site (HWS) investigations.
In cases of immediate hazard to employees or the public, any employee
on the scene should take all practicable steps to eliminate or neutralize
the hazard; this may include leaving the site. Followup consultation with
the Project Leader or Supervisor must then be made at the first opportunity.
In such circumstances the Project Leader or Supervisor must take, or cause
to be taken, the necessary steps to ensure that the investigation can be com-
pleted safely. Such steps may include changes in procedure, removal or neu-
tralization of a hazard, consultation with appropriate experts, or bringing
in specialists such as Explosive Ordinance Disposal (EOD) units. In cases
where the hazard is not immediate, the employee should consult the Supervisor
or management regarding appropriate corrective measures. Application of this
rule requires exercising good judgment and common sense by all employees.
PROTECTIVE GEAR
Protective headgear, eyewear, footwear, and clothing are to be worn at
all times on abandoned hazardous waste sites [see Appendix A]. Likewise,
self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) will be worn unless the on-scene
Project Leader has determined that the ambient air may be safely inhaled.
On-scene Project Leaders should exercise informed judgment on protective
gear requirements at active sites, or in cases where sites have been re-
peatedly entered or occupied without apparent harm. In any case where
doubt exists, the safe course of action must be taken. SCBA will be worn
-------
II-2
(9/79)
at all times when containers of suspected hazardous materials are being
opened, or when operating in buildings or other enclosed spaces suspected
of containing hazardous substances (see Chapter III).
RADIOACTIVITY AND EXPLOSIVITY
All suspect sites must be checked for radioactivity and explosivity
during first entry onto the site. Normal background radioactivity is ap-
proximately 0.02 mr/hr; however activity of 10.0 mr/hr is acceptable for
the period of exposure associated with a hazardous waste site investiga-
tion. Detecting levels of activity significantly greater than normal
background is cause for a very careful survey of the entire site; if levels
approaching 10 mr/hr are encountered, the advice of a competent radiation
health physicist must be sought before continuing operations on the site.
*
If explosivity readings greater than 20% LEL (not 20% concentration,
which is frequently much higher than 20% LEL) are detected, very careful
survey of the area, including ground-, waist-, and head-level readings,
must be made. Readings approaching or exceeding 50% LEL are cause for im-
mediately withdrawing personnel and notifying the fire department. A
Supervisor or management is then to be consulted for direction regarding
further operations. Supervisors or managers are then to take, or cause to
be taken, actions necessary to safely resume the investigation.
SAMPLE HANDLING
Samples of runoff, ambient air, or groundwater from an HWS, or pos-
sibly affected areas, may be moved directly into laboratories and handled
with normal safety precautions, unless the Supervisor or Project Leader
*
LEL = Lower Explosive Limit
-------
II-3
(9/79)
determines that special handling is appropriate. However, samples of
liquids or solid materials removed from containers or certain spill
areas are to be processed and diluted in a controlled, or regulated,
lab before analysis (see Chapters III and V).
FORBIDDEN PRACTICES
The following practices are expressly forbidden during operations on
suspected or known hazardous waste disposal sites:
1. Smoking, eating or drinking while on site.
2. Ignition of flammable liquids within, on, or through improvised heating
devices (barrels, etc.), or space heaters.
3. Entry into areas or spaces where toxic or explosive concentrations of
gases or dust may exist without proper equipment available to enable
safe entry.
4. Conduct of on-site operations without off-site backup personnel.*
HEALTH AND TRAINING
All employees who will engage in HWS field investigations or lab-
oratory analyses must complete a comprehensive health examination, be
shown to be free of residual effects of exposure to hazardous materials,
and be in general good health and physical condition. The comprehensive
examination is to be repeated at intervals no greater than annually for
so long as the employee continues HWS investigative work [see Appendix B].
* On-scene Project Leaders should exercise informed judgment regarding the
necessity for off-site backup at active sites, or in cases where sites
have been repeatedly entered or occupied without apparent harm. In any
case where doubt exists, off-site backup must be provided.
-------
II-4
(9/79)
All employees engaged in HWS field work or laboratory analyses will
receive training in basic first aid, cardio-pulmonary resuscitation, and
the use of protective clothing and equipment [see Appendix C]. Management
is responsible for providing training at the earliest practicable time, and
refresher training at appropriate intervals.
Management, Supervisors, and Project Leaders are required to famil-
iarize themselves with the EPA Occupational Health and Safety Manual;
29 CFR* 1910; 29 CFR 1960; and EPA Accident Reporting Procedures.
* CFR = Code of Federal Regulations
-------
Ri-
o
-------
III-l
(9/79)
III. SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR FIELD EVALUATIONS
OF HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
INTRODUCTION
The Project Leader is responsible for establishing, and adjusting as
necessary, the level of safety precautions appropriate to the individual
hazardous waste site (HV/S) being evaluated --- such as use of SCBA, etc.
The Project Leader ensures that all participants conduct their work in
accordance with the study plan and applicable safety rules. He/she is
authorized to direct any assigned employee to leave the HWS if the employee
fails to observe safety requirements or in any way creates a safety hazard.
INFORMATION REVIEW AND RECONNAISSANCE
Developing a safe plan of HWS investigation must be preceded by
thorough evaluation of existing data and a reconnaissance (see "Waste
Disposal Site Hazard Assessment Manual"). The information search may
indicate possible chemical hazards such as the presence of incompatible
chemicals, toxic gases, explosives, etc. [see Appendix D]. Such indica-
tions will provide insight to specific safety precautions needed. Simi-
larly, a perimeter inspection or aerial imagery, followed by an on-site
reconnaissance, will reveal safety hazards requiring special attention.
The safety precautions necessary in field investigations will normally
become more complex as the following order of tasks brings investigative
personnel progressively closer to actual contact with waste materials:
T. Environmental Measurements (Off-site)
a. Ambient air
b. Runoff
c. Groundwater (existing wells)
d. Peripheral test holes
-------
III-2
(9/79)
On-site Measurements (Accessible)
a. Soil
b. Spilled material
c. Air
d. Exposure (bioassay)
e. On-site wells
On-Site Measurements (Entry)
a. Barrels
b. Tanks
c. Enclosed spaces
d. Test holes
e. Feed and process lines and valves
f. Sewers and manholes
It follows that the safety considerations in design of the investigation
indicate selection of investigative methods that will minimize safety require-
ments and meet project objectives (i.e., enforcement or cleanup).
The information review and reconnaissance should also include careful
examination of possible hazards to the public. Such hazards may include
contamination of groundwater supplies by drilling operations, release of
toxic gases, or explosion/fire. Any such hazards must be avoided or eli-
minated, or appropriate measures must be taken to protect the public and
public property. Any indication of the presence of explosives is to be
the basis for an initial investigation and appropriate followup by Army
Explosive Ordinance Disposal (EOD) personnel or police explosives unit.
Before entry on a suspect or known HWS, all investigative personnel
must know the locations and emergency telephone numbers for the nearest
medical facility, ambulance service, fire department, police department,
poison control centers [see Appendix E], and EPA Office contact.
FIELD SAMPLING
Clean Area
During operations on a suspect or known HWS, a "clean" area must be
-------
III-3
(9/79)
established outside the area of suspected contamination. At least one
backup team member* will remain in this area to:
1. Assist in emergency removal of team members from the HWS in the
event of accident or injury. The backup must have readily avail-
able protective clothing, breathing apparatus and first aid equip-
ment.
2. Assist in moving equipment, samples, and supplies.
3. Provide communication to emergency units'.**
4. Assist in decontamination or removal of contaminated clothing from
the individuals emerging from the contaminated area.
5. As appropriate, prevent entry of unauthorized persons to the
HWS while operations are underway.
6. Provide other assistance as necessary, but with the primary objec-
tive of facilitating safe transfer of personnel and equipment to
and from the contaminated area.
Sampling Equipment
As a general rule, sampling equipment used on an HWS should be dis-
posable. Dippers, scoops, and similar devices for solids samples should
be buried onsite, or placed in plastic bags for disposal or later decon-
tamination. Liquid samples from barrels or tanks should be withdrawn in
inert tubing, such as glass, and the tubing should then be broken and
abandoned within the barrel or tank. If incineration or recycling of
barrel contents is contemplated, the tubing may be disposed of in other
•^ * On-scene Project Leaders may exercise informed judgment regarding the
need for off-site backup at active sites, or in cases where sites have
been repeatedly entered or occupied without apparent harm. In any case
where doubt exists, the safe course of action must be taken.
** Radio contact must be maintained when visual contact cannot be maintained.
-------
III-4
(9/79)
suitable containers, or buried on the site. The widely discussed Com-
posite Liquid Waste Sampler (or "Coliwasa") is unsuitable for use on HWS
investigations because it is extremely difficult to decontaminate under
field conditions.
Clothing
Protective clothing must be worn by all assigned personnel while on
a suspected or confirmed HWS, until sufficient data has been acquired to
enable the Project Leader to make an informed judgment regarding the
need. Project Leaders must weigh the fact that fatigue and alertness on
the part of the team members is a significant safety factor. Protective
clothing is cumbersome, hastens the on-set of fatigue, and limits stay-time.
In the absence of clear indications that work can proceed safely without
protective clothing, required items include chemical-resistant pants and
jacket, rubber boots, protective gloves, hard hat or head cover, face
shield or chemical safety glasses [see Appendix A].
Disposable and reuseable clothing is available, and each has advan-
tages and disadvantages. The presently available disposable clothing is
fragile, easily torn, and especially vulnerable during cold weather.
The "bootees" that are furnished with this clothing are highly vulner-
able and are of limited value on rough ground or for walking through
snagging objects. Reuseable clothing is available in much sturdier fabric
and is generally preferred. The disadvantage is the necessity for decon-
tamination on-site, or careful packaging, shipment, and later decontami-
nation. The reuseable suits are worn with heavy rubber slip-on boots,
which are easily decontaminated on-site with reagent solution [see Figure!].
Full-decontamination of reusable suits is accomplished in two steps.
The first step is performed on-site using a reagent solution selected
beforehand in consultation with Chemistry and Biology personnel, based
on limited knowledge of chemical and biological hazards on the site at
that time. After cleansing, protective clothing is turned inside out,
if feasible, and sealed in plastic bags for return shipment. The second
decontamination step is taken later, after enough of the sample has been
-------
III-5
(9/79)
FIGURE 1. ON-SITE DECONTAMINATION OF PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
-------
III-6
(9/79)
laboratory-analyzed to determine what decontamination reagents are most
suitable for each case. This second cleaning is then performed by per-
sonnel wearing disposable safety clothing. Waste decontamination solution
from the second step should be treated as hazardous waste and disposed
of according to appropriate regulations.
SCBA/Respirators
Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) must be worn on-site when:
1. Still air conditions prevail.
2. Containers of unknown or known hazardous materials are being opened.
3
When in enclosed spaces, such as unventilated buildings or rooms.
4
Under any circumstances where free-flow of air uncontaminated by
toxics is in doubt.
In cases where the Project Leader has determined that on-site work
may proceed without use of SCBA, participating personnel must carry res-
pirators having organic vapor protection cartridges, or combination car-
tridges. An oxygen meter should be used to determine that at least 19.5%
oxygen is present in the area where respirators are to be used. Respirators
should be donned immediately upon experiencing breathing difficulty, dizzi-
ness or other distress, strong taste or smell, or mere judgement that pre-
caution is in order. Once respirators have been donned, team members should
withdraw from the site pending a decision by the Project Leader regarding
continued operations. Cartridge respirators should not be relied upon for
protection from organic vapors for extended periods. [See Appendix A for
more information.]
Remember:
1. Respirator cartridges for organic vapors function as adsorbants. Once
adsorptive capacity is reached, the cartridge no longer functions.*
2. Cartridge respirators do not supply oxygen. They are of no use
in oxygen deficient atmospheres.*
* See Pritchard, J., "A Guide to Industrial Respiratory Protection",
NIOSH, Cincinnati, Ohio, June 1976.
-------
III-7
(9/79)
Sampling Procedures
Sampling methods are described in the "Waste Disposal Site Hazard
Assessment Manual." As indicated under "Field Sampling" above, disposable
sampling equipment should be used wherever possible. The guiding safety
principle is to prevent exposure of personnel doing sampling, packaging,
shipping, analysis, and to prevent exposure of others to spilled or resi-
dual waste materials.
Containers (drums, tanks etc.) should only be sampled when necessary
to meet enforcement or cleanup requirements. Opening drums or other
sealed containers may be hazardous to sampling personnel unless proper
safety procedures are followed. Gases can be released, or pressurized
liquids can be expelled. A drum should not be moved or opened unless it
can be ascertained beyond reasonable doubt that the drum is structurally
sound. Drums standing on end, with bung up, should be opened by pneumatic
impact wrench, operated from a remote site [Figure 2]. Drums on sides
may be opened similarly if it is possible to safely rotate the drum so
that the bung is high. If the bung can be removed, sampling contained
liquids may be safely accomplished by glass tube, which is then broken
and discarded within the barrel. A barrel that has a badly rusted bung,
or that cannot be sampled as above, may be safely sampled with a hydraulic
penetrating device [Figure 3] operated remotely. The device is then
abandoned in place, and disabled to prevent further withdrawal of liquids.
Sealed or closed tanks should be opened remotely, using ropes to lift
hatches, etc.
In general, metal sample containers should not be used on HWS investi-
gations; if used, they must be grounded, preferably to the drum or tank
being sampled, while sample transfer is accomplished.
In all cases of entry into closed containers, the local fire department
should be asked to stand by. In any case wherein presence of explosives is
suspected or known, Army EOD or police bomb squads should be requested to
remove or neutralize such materials. In no event may EPA employees handle
explosives encountered on dump sites.
-------
III-8
(9/79)
Remote bung removal. Man in back-
ground, dressed in protective cloth-
ing, operates bung-removal equipment
on drum in foreground.
Bung-removal equipment; drum
on end.
Equipment closeup.
Remote bung-removal setup;
drum on side.
FIGURE 2. REMOTE REMOVAL OF BARREL BUNG
-------
III-9
(9/79)
Remote operation of penetrating
sampling device.
Drum attachment, connecting
tube, and hand-held activator.
Sampling device penetrating drum.
Remote sampling equipment.
FIGURE 3. REMOTE SAMPLING
-------
111-10
(9/79)
Subsurface sampling of an HWS can also create hazards to employees
and the public, unless adequate safety precautions are followed. Biodegra-
dation of refuse in dumps produces methane and other explosive gases.
The escaping gases may be ignited by drill rigs or other ignition sources.
Drilling into dump sites may cause discarded incompatibles to be mixed
and thereby create reactive mixtures [see Appendix D]. Dump sites where
leachate plumes are contained on impervious strata may be interconnected
with producing aquifers if drilling is not planned according to competent
groundwater technology and data.
Drilling in HWS investigations should be confined to the periphery
of dump sites, with the objective of characterizing the leachate that
may be moving away from the site. If subsurface sampling of dump sites
is necessary, excavation must be accomplished by hand, and with spark-free
equipment.
All drilling associated with HWS investigations must be accomplished
under the responsible supervision of a competent geohydrologist, groundwater
geologist, geological engineer, or a person similarly qualified by experience.
Drilling must be preceded by sweeps with metal detectors, and drilling
must be limited to areas where the presence of buried drums or tanks is
not indicated. Test holes must be cased or plugged when the investigation
is completed.
Ambient air sampling on an HWS must be accomplished with spark-free
equipment if explosive vapors are present (most hi-vol samplers are spark
sources).
Samples from HWS must not be preserved, or "fixed," by the addition
of chemicals (see "Waste Disposal Site Hazard Assessment Manual" regarding
cooling of samples in ice chests or refrigerators).
HWS sample volume should be the smallest consistent with analytical
requirements. Sample containers must be cleaned and free of spilled or
residual waste material, on the exterior of the container, prior to ship-
ment (see Chapter IV - "Shipment of HWS Samples").
-------
III-ll
(9/79)
LEAVING THE SITE
Procedures for leaving the suspect contaminated area must be planned
before entry. Provision must be made for: decontamination and safe packing
of protective clothing; burial or safe packing of disposable gear; handling
of samples and preparation of samples for shipment; transfer of equipment,
gear, and samples from the "contaminated" area to the "clean" area; etc.
Sequences will depend on several variables — such as SCBA inside or
outside of protective clothing — but must be worked out in advance.
TRAINING
Personnel to be assigned on-site duties in HWS investigations must
be provided hands-on training [see Appendix C] on simulated sites, to
achieve competence in the safety and operational aspects. Preparation
for on-site investigations must include detailed briefings, particularly
for inexperienced personnel. The requirement for planning and carefully-
thought-out sequences must be stressed.
-------
<
TJ
S§
Q
-------
IV-1
(9/79)
IV. PACKAGING, MARKING, LABELING, AND SHIPPING OF
HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE SAMPLES
GENERAL PROVISIONS
These procedures apply to samples collected from a hazardous waste
site (HWDS), but which in the judgment of the Project Leader cannot be
considered to be "environmental" samples.
• Unanalyzed HWS samples may not be fixed with any preservative or pre-
served with ice or dry ice.
If a material specifically identified in the Department of Transpor-
tation (DOT) Hazardous Material Table (49 CFR 172.101) is known to be
contained in an HWS sample, that sample should be transported as pre-
scribed in the table. Samples that are judged to be environmental
samples may be shipped according to letters of understanding granted
EPA by DOT. Other specific exemptions may also apply (e.g., use of
Labelmaster, Inc. package #38, or Dow Chemical Co. Imbiber Pack for
shipment of Poison B, n.o.s. by United Parcel Service).
• Unanalyzed HWS samples may be transported by rented or common carrier
truck, bus, railroad, and by Federal Express Corporation* (air cargo);
but they may not be transported by any other common carrier air transport,
even "cargo only" aircraft. Those samples taken from closed drums or
tanks, however, should not ordinarily be transported by Federal Express.
(See 1 and 2 in "Packaging, Marking and Labeling Requirements for Un-
analyzed Hazardous Waste Site Samples Taken From Closed Drums" on
p. IV-8.)
* These procedures are designed to enable shipment by entities like
Federal Express; however, they should not be construed as an endorse-
ment by EPA of a particular commercial carrier.
-------
IV-2
(9/79)
If samples are transported by any type of government-owned vehicle, in-
cluding aircraft, DOT regulations are not applicable. However, EPA per-
sonnel will use the packaging procedures described below except that
the bill of lading with certification form does not have to be executed
(see "Shipping Papers" on p. IV-5).
PRELIMINARY STEPS
The following procedures should be followed before samples are
shipped:
• Conduct a radiation measurement to eliminate the possibility of a
sample being radioactive.
• Place a sufficient quantity of sample in glass and/or polyethylene
containers to determine whether sample material will react with or
substantially reduce the effectiveness of the container (this should
be done at time of sampling).
Pack samples according to either "Packaging, Marking and Labeling Re-
quirements for Unanalyzed Hazardous Waste Site Samples, Excluding Drum
Samples," or "Packaging, Marking and Labeling Requirements for Unanalyzed
Hazardous Waste Site Samples taken from Closed Drums," as discussed below.
PACKAGING, MARKING AND LABELING REQUIREMENTS FOR
UNANALYZED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE SAMPLES, EXCLUDING DRUM SAMPLES
1. Collect sample in a 16-ounce* or smaller glass or polyethylene
Large quantities, up to one gallon, taken from wells may be collected
if the flash point of the sample can be determined to be 73°F or higher.
In this case, such should be marked on the outside container (carton, etc.)
but only a single (one gallon or less) bottle may be packed in an outside
container. Ten percent ullage and requirements 2,5,6, and 7 below must
also be followed. On the shipping papers state that "flash point is 73°F
or higher."
-------
IV-3
(9/79)
container with nonmetal1ic, teflon-lined screw cap. Allow sufficient
ullage (approximately 10% by volume) so container is not liquid full
at 130°F. If collecting a solid material, the container plus contents
shall not exceed 1 pound net weight. If sampling for volatile organic
analysis (VGA), fill special VGA container to septum but use special
cap to accomplish an air space within the container.
2. Attach properly completed sample identification tag [Figure 4] to
sample container.
3. Seal sample container and place in 2-mit-thick (or thicker) polyethy-
lene bag, one sample per bag. (Tags should be positioned to enable
them to be read through bag.)
4. Place sealed bag inside a metal can with incombustible, absorbent
cushioning material (e.g., vermiculite or earth) to prevent breakage,
one bag per can. Pressure-close the can and use clips, tape or other
positive means to hold the lid securely, tightly and effectively.
5. Mark and label this container as indicated in No. 8 below.
6. Place one or more metal cans (or a single 1-gallon bottle; see foot-
note on p. IV-2), surrounded with incombustible packaging material for
stability during transport, into a strong outside container, such as
a picnic cooler or a fiberboard box.
7. Mark and label the outside container and complete shipping papers
as described in No. 8 below.
8. Marking and labeling: Use abbreviations only where specified. Place
the following information on a metal can (or bottle), either hand
printed or in label form: laboratory name and address and "Flammable
-------
FIGURE 4.' SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION TAGS
O)
.c:
' ifi
;
t \J =ifc
«^i
fx
mt*^
1
Cu
CT
00
cu
^
.
ro
Remarks:
CO
CU
0
(T*
-s
o
o
t<;
3.
C.
r-t
Cu
ro
— i.
0
<_}
c<
-a
ro
to
(-f
(.
n
i.
CL
ro
t/i
<
o
c
(•
_i
Lf
•i-
j.
_j
ro
c_
D
-s
(X
c
a
L)
3
0
l/>
-s
— 1.
o
-s
(-»-
-Q
0
— 1
c
ft"
CU
=5
(~t"
t^
O
-5
QJ
_,.
,-v
I/)
^^^^
— - -»
Co
Time
Designate:
Comp. Grab
Samplers: (Signature)
O
— *
cu
13
CL
ZD
-s
Cu
to
ro
o
Cu
Z3
— i.
CL
ro
ro"
c-
Q.
(S
t-
ro*
~^
n
c~
^s
*-<
-a
zr
ro
~
o
— i
— j.
o
10
o
C3
V*
1
c^
C~)
u
1^
c
r+
-^
(D
^
cr.
LT> CO
0 O
— J C
— i.
a.
i/>
i=
^
x^ — s. — J
— 1 0
CO 3
CO tn
— '
— |
C?
CO
, — ^
CO
CO
a
o»
— '
*•<
C/)
fD
t/i
CT)
ra
Proj. Code
Station No.
Station Location:
i
CU
cr
co
CU
•5
ro
=e=
Remarks:
Time
Sequence No.
Samplers: (Signature)
-------
IV-5
(9/79)
*
Liquid, n.o.s.", (if not liquid, write "Flammable Solid, n.o.s.").
Place the following labels on the outside of the can (or bottle), next
to one another and near the "Flammable liquid, n.o.s." marking:
"Cargo Aircraft Only"; "Flammable Liquid"; (if not liquid,
"Flammable Solid" and "Dangerous When Wet").
Note: If the cans are placed in an exterior container, both that con-
tainer and inside cans must have the same markings and labels as above.
"Laboratory Samples" and "THIS SIDE UP" or "THIS END UP" should also be
marked on the top of the outside container, and upward pointing arrows
should be placed on all four sides of the exterior container.
Shipping Papers: Use abbreviations only where specified below.
Complete the carrier-provided bill of lading and sign the certification
statement (if carrier does not provide, use standard industry form) with
the following information in the order listed. One form may be used for
more than one exterior container.
"Flammable Liquid, n.o.s." (or "Flammable Solid, n.o.s", as
appropriate); "Cargo Aircraft Only"; "Limited Quantity" or
"Ltd. Qty."; "Laboratory Samples"; "Net Weight "
or "Net Volume " (of hazardous contents), by item,
if more than one metal can is inside an exterior container.
The net weight or net volume must be placed just before or
just after the "Flammable Liquid, n.o.s." or "Flammable
Solid, n.o.s." description.
A Chain-of-Custody Record form [Figure 5] should also be properly
executed, and included in the exterior container.
* Using "Flammable" does not convey the certain knowledge that a sample
is in fact flammable, or how flammable, but is intended to prescribe
^? the class of packaging in order to comply with DOT regulations,- "n.o.s."
\.\ means not otherwise specified.
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Enforcement
CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD
NATIONAL ENFORCEMENT INVESTIGATIONS CENTER
Building 53, Box 25227, Denver Federal Center
Denver, Colorado 80225
P'OJ.
No.
Project Name
SAMPLERS: (Signature)
STA. NO
DATE
TIME
t.
0
u
6
nquished by: (Signature)
iquished by
slur e )
'nquished by: (Signature)
t •
STATION
LOCATION
Date/
Date
Date/
Time
'Time
'Time
ANALYSIS RfOUIRro
i-
00 'Z'.
c
O
••- CJ
c c
cv ^r i — CT> >•>>•>
oo o O S- -MO.
nD rrj Q. O 00 -I- O
oo O) O) O •—
L) S- oo >, QJ t3 ••- O
.,_ >. O) CD O +-> r— T- C -r-
i— S- Wl T3 -^ -r- -r- O Ol S-
0 3 r— -i- cj C t. 4J -r- 0) QJ
5 U4-> ra<— o» •<- r- to +-> U
Received by: (Signature)
Received by
(Signature)
Received for Laboratory by:
(Signature)
Relinquished by: (Signature)
Relinquished by
(Signatute)
Date/Time
ribution: Original Accompanies Shipment; Copy to Coordinator Field Files
Dale/
Date/
Time
Time
NUMBER '
OF
CONTAINERS
Remarks
o
in
FIGURE 5a.
J -OF-CUSTODY RECORD (WATER)
Received
(Signature)
Received
(Signature)
Remarks
UD CT>
-------
ENVIROK .NTAL PROTECTION AGENCY •
Office of Enforcement
CHAIN OF CUSToJY RECORD
NATIONAL ENFORCEMENT INVESTIGA NS CENTER
Building 53, Box 25227, Denver Federal Center
Denver. Colorado 80225
roj. No.
Project Name
>AMPLERS: (Signature)
TA. NO.
DATE
TIME
SEO. NO
Relinquished by: (Signature)
Relinquished by
•Signature)
Relinquished" by: (Signature)
STATION
LOCATION
Date/
Date/
Date/1
Distribution: Orioinal Accomoanies Shinm
Time
'Time
fime
ent: Cor
_
SAMPLE TYPE
•$, ^
^ ^VV
S<&S/S?-
Received by: (Signature)
Received by
(Signature)
Received for Laboratory by:
,(Signature)
•
Relinquished by: (Signature)
Relinquished by
(Signature) \
Date
'Time
)V to Coordinator Finld Files
Date/
Date/
i
Time
Time
NUMDER •
OF
CONTAINERS
Remarks
<->
in
3=-
»— t
•z.
1
o
-n
i
o
d ~n
oo •— '
—I tr>
0 <=
^.^
x; m
n'l o
o •
o
72
a
'•>
>— i
•33
Received
(Signature!
Received
(Signature)
Remarks
IJD
^J
^O
i
^j
-------
IV-8
(9/79)
9. Unless samples are driven to the laboratory, an EPA employee will ac-
company shipping container(s) to the transport carrier and, if required,
open outside container(s) for freight inspection.
PACKAGING, MARKING AND LABELING REQUIREMENTS FOR
UNANALYZED HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE SAMPLES TAKEN FROM CLOSED DRUMS
1. All samples from closed drums do not necessarily have to be shipped
as below. The Project Coordinator must make a judgement as to the
hazard class of samples gathered. This-packaging, marking, labeling
and shipping method provides a worst-case procedure for materials
classed as "Poison A" (49 CFR 173.328).
2. These samples may not be transported by Federal Express Corporation
(air cargo) or other common carrier aircraft, or by rental, non-
government aircraft. (Samples may be shipped by ground transport
or government aircraft.)
3. Collect sample in a polyethlylene or glass container which is of an
outer diameter narrower than the valve hole on a DOT Spec. 3A1800 or
3AA1800 metal cylinder. Fill sample container allowing sufficient
ullage (approximately 10% by volume) so it will not be liquid-full at
130°F. If sampling for volatile organic analysis, fill special VOA
container to septum, but use special cap to achieve an air space
within the container. Seal sample container.
4. Attach properly completed Sample Identification Tag [Figure 4]
to sample container.
5. With a string or flexible wire attached to the neck of the sample
container, lower it into a metal cylinder which has been partially
-------
IV-9
(9/79)
filled with incombustible, absorbent, loose packaging material (ver-
miculite or earth). Allow sufficient cushioning material between the
bottom and sides of the container and the metal cylinder to prevent
breakage. After the cylinder is filled with cushioning material, drop
the ends of the string or wire into the cylinder valve hole. Only one
sample container may be placed in a metal cylinder.
6. Replace valve and valve protector on metal cylinder.
7. Mark and label cylinder as described in No. 10 below.
8. One or more cylinders may be placed in a strong outside container.
9. Mark and label outside container and complete shipping papers as
described in No. 10 below.
10. Marking and labeling: Use abbreviations only where specified. Place
the following information on the side of the cylinder, or on a tag
wired to the cylinder valve protector, either hand-printed or in
label form.
*
"Poisonous Liquid or Gas, n.o.s"; laboratory name and address.
Place the following label on the cylinder: "Poisonous Gas".
("Poisonous Liquid" label not acceptable here, even if liquid.)
Note: If the metal cylinders are placed in an outside container, both
the container and cylinders inside must have the same markings and labels
as above. In addition, "Laboratory Sample", and "Inside Packages Comply
With Prescribed Specifications" should be marked on the top of the out-
side container. "THIS SIDE UP" marking should be placed on the outside
container and upward pointing arrows on four sides.
Using "Poisonous" does not convey the certain knowledge that a
sample is in fact poisonous, or how poisonous, but is intended
to prescribe the class of packaging in order to comply with DOT
regulations.
-------
IV-10
(9/79)
Shipping Papers: Complete the shipper-provided bill of lading and sign
the certification statement (if carrier does not provide, use standard
industry form) with the following information in the order listed. One
form may be used for more than one exterior container; use abbreviations
only as specified:
"Poisonous Liquid, n.o.s"; "Limited Quantity" or "Ltd. Qty.";
"Laboratory Samples"; "Net Weight " or "Net Volume "
(of hazardous contents), by cylinder, if more than one cylin-
der is inside an exterior container. The net weight or net
volume must be placed just before or just after the "Poisonous
Liquid, n.o.s" marking.
A Chain-of-Custody Record form [Figure 5] should also be properly
executed and included in the container.
11. Unless samples are driven to the laboratory, an EPA employee
will accompany shipping containers to the transport carrier and,
if required, open outside container(s) for freight inspection.
-------
2)
m
O
oq
Om
mo
So
O
-------
v-i
(9/79)
V. REGULATED LABORATORY PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
Samples of undiluted wastes obtained from drums, tanks, other con-
tainers, or spills, must be processed through a regulated laboratory before
analysis in the conventional laboratory.* The regulated lab is physically
separated from labs analyzing "environmental" samples; it is provided with
a separate heating/cooling system and separate hood ducting; and it provides
air-lock entrances, air-lock and shower-equipped change rooms, etc.
The major activities in the regulated laboratory are to:
Receive hazardous waste samples while maintaining Chain-of-Custody.
Store samples while they are being processed.
Perform sample preparation procedures including sample extrac-
tions, concentrations, dilutions, weighing, and acid digestions.
Exceptions: Laboratories having infrequent need to analyze small sam
pies suspected of containing hazardous materials may do so if the lab-
oratories meet the requirements of "Guidelines for The Laboratory Use
of Chemical Substances Posing a Potential Carcinogenic Risk" [see
Appendix F of this HWS Safety Manual]. Laboratories contemplating
such activity should consult with:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Industrial Hygiene Programs Manager
Office of Occupational Health and Safety (PM 273)
Room 3503, Waterside Mall
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 70460
-------
V-2
(9/79)
Perform routine tests such as flammability, specific ion
probe analysis (CN, S, pH, etc.), percent moisture, and
flame-ionization gas chromatographic screens.
Prepare and maintain hazardous or toxic organic chemical
standards.
Provide sample extracts or digestates for further analysis
in main laboratories.
ACCESS - EXIT SAFEGUARDS
1. Personnel assigned to the regulated laboratory must participate in
the medical monitoring program with preassignment and periodic health
examinations, and records must be retained [see Chapter II and
Appendix B].
2. Before being allowed to enter a regulated area, each employee must
have received specific training in the following areas: the cancer-
causing possibilities of these substances; the kind of assignments
that could result in exposure; decontamination procedures; emergency
procedures; the employee's specific role in recognizing situations
that might result in the release of these substances; and first-aid
procedures. [See Appendix C.]
This training must be repeated yearly following the initial indoctri-
nation. All training materials and related information must be avail-
able, on request, to the EPA Office of Occupational Health and Safety.
Personnel must also be certified by the organizational Safety Officer.
3. At least two persons must work in the regulated area when handling
samples and standards.
4. All personnel entering the regulated area must sign the entry logbook
and record the date, time in, time out, and the project to be worked on.
The logbook entries are maintained chronologically but limited to one
project per page. Copies of the entry data are included with the project
files.
-------
V-3
(9/79)
5. Visitors must be accompanied by authorized personnel, visits kept
as short as possible and groups kept small. No visitors are ad-
mitted when samples are being processed.
6. Before beginning work inside the regulated area, the water supply
valves are opened and water flow is verified in the shower, eyewash,
and sink.
7. The heating/cooling system must be adjusted to provide an acceptable
working environment upon entry.
8. The fume hood is turned on at all times when personnel are in the lab.
The manometer is visually checked for a reading near the marked optimum
level.
9. There shall be no eating, drinking, smoking, chewing of gum or tobacco,
application of cosmetics, or storage of food in laboratory areas where
chemical carcinogens are used or stored.
10. Entrances to all work areas where chemical carcinogens are being used
or stored shall be posted with signs bearing the legend: "CAUTION -
CHEMICAL CARCINOGEN, Authorized Persons Only."
11. Each vacuum service, including water aspirators, shall be protected
with an absorbent or liquid trap and a HEPA* filter to prevent entry
of any chemical carcinogen into the system. When using a volatile
carcinogen, a separate vacuum pump or other device placed in an ap-
propriate laboratory-type hood shall be used.
12. Mechanical pipetting aids shall be used for all pipetting procedures.
Oral pipetting shall be prohibited.
HEPA = high efficiency particulate air
-------
V-4
(9/79)
13. Before leaving a regulated area, employees must wash their hands, fore-
arms, faces, and necks. Prior to leaving for the day, they must take
showers.
USE OF RESPIRATORS
A respirator-use program shall be provided for emergency and mainte-
nance personnel who enter areas where a potential for inhalation exposure
to a chemical carcinogen is present. This program shall meet the require-
ments of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for respiratory protection
as detailed in 29 CFR 1910.134. The respirators shall be selected in
accordance with the requirements of the National Institute for Occupa-
tional Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR 11.
The selection and use of respirators shall be approved by the Safety
Officer.
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
Personnel working inside the regulated area must bring a change of
clothing to the lab in the event of accidental contamination.
Protective clothing such as a fully fastened laboratory coat with
protective shoe covers (bootees) or a disposable jumpsuit shall be worn
in any work area in which chemical carcinogens are being used. Clean
laboratory clothing shall be provided weekly, or when necessary, and
shall not be worn outside the work area.
Clothing contaminated by chemical carcinogens shall be decontamin-
ated or disposed of immediately after an obvious exposure. Contaminated
clothing shall not be sent to the laundry until decontaminated.
-------
V-5
(9/79)
Gloves which are appropriate to the specific situation shall be used
when handling chemical carcinogens. Disposable gloves shall be discarded
after each use and immediately after known contact with a chemical carcinogen.
Devices to provide appropriate eye protection shall be worn in every
laboratory work area.
SAMPLE PREPARATION - HANDLING AND STORAGE
1. Hazardous samples will be stored in the-refrigerator at 4°C in the
original metal cans.
2. Samples will be opened only in the glove box by personnel wearing
protective clothing.
3. No more than one sample is allowed open in the glove box at one time.
4. Samples will be placed back into the original containers and resealed
before returning them to storage.
5. If stock quantities of carcinogen reagents are used, they shall be
stored in a properly ventilated storage area that is secured at all
times. The storage area shall be posted with a sign bearing the
legend: "CAUTION - CHEMICAL CARCINOGEN, Authorized Persons Only."
An inventory of stock quantities shall be maintained by the labora-
tory Safety Officer. The inventory records shall include the quan-
tities of chemical carcinogens acquired and dates of acquisition
and disposition. Storage vessels containing stock quantities shall
be labeled: CAUTION - CHEMICAL CARCINOGEN.
6. See the specific sample preparation procedure for details of readying
a sample for analysis. The procedures described here reflect regulated-
area operating procedures only.
-------
V-6
(9/79)
7. Minimum quantities of water are used during sample handling and prepara-
tion. No solvents, samples or suspect contaminated materials are to be
poured into any sink. Generally, concentrated sample is to contact
disposable glassware only.
8. During sample preparation, separate contaminated glassware (glassware
contacting the sample) from glassware for reagent handling. Disposable
glassware, pipets, sample vials, etc., are placed in waste bottles for
disposal. Other glassware is rinsed thoroughly (at least 3 rinses)
with an appropriate solvent; the solvent is placed in waste bottles,
and the glassware is washed with soap and water.
9. Any contaminated glassware or equipment that cannot be safely cleaned
is to be disposed of.
10. Storage vessels containing samples or known carcinogens shall be first
placed in an unbreakable outer container before being transported to
laboratory work areas.
11. Contaminated materials which are transferred from work areas to disposal
areas shall be first be placed in a closed plastic bag or other suitable
impermeable and sealed primary container. The outer container shall be
labeled with both the name of the chemical carcinogen and the warning:
CAUTION - CHEMICAL CARCINOGEN.
HOUSKEEPING
General housekeeping procedures which suppress the formation of aerosols
shall be used, such as the use of a wet mop or a vacuum cleaner equipped with
a HEPA filter to remove particulates.
Dry sweeping and mopping are prohibited due to the hazard of aerosol
formation. In those instances where samples or a known carcinogen is spilled,
special cleanup procedures/compounds shall be followed. (See "Spill Cleanup
Procedures" on p. V-9.)
-------
V-7
(9/79)
All work surfaces (bench tops, hood floors, etc.) on which chemical car-
cinogens are used shall be covered with stainless steel or plastic trays, dry
absorbent plastic-backed paper or other impervious material. The protective
surfaces shall be examined for possible contamination immediately after com-
pleting each procedure that involves the chemical carcinogen. Contaminated
surfaces shall be decontaminated or disposed of appropriately.
USE OF EQUIPMENT
Procedures involving volatile samples or known carcinogens, and those
involving solid or liquid samples or known carcinogens that may result in
the generation of aerosols, shall be conducted in an open face laboratory-
type hood, a glove box or other suitable containment equipment. Examples
of aerosol-producing procedures include: the opening of closed vessels;
transfer operations; weighing; preparation of dry mixtures; and the appli-
cation, injection or intubation of a chemical carcinogen into experimental
animals. With the approval of the Safety Officer, laminar flow safety
cabinets are suitable for conducting tissue culture and other biological
procedures involving chemical carcinogens.
Primary containment equipment used for containment of chemical car-
cinogens shall display a label bearing the legend: CAUTION - CHEMICAL
CARCINOGEN [see Appendix F for general information on primary containment
equipment].
Analytical instruments should be placed entirely within an open-face
laboratory-type hood. When this is impossible, vapors or aerosols produced
by these instruments shall be captured through local exhaust ventilation at
the site of their production. When a sample is removed from the analytical
instrument, it should be placed in a tightly stoppered sample tube or other-
wise safeguarded from contaminating the laboratory. In the event that the
analytical equipment becomes contaminated, it shall be labeled CAUTION -
CHEMICAL CARCINOGEN until it has been completely decontaminated.
-------
V-8
(9/79)
WASTE DISPOSAL
The guiding principle behind waste disposal is that we are, or represent,
the EPA and are enforcing provisions of Federal Law regarding proper disposal
of waste material. We must, therefore, endeavor to be meticulous with our
own waste disposal practices.
In this regard, we shall in all respects comply with 40 CFR 250 even
though, strictly speaking, we may generate less than 100 kg per month of
waste material, and may not therefore be considered a waste "generator"
(40 CFR 250.29).
1. All contaminated chemical wastes (solvent, sample, water, etc.) shall
be placed in waste bottles, the bottles labeled and placed into a
contract hazardous waste disposal drum. An inventory of the waste
materials shall be kept and a hazardous waste manifest given to the
disposal contractor upon pickup (40 CFR 250.23). (Waste bottles
typically are used solvent bottles that have been rinsed free of
solvent.)
2. Potassium permanganate (KMn02) — not chromic acid solution
K2Cr207/H2S04) — is used for glassware cleaning.
3. Wastepaper, disposable protective clothing and contaminated dispos-
able equipment are placed in heavy plastic bags; the bags taped shut
and placed in the waste disposal drum as above. Contaminated clothing,
equipment and spill cleanup materials will be disposed of immediately
in this manner. If items have protruding points that could puncture
the plastic bags, use a cardboard carton, or similar device, inside
the bags to prevent puncture.
4. Sample cans containing broken or leaking samples are to be resealed
and labeled as "Unknown Hazardous Organic Chemicals" and disposed of
directly into the waste drum.
-------
V-9
(9/79)
SPILL CLEANUP PROCEDURES
1. Small, contained spills such a pipet drippings, etc., covering a limited
area and involving a small quantity of material will be cleaned up with
paper towels. The area will then be wiped clean with solvent. All con-
taminated material, including rubber gloves, will be immediately disposed
of. If a sample container has leaked inside the metal can, record the
data from the sample tag, including the tag number, reseal and dispose
of the sample. Do not attempt to save the sample tag.
2. In the event of an uncontained spill, assess possible personnel contami-
nation first and evacuate the regulated area if necessary. Also, if
necessary, dispose of clothing; then shower, dress, and put on clean
protective clothing before attempting cleanup. (Note that spills
should not exceed the volume of samples or about 100 ml in the worst
case.)
3. To cleanup a spill, change to heavy rubber gloves, use over-the-head
protective hood or a respirator with organic vapor cartridge (SCBA
must be worn if cleanup time is to be extensive), and proceed to
contain and cleanup the spill with paper towels.
4. Wash the spill area with solvent if possible, followed by soap and
water. Collect all wash solutions and dispose of in waste containers.
5. After cleanup, prepare a detailed written description of the spill
and transmit it to the Supervisor and the organization Safety Officer,
keeping a copy on record in the regulated laboratory.
ADDITIONAL WORK PRACTICE AND ENGINEERING CONTROLS
FOR UNIQUE HAZARD SITUATIONS
Additional work practice and engineering controls may be required,
-------
V-10
(9/79)
for certain laboratory investigations that involve activities that pose
a higher potential hazard than those subject to the general requirements.
Additional requirements may also be needed for activities that involve
known highly potent chemical carcinogens, for example: additional or
more frequent changes of protective clothing; increasing showering fre-
quency and shower facility requirements; use of primary containment de-
vices; special handling of exhaust air from primary containment devices;
work-area access control; and environmental monitoring where the potential
of exposure to a known potent chemical carcinogen is great.
Personnel may also be required in some instances to wear full protec-
tive clothing such as pants and shirts or jumpsuits, special shoes or boots,
and head covers.
This description of additional control measures that may be required
for specific activities or compounds is illustrative only and is in no way
meant to be all-inclusive.
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
CHAPTER 9 - HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE INVESTIGATIONS
AND ENVIRONMENTAL SPILL RESPONSES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANUAL
OCCUPATIONAL
HEALTH AND SAFETY
PARAGRAPH PARAGRAPH
TITLES NUMBERS
Policy and Responsibilities 1
Health and Safety Program Requirements 2
Work Practices 3
APPENDICES APPENDIX
NUMBER
Safety Plan 1
Periodic Health Assessment 2
Personal Protection Level Determinations 3
Packaging, Marking, Labeling, and Shipping of Hazardous Waste
Site/Environmental Spill Samples 4
Sampl i ng Procedures 5
Decontamination Procedures 6
TN ( ) CHAP 9
ORIGINATOR: PM-273 David Weitzman, Manager
DRAFT 3 Industrial Hygiene Programs
Office of Occupational Health
August 29, 1980 and Safety
-------
..£*•
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
CHAPTER 9
HEALTH AND SAFETY
HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE INVESTIGATIONS AND
ENVIRONMENTAL SPILL RESPONSES
MANUAL
OCCUPATIONAL
1. POLICY AND RESPONSIBILITY.
a. Purpose. This chapter establishes policy, responsibilities,
and procedures for the conduct of the Agency occupational health and
safety program for hazardous waste site (HWS) investigations and
environmental spill (ES). responses.
b. Policy. The EPA is committed to providing safe and healthful
working conditions for EPA employees at hazardous waste sites and
environmental spills.
c. Background. Executive Order 12196, 29 CFR 1960, and this EPA
Occupational Health and Safety Manual require the EPA to provide safe
and healthful working conditions for its employees. The EPA is respond-
ing to this requirement with this chapter, which is an adaptation of
the "Safety Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Investigations", originally
drafted by EPA's National Enforcement Investigation Center (NEIC).
The draft manual has been developed further by a Work Group of the
Hazardous Waste Task Force, NEIC, and the Office of Occupational
Health and Safety (OOHS).
d. Discussion. Investigators and response personnel must effectively
deal with the potential of facing a very high risk of incurring illness
or injury while investigating a HWS or responding to an ES. They cannot
anticipate every safety hazard associated with HWS investigations and ES
responses,so they must take extraordinary precautions to prevent illness
or injury to themselves, other workers, and the public.
Since the investigators and response personnel cannot obtain the ideal
objective of complete elimination of risk, they must reduce the risk to
the lowest feasible level. No set of rules can be applied uniformly to
every situation. The application of the rules presented in this safety
manual chapter to a specific HWS investigation or ES response must be
based on the judgement of the Project Leader who is responsible
for the safety of the investigation or response*. It is imperative, there-
fore, that the Project Leader assess those variables peculiar to each planned
activity in establishing appropriate safeguards.
*The designation, Project Leader, originated from policies and procedures
developed by NEIC for HWS investigations. The corresponding position at
spill responses is the On-scene Coordinator. For the purposes of this
manual, Project Leader will be used to designate both Project Leaders
and On-scene Coordinators.
-------
e. ResponsibllIties.
(1) Assistant Administrators (AA) and Regional Administrators (RA).
AA's and RA's are responsible for:
0 developing and implementing a health and safety program, con-
sistent with this manual, for HWS investigations and ES responses
conducted under their organizational jurisdiction;
0 coordinating the development of their health and safety
program with the Director, Office of Occupational Health
and Safety (OOHS); and
0 submitting their health and safety program to the Director,
OOHS, for review to assure consistency of these programs
throughout the EPA.
The AA for Planning and Management, as the Designated Agency Safety
and Health Official, is responsible for:
0 administering the EPA's health and safety program for HWS
investigations and ES responses;
0 ensuring the allocation of adequate resources in the EPA's
Budget to support and monitor these programs; and
0 identifying, with designated object class codes, the resources
as required by OMB Circular No. A-ll,
(2) Officers-in-Charge of Reporting Units (QIC's). QIC's are
responsible for:
0 implementing the health and safety program for HWS investigations
and ES responses conducted by employees of their reporting unit.
(See EPA Occupational Health and Safety Manual, CHAP 1, PAR 5, for
a detailed description of QIC's health and safety responsibilities);
0 assuring that any PL conducting a HWS investigation or ES response
is qualified by training or experience, has the equipment to con-
duct the investigation or response safely, and plans an investigation
or response which is safe to all concerned; and
0 assuring the completion of semi-annual program reviews and audits.
(3) Safety Committee.
The Safety Committee is responsible for:
0 aiding and advising the QIC on employee health and safety matters and
policies and procedures for the Agency occupational health and safety
-------
program for HWS investigations and ES responses. (See EPA Occupa-
tional Health and Safety Manual, CHAP 5 PAR 4, for a detailed
description of the Safety Committee's health and safety respons-
ibilities);
0 promtly reviewing and approving Safety Plans prepared by each Pro-
ject Leader and forwarding them to the Safety Designee; and
0 advising the QIC on specific programs for medical surveillance.
(The Safety Committee should include or have access to individuals
with a variety of technical backgrounds, so while not being able to solve
technical problems or totally analyzing proposed activities, it can call
to the attention of safety experts areas of concern.)
(4) Occupational Health and Safety Designee.
The Safety Designee is responsible for:
0 advising and assisting the QIC in developing, organizing,
directing, and evaluating the health and safety program for
HWS investigations and ES responses; and
0 coordinating accident reporting, recordkeeping and often
the medical surveillance program. (See EPA Occupational Health
and Safety Manual, CHAP 1, PAR 3 for a detailed description
of the Safety Designee's health and saffety responsibilities).
Safety Designees must have either backgrounds and training in recognizing,
evaluating, and controlling hazards at HWSs and ESs or access to this
expertise. (Safety Designees should have or have access to expertise in
field safety, industrial hygiene, respiratory protection, transportation
of hazardous materials, occupational medicine, and geology.)
(5) Project Leader.
The Project Leader has the primary responsibility for:
0 assuring the availability of personal protective equipment
and selecting the level of personnel protection needed for
use at HWS investigations and ES responses;
0 selecting work practices and engineering controls for HWS
investigations and ES responses;
0 preparing a Safety Plan prior to the investigation or response
(See Appendix 2 for details of the Safety Plan);
0 submitting the Safety Plan prior to the investigation or response
to the Safety Committee for their review and approval;
0 making available to program and support staff copies of
-------
the approved Safety Plan;
0 assuring that the program and support staff are instructed,
trained and certified in the work practices required to ensure
safety and in planned procedures for dealing with emergencies, and
are informed of the potential hazards associated with the planned
investigation or response;
0 designating one member of the investigation or response team
as the site Safety Officer, and assuring that that person
fulfills all safety responsibilities necessary for safe
operations;
0 supervising the safety performance of the staff to ensure
that the required work practices are employed;
0 arranging for immediate medical attention and reporting to
the Safety Designee any incident that results in injury or overt
exposure personnel by hazardous materials;
0 assisting the Safety Designee in investigating accidents;
0 investigating and reporting in writing to the Safety Designee any
problem pertaining to operation and implementation of work practices;
0 correcting work errors and conditions that may result in
injury or exposure to hazardous materials; and
0 assuring the health, welfare and safety of all Staff members
at the HWS or ES.
(6) Safety Officer. The Safety Officer is responsible for
implementing the Safety Plan at the site.
(7) Employees. Employees are responsible for:
0 complying with the health and safety program established by
this chapter on HWS investigations and ES responses;
0 reporting to their supervisors or the Safety Designee any unsafe
condition and all facts pertaining to incidents which resulted in
employee injury or exposure to hazardous materials; and
0 cooperating in the medical surveillance activities.
(8) Director, Office of Occupational Health and Safety.
Under the supervision of the AA for Planning and Management, the
Director, OOHS, is responsible for:
-------
0 reviewing and coordinating the health and safety programs
developed by AA's and RA's for HWS investigations and ES responses
for consistency with this chapter (See I.e. (1));
0 auditing investigation and response activities for compliance with
Agency policy and practices and good work practices.
0 informing responsible EPA officials of any problem areas;
0 providing technical support; and
0 approving training courses.
The Director, OOHS, is the top technical advisor for EPA on health
and safety for HWS investigations and ES responses.
2. HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
a. Safety Plan. The Project Leader must prepare and obtain approval
of a Safety Plan (Appendix 2) before conducting a HWS investigation or
ES response.* The Safety Committee, or similar group set up for this
purpose, must review the Safety Plan and forward it to the Safety Designee
with comments. The Safety Designee and the QIC must approve the Safety
Plan before the investigation or response can proceed on-site. The Safety
Designee must maintain the Safety Plan on file and available for distribution,
provide a copy to each employee participating in the HWS investigation or
ES response, and forward an information copy to the Director, OOHS.
b. Audit. The QIC must ensure that semi-annual program reviews,
including on-site inspections, of the health and safety program for HWS
investigations and ES responses are conducted by persons with appropriate
background and training, and that any deficiencies are corrected as soon
as possible (or immediately if the deficiency is an imminent hazard).
The QIC must forward a copy of the program review and abatement actions to
the Director, OOHS, for review. The Director, OOHS, may conduct inde-
pendent audits.
c. Accident Reporting. The Safety Designee must coordinate the report-
ing of any incident involving injury or exposure (inoculation, injestion,
dermal contact, inhalation) to a hazardous material in accordance with the
procedures detailed in CHAP 3 of the Occupational Health and Safety Manual.
In addition, the Safety Deesignee must forward a copy of the accident report
to the employee's medical record (See 2.f.(3)).
*For ES responses, generic Safety Plans must be prepared in advance,
dealing with groups of possible spills, eg., Safety Plan for acid
gas spill, etc. In addition, emergency support groups including
fire, rescue and medical staffs, with telephone number, must be
grouped together by area for easy access in the event of a hurried
departure to a spill. This information must be readily available prior
to spill response for attachment to the Safety Plan.
-------
d. Training. The QIC must ensure that all employees, before con-
ducting HWS investigations and ES responses, receive a minimum of 24 hours
of training on HWS and ES safety (followed by 24 hour refresher courses
annually) and receive training by 3 separate field experiences before
conducting investigations and responses. The Safety Designee must obtain
the approval of Director, OOHS, of the initial and annual 24 hour courses
and must issue a certificate to employees upon completion of the courses
and field experiences. In addition, the Safety Designee must maintain
records of training and forward individual records to employees' personnel
files. EPA ORDER , "Health and Safety Requirements for Employees Engaged
in Field Activities'"", provides detailed training requirements.
The Safety Designee must keep the Safety Plan, and other appropriate
written information describing the potential health and physical injury
hazards of a HWS investigation or ES response, in a file that is continuously
and readily availably to employees.
e. Emergency Procedures. The Safety Designee must develop procedures
to protect personnel in case of emergencies at the HWS or ES. The emergency
procedures should include notifying emergency and other affected personnel
and the locations and emergency telephone number of the nearest emergency
medical facility, ambulance service, fire department, police department
and Poison Control Center.
f. fcMedical Surveillance. EPA ORDER "Health and Safety Require-
ments for Employees Engaged in Field Activities" provides medical surveil-
lance requirements consistent with the requirements presented below.
(1) Pre-assignment Health Assessment. The QIC must ensure that
all employees who work at HWSs and ESs receive a base-line health assessment.
These health assessments must be consistent with the EPA Medical Monitor-
ing Guide! ines.
The purpose of this pre-assignment assessment is to establish a baseline
health record and to seek conditions which would predispose the employee
to illness due to exposure to hazardous materials or due to the physical
demands of using personal protective equipment. The pre-assignment assess-
ment includes a work history, a medical history, and a physical exami-
nation, which includes customary laboratory studies and agent-specific
studies when appropriate.
-------
(2) Periodic Health Assessments. The OIC must ensure that all em-
ployees who work at HWSs and ESs are offered periodic health assessments. The
periodicity and content of these assessments must be determined by the
OIC after consultation with an occupational physician, the Safety Designee,
the medical monitoring coordinator, and the Project Leader.
These assessments include an updating of the employee's work and medical
histories, including occurrences of any accidental exposures previously
unreported. The following information must be included in the employee's
medical record: names of hazardous materials to which the employees may
have been exposed, information on the probability, frequency, and extent
of exposures, and any environmental measurements relating to hazardous
materials that may have been made. The periodic health assessment must
include a physical examination and may also include biochemical or other
surveillance of body fluids, and an evaluation of pertinent functional
systems of the body (See Appendix 2).
The medical monitoring coordinator at each location is responsible for
requesting and helping to schedule examinations and, assisted by the Safety
Designee, must furnish employees, prior to each examination, exposure
and environmental monitoring data as specified above for inclusion in
their medical records.
(3) Records. Medical records must be maintained by the respective
occupational physician for the duration of the employee's employment.
Upon termination of the employee's employment, including retirement or
death, the medical records must be maintained for an extended period of
time in a manner that will ensure ready access as needed by the medical
monitoring program of the EPA. The extended period of time must be at
least 30 years after the individual's last work with hazardous materials.
Forward the records to the Medical Monitoring Program Manager, OOHS, if
custody of the records cannot be maintained locally.
3. WORK PRACTICES
The work practices specified in this section must be used by all HWS investigators
and ES personnel.
a. Personnel Practices.
(1) Protective Clothing. Protective clothing must be worn by all
personnel while on a suspected or confirmed HWS or ES unless sufficient data
has been acquired to enable the Project Leader to make an informed judg-
ment that pro tective clothing is not needed. In the absence of clear
indications that work can proceed safely without protective clothing,
required items include chemical-resistant pants, jacket, boots, gloves,
and hard hat or head cover, and may include a fully encapsulating chemical
protective suit.
-------
Project Leader's must also consider the potential hazards of wearing
protective clothing since protective clothing is cumbersome, hastens
the on-set of fatigue, increases heat stress, and increases the time the
personnel must spend in the high risk area.
(2) Heat Stress. Employees must compensate for the increased
heat stress caused by wearing protective clothing in hot weather in order
to prevent the on set of heat induced illnesses. Employees must maintain
an appropriate work-rest regimen and water and salt balances (see 3.b. (9)
for details).
(3) Eye Protection. Devices to provide appropriate eye protection
must be worn on any HWS or ES and should meet ANSI Z87.1, "Practice for Occu-
pational and Educational Eye and Face Protection".
(4) Forbidden Practices. The following practices are expressly
forbidden during operations on suspected or known HWSs and ESs:
0 Smoking, eating, drinking, chewing gum or tobacco; applying
cosmetics; storing utensils, food or food containers while
on site.
0 Ignition of flammable liquids within, on, or through im-
provised heating devices (barrels, etc.) or space heaters.
0 Approach or entry into areas or spaces where toxic or explo-
sive concentrations of gases or dust may exist without
proper equipment available to enable safe entry.
0 Conduct of on-site operations without off-site backup
personnel*
(5) Personal Hygiene. All personnel must wash the affected area
immediately after obvious contact with a hazardous substance.
b. Operational Practices.
(1) Information Review and Reconnaissance. The Safety
Plan for a HWS investigation or ES response must be based upon a thorough
evaluation of existing data and a reconnaissance (see "Haste Disposal Site
Hazard Assessment Manual", available from NEIC.) The information search
may indicate possible chemical hazards such as the presence of incompatible
chemicals, toxic gases, explosives, etc. (see Appendix D). Such indications
may provide insight to specific safety precautions needed. Similarly, a
perimeter inspection or aerial imagery, followed by an on-site reconnais-
sance, may reveal safety hazards requiring special attention.
*0n-scene Project Leader's may exericse informed judgment regarding
the need for off- site backup at active sites, or in cases where sites
have been repeatedly entered or occupied without apparent harm. In
any case where doubt exists, backup personnel must be present.
-------
Investigators and response personnel will normally become better able
to specify appropriate safety precautions as they get progressively closer
to, and measure, hazardous materials in air, runoff, groundwater, soil,
spilled material, barrels, etc.
(2) Protection Levels. Although the Project Leader must deter-
mine the level of protection which is appropriate for each HWS and ES,
four specific Protection Levels have been provided in this chapter as
bench marks for the Project Leader to select from (See Appendix 3). The
Project Leader must select a level based on aavailable information.
(3) Zones. Two or more zones must be established, clearly de-
lineated, and posted.
0 Decontamination Zone. During operations on a suspect or known
HHS or ES, a zone must be established for decontamination of equipment and
personel and access control just outside the area of suspected contam-
ination. At least one employee will remain in this zone to:
00 Assist in emergency removal of personnel from the HWS or ES in
the event of accident or injury. The backup must have readily
available protective clothing, breathing apparatus and first
aid equipment.
00 Assist in moving equipment, samples and supplies.
00 Provide communication to emergency units.
00 Assist in decontamination or removal of contaminated
clothing from the individuals emerging from the con-
taminated area.
00 As appropriate, prevent entry of unauthorized persons
to the HWS or ES while operations are underway.
00 Provide other assistance as necessary, but with the
primary objective of facilitating safe transfer of
personnel and equipment to and from the affected area.
0 Contamination Zone(s). The area(s) which contain, or are suspected
of containing, hazardous materials must be clearly delineated and posted.
The Project Leader may establish more than one contamination zone for
areas of different levels of potential personnel hazard. Only persons
authorized by the Project Leader may enter a contamination zone.
(4) Radioactivity and Explosivity. All HWSs and ESs must be
checked for radioactivity and explosivity during first entry onto the
site. Normal background radioactivity is approximately 0.01 to 0.02 mR/hr.
Detecting levels of activity significantly greater than normal background
is cause for a very careful survey of the entire site; if levels approach-
ing 2 mR/hr are encountered, the advice of a competent radiation health
-------
physicist must be sought before continuing operations on the site. (EPA's
Office of Air, Noise, and Radiation has radiation specialists in each
Region as well as staff at HQ, EER-Montgomery and ORD Las-Vegas.)
If explosivity readings greater than 20% LEL* are detected, very careful
survey of the area must be made. Readings approaching or exceeding 50%
LEL are cause for immediately withdrawing personnel and notifying the
emergency, fire, and explosion units. The Project Leader must be con-
sulted before continuing operations.
(5) Buddy System. A minimum of two employees, in constant commu-
nication* with each other, are required to perform any work in contamination
zones.
(6) Sampling Procedures. Sampling procedures must minimize the
risk of personnel exposure to hazardous materials during sampling, packaging,
shipping and analysis, and minimize the risk of exposure of others to spilled
or residual waste materials. Disposable sampling equipment should be used
wherever possible. (See Appendix 4, Sampling Procedures for more details).
(7) Sample Handing. Samples of runoff, ambient air, or groundwa-
ter from a HWS or ES or possibly affected areas, may be moved directly into
laboratories and handled with normal safety precautions, unless the Project
Leader determines that special handling is appropriate. However, samples of
liquids or solid materials removed from containers or obviously contami-
nated spill areas must be assumed to be hazardous materials and handled in
compliance with OOHS Safety Manual CHAP 8 "Laboratory Use of Toxic Subs-
tances".
(8) Use of Respirators as Personal Protective Devices. A respira-
tor use program must be provided for HWS investigators and ES personnel
who enter areas where a potential for inhalation exposure to a hazardous
material is present. This program will meet the requirements of
the OSHA General Industry Standards for respiratory protection as detailed
in 29 CFR 1910.134 and EPA Order . The respirators must be certified in
accordance with the requirements of the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11. The
selection and use of respirators must be approved by the Safety Designee.
(9) Use of Respirators. This section provides procedures which
must be followed at HWSs and ESs but is not a substitute for the respirator
use program described in 3.b.(8) directly above.
*Lower Explosive Limit
-------
Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). SCBA must be worn on-
site when:
00 Containers of unknown or known hazardous materials are being
opened.
00 When in enclosed spaces where hazardous materials are present,
such as abandoned waste chemical storage buildings or man-
holes which have received spilled chemicals.
00 When the Project Leader judges that the concentration of hazardous
materials in the air is greater than 10 times the OSHA PEL**.
Cartridge Respirators. Cartridge respirators, which are easier to
use but provide less protection than SCBA's, can be worn on-site
only when:
00 Hazardous materials in the air are not greater than 10 times
the PEL, and have good warning properties.
00 The Project Leader judges that respirators are needed as a precaution
against generation of low levels of toxic substances in
air due to sampling, handling, decontaminating, or other
operations.
00 Extended periods of use on-site, which would cause the capacity
of the cartridge to be exceeded, are not required.
00 Measurements have verified that at least 19.5% oxygen is
present.
00 Emergency escape respirators are carried by cartridge respi-
rator users. Escape respirator must be donned immediately
upon experiencing any warning property such as difficulty
breathing, dizziness, or other distress, strong taste,or
smell. User must then leave the site.
Carrying respirators. Cartridge or emergency escape respirators
must be carried on-site when the Project Leader judges that, al-
though the risk is very low, hazardous materials may become
present in the air during operations. The respirators must be donned
immediately upon experiencing any of the warning properties described
immediately above. The user must leave the site immediately
after donning an escape respirator or if the warning properties
persist after donning a cartridge respirator.
* Radio contact must be maintained when visual contact cannot be maintained.
** Permissible Exposure Level
-------
(10) Heat Stress. The effectiveness of employees rest-regimen
should be confirmed by monitoring heart rate. Use the Brouha guideline:
pulse rate is counted for the last 30 seconds of the first three minutes
after rest begins. If the first recovery pulse (i.e., from 30 to 60 sec
onds) is maintained at 110 beats per minute or below and deceleration
between the first and third minute is at least 10 beats per minute, no
increasing strain occurs as the work day progresses.
Employees must replace water and salts lost from sweating. Use either
0.1% salt solution or commercial mixes (such as Gatorade). The commercial
mixes may be preferable for employees on low sodium diets. In addition,
on days when the potential for heat stress is apparent, advise employees
to salt food more than usual.
(11) Sampling Equipment. As a general rule, sampling equipment
used on a HWS or ES should be disposable. Sampling instruments and other
non-disposable equipment should be kept clean with disposable protective
covers. Dippers, scoops, and similar devices for solids samples should be
buried on-site, or placed in plastic bags for disposal or later decontam-
ination. Liquid samples from barrels or tanks should be withdrawn in
inert tubing, such as glass, and tubing should then be broken and abandoned
within the barrel or tank. If incineration or recycling of barrel contents
is contemplated, the tubing may be disposed of in other suitable con-
tainers, or buried on the sites. The widely discussed Composite Liquid
Waste Sampler (or "Coliwasa") is unsuitable because it is extremely diffi-
cult to decontaminate under field conditions.
*.
(12) Decontamination. Whenever possible, equipment should be decon-
taminated prior to leaving the HWS or ES. Equipment which can not be de-
contaminated at the scene must be double bagged and transported to another
area for eventual decontamination. Where possible, verify completeness
of decontamination with sniffers, swipe tests, or other appropriate
tests (See Appendix 6, Decontamination Procedures, for more detail).
(13) Packaging and Shipping. Hazardous materials must be packaged to
withstand shocks, pressure changes, and any other conditions which might
cause the leakage of contents incident to ordinary handling during trans-
portation. Shipments of hazardous materials must be in accordance with DOT
regulations. (See Appendix 4 for packaging and shipping guidance for hazardous
waste samples).
(14) Leaving the Site. Procedures for leaving the suspect contam-
inated area must be planned before entry. Provision must be made for:
decontamination and safe packaging of protective clothing; burial or safe
packaging of disposable gear; handling of samples and preparation of samples
for shipment; transfer of equipment, gear, and samples from the "contam-
inated" area to the "clean" area; etc. Sequences will depend on several
variables — such as SCBA inside or outside of protective clothing —
but must be worked out in advance.
-------
(15) HWS and ES Monitoring Equipment. For immediate evaluat-on of
potential health hazards, use direct reading instruments such as portable
combustible gas and oxygen meters, photoionization meters, gas chromatographs,
infrared spectrometers, radiation survey meters, and colorimetric detector
tubes. The Project Leader must be aware of the limitation of these portable direct
reading instruments when characterizing the unknown chemicals at unknown
concentrations at HWSs and ESs.
(16) Decontamination Equipment. Equipment and supplies for decon-
tamination must be available on-site. The equipment and supplies must allow
employees to wash exposed areas of their bodies as well as equipment or
other items which have been in the contamination zone, and collect the
washwater and other contaminated materials for disposal. The equipment
must include at least a 20 gallon emergency eye wash and may include a
personnel shower.
-------
APPENDIX I
SAFETY PLAN
Assistance in preparing the safety plan can be obtained from the Safety
Designee located in Room of Building
or by telephoning
REVIEW
Safety Committee Chairperson
APPROVALS
Project Leader
Safety Designee_
QIC
PROJECT LEADER
Branch
Building
Room
Phone
DATE OF PLAN PREPARATION
HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE OR ENVIRONMENTAL SPILL RESPONSE
Site Name Site No.
HAZARDOUS/TOXIC MATERIAL (known or suspected, contaminated media or in
storage container, etc.):
-------
HAZARD ASSESSMENT(toxic and pharmacologic effects, reactivity, stability,
flammability, and operational concernssampling, decontam-
inating, etc.):
MONITORING PROCEDURES(If required by the Project Leader)
Monitoring the site for identify and concentration of contamination:
Medical surveillance procedures for evidence of personnel exposure:
Personnel monitoring procedures:
-------
DECONTAMINATION AND DISPOSAL
Decontamination Procedures (contaminated: personnel surfaces, mater-
ials, instruments, equipment, etc.):
Disposal Procedures (contaminated equipment, supplies, disposable,
washwater):
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
In event of overt personnel exposure (skin contact, inhalation,
ingestion):
In event of personnel injury:
In event of potential or actual fire or explosion:
-------
In event of potential or actual ionizing radiation exposure:
In event of environmental accident (spread of contamination
outside HWS or ES):
PERSONNEL POTENTIALLY EXPOSED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
Personnel Authorized to Enter HWS or ES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Other Personnel Assigned to Handle Hazardous Materials (decontaminate,
analyze samples)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
-------
ALTERNATIVE WORK PRACTICES
(Describe alternative work practices not specified in this Chapter for
HWS investigations and ES responses. Indicate work practices
specified in the Chapter for which proposed alternative work practices
will serve as substitute.)
APPROPRIATE LITERATURE CITATIONS
-------
APPENDIX 2
PERIODIC HEALTH ASSESSMENT
1. ASSESSMENT FOR EVIDENCE OF EXPOSURE.
The nature of a program for providing periodic health assessments is com-
plicated by several factors: (1) many workers handle a variety of hazardous
materials so that the medical surveillance should ideally seek evidence
of adverse effects from all these substances, (2) the hazardous materials
may not be identified, (3) some hazardous materials may have chronic
effects such as cancer but have little or no toxicity other than the production
of neoplasms, and most tumors do not become evident until many years (often
20-30) after the initiating events.
Biologic monitoring will sometimes be a useful method of detecting exposure
and, perhaps, of estimating the degree of exposure. Biologic monitoring
usually involves the analysis of body fluids or excreta (usually urine,
sometimes blood, rarely expired air) for the hazardous material or a bio-
transformation product. An example is the detection of reaction products
of biphenyl amines in the urines of persons absorbing benzidine or its
derivatives. Even if exposure cannot be quantitated, as is sometimes the
case, the mere detection of the metabolite, if its presence is specific to
the individual hazardous material or class, is sufficient to indicate the
need for corrective action.
For chronic effects, medical monitoring will, sometimes for necessity and
more often for efficiency, usually concentrate on events likely to precede
overt evidence of serious health effects such as tumorigenesis. For ex-
ample, some carcinogens, such as dimethylnitrosamine, have high acute
toxicity, especially to the liver, and evidence of such acute toxicity can
be obtained within a few hours or days following exposure. Some tumors,
such as those induced by carbon tetrachloride, are normally preceded by
marked changes in liver cells, usually detectable by clinical tests.
Others, e.g., angiosarcomas induced by such substances as vinyl chloride,
will often cause detectable cell changes in nearby tissue as the probable
result of space occupation. It should be noted that detection of such
toxic changes does not necessarily presage tumor development, but should
nevertheless precipitate the institution of corrective work practices.
The occupational physician, to be effective, must have relevent information,
such as mode and mechanism of toxic action, frequency and severity of
exposure, and exposure concentrations, if known. Some of this infor-
mation will be available in individual safety data sheets for hazardous
wastes once identified. However, this information should be supplemented
by the Project Leader when appropriate.
In some cases, especially with some lesser known hazardous materials,
there will be EPA investigators in research and analysis laboratories who
will be better informed on possible biologic monitoring procedures than
will the occupational physician. In such cases, the HWS investigators
or ES response personnel should discuss the possibilities of specialized
testing with the occupational physician and refer the physician to the
appropriate EPA investigator for information. It may also be that specialized
-------
analytical procedures and equipment will be needed for some of this monitoring,
procedures and equipment that may not be available to the medical laboratory
but which are available in the research laboratory. The investigators
should have such monitoring procedures performed by EPA laboratories only
with prior approval by and participation of the occupational physician.
This is to ensure that appropriate precautions will be taken; such as (1)
precautions necessary to data interpretation, such as standard corrections
for dilution of urine, (2) precautions for the individual, such as assurance
that invasive procedures will not be used, and (3) precautions for the
individual's privacy, such as maintenance of appropriate security for
individual records.
2. PREEMPLOYMENT EXAMINATIONS. The U.S. Office of Personnel Management
MUST approve the requirement for having a preemployment examination of ap-
plicants for a federal employment position.
a. Criteria. The following criteria are recommended for individuals
selected for arduous duty positions:
Vision—Binocular vision is required and must be at least 20/40
(Snellen) in one eye and 20/20 in the other, with or without
corrective lenses. Near vision must be sufficient to read with-
out strain printed material the size of typewritten characters.
Normal depth perception, accommodation, and field of vision are
required, as is the ability to distinguish basic colors.
Hearing—Without using a hearing aid, applicant must have no
hearing loss in either ear of more than 30 decibels at 500-,
1,000-, or 2,000-cps range.
Speech—Diseases or conditions resulting in indistinct speech are
disqualifying.
Olfactory Sense—Applicant must possess a normal sense of smell.
Respiratory System—Any chronic disease or condition affecting the
respiratory system that would impair the full performance of duties
is disqualifying; e.g., conditions that result in reduced pulmonary
function, shortness of breath, or painful respiration.
Cardiovascular System—The following conditions are disqualifying:
a. Organic heart disease (compensated or not)
b. Hypertension with repeated readings that exceed 150 systolic
and 90 diastolic without medication
c. Symptomatic peripheral vascular disease and severe varicose
veins
-------
Gastrointestinal System--Chronic symptomatic disabling diseases
or conditions of the gastrointestinal tract are disqualifying.
Endocrine System—An uncontrolled systemic metabolic disease,
such as diabetes or gout, is disqualifying.
Genitourinary Pisorders—Chronic, symptomatic diseases or con-
ditions of the genitourinary tract are disqualifying.
Extremities and Spine—Any deformity or disease that would in-
terfere with range of motion or dexterity or that is severe
enough to affect adversely the full performance of position
duties is disqualifying.
Nervous System—Applicants must possess emotional and mental
stability.Applicants with a history of epilepsy or convulsive
disorder must have been seizure-free for the past 2 years with-
out medication. Any neurological disorder with resulting de-
creased neurological or muscular function is disqualifying.
Miscellaneous--Although not mentioned specifically above, any
other disease or condition that interferes with the full pre-
formance of duties is also grounds for medical rejection.
Medical Examinations.
The arduous duty medical examination must include for each
applicant:
A. A complete medical examination, by or under the super-
vision of a licensed physician, consisting of:
1. The obtaining of a thorough occupational and medical
history.
2. The performance of a comprehensive physical exami-
nation of the following:
a. head, face, neck, and scalp
b. nose
c. mouth and throat, including general dental
condition and hygiene
d. speech
e. ears, including drums
f. eyes, including pupils, ocular motility, field
of vision, and fundi
-------
g. lungs and chest
h. heart
i. vascular system
j. abdomen, viscera, and hernia
k. anus and rectum
1. endocrine system
m. genitourinary system
n. upper extremities
o. lower extremities, including feet
p. spine and musculoskeletal system
q. skin and lymphatics
r. identifying body marks, scars, or tatoos
s. neurological system
t. psychiatric system
Pelvic examination of females is not required. Proctosigmoidoscopic
examination is not required.
3. The following parameters must be measured/tested
and results recorded:
a. height (without shoes)
b. weight (undressed)
c. visual acuity, including distant and near vision
corrected and uncorrected
d. color vision, using Ishihara or other color-
plate method
e. depth perception
f. hearing acuity, by pure tone audiometry
g. blood pressure
h. pulse rate
-------
The following tests must be performed, interpreted,
and recorded:
a. electrocardiogram (12 lead, resting)
b. chest X-ray (PA single view, 14x17 inches)
c. pulmonary function (forced vital capacity and
forced expiratory volume in 1 second)
d. urinalysis, complete (pH, glucose, ketones,
albumin, occult blood)
e. blood count, complete (white cell count, red
cell count, hemoglobin determination, hematocrit
determination, platelet estimation, scan of
blood smear, and calculations of MCV, MCH, and
MCHC indices)
f. blood chemistries (cholesterol, glucose, urea
nitrogen, uric acid, transaminase (SGOT), bilirubin,
calcium, total protein, inorganic phosphate,
alkaline phosphatase, lactic dehydrogenase (LDH),
creatinine)
B. The applicant shall be advised of findings and counseled
to seek medical attention as may be indicated.
C. The examination findings, results, recommendations, and
opinions shall be reported to EPA on the Certificate of
Medical Examination, Standard Form No. 78, revision of
October 1969, Part C, to which may be appended test and
other reports.
The preemployment medical examination for respirator users should
consist of a general medical examination, similar in scope to the
arduous duty examination, but with special attention to evaluation
of the skin, cardiac and pulmonary systems, and evaluations of any
history or symptoms of allergy. The examining physician should also
be alert to any personality or psychological factors which may affect
respirator use. The physician will usually not be knowledgeable
about types and uses of respirators. He or she will need to evaluate
the stress that may be associated with the assigned duties and re-
spirator^) used. Therefore, the physician should be informed of
the characteristics of the required respirator(s): use and type,
frequency and duration of expected use, use in hot or cold environ-
ments, etc. Detailed medical standards for respirator users are
not available; the physician must form a medical judgement based on
evaluation of respirator demands and stress and on the clinical
findings in individual applicants.
-------
APPENDIX 3
PERSONAL PROTECTION LEVEL DETERMINATIONS
a. Introduction
It is of the utmost importance that the Project Leader specify the
correct level of protective equipment for each HWS investigation or ES
response. The level of protective equipment shall be determined by the
type and levels of waste or spill material present at the site. In situations
where the types of waste or spill material on-site are unknown or the
hazards are not clearly established, the Project Leader must make a reasonable
determination of the level of protection that will assure the safety of
investigators and response personnel until the potential hazards have been
characterized. This level shall be maintained until the hazards have been
determined through monitoring, sampling, informational access, or other
reliable methods. Once the hazards have been determined, then protective
levels commensurate with the hazards will be used.
The appropriate level of protection shall be determined prior to entering a
hazardous waste site or responding to an environmental spill. The levels
of protection are explained below and itemized in Table 3-1.
Level A
*.
Level A protection must be worn when the Project Leader makes an reasonable
determiantion that the highest available level of both respiratory and skin
(and eye) contact protection is needed. It should be noted that while
Level A provides maximum available protection, it does not protect against
all possible hazards. Consideration of the heat stress that can arise
from wearing Level A protection should also enter into the Project Leader's
decision. (Comfort is not a decision factor, but heat stress will
influence work rate, scheduling, and other work practices.)
Level B
The Project Leader must select Level B protection when the highest level of
respiratory protection is needed, but hazardous material exposure to the
few unprotected areas of the body(i.e., the back of the neck) is unlikely
with Level B protective clothing.
Level C
The Project Leader may select Level C when the required level of respiratory
protection is known, or reasonably assumed to be, not greater than the
level of protection afforded by air purifying respirators; and hazardous
materials exposure to the few unprotected areas of the body(i.e., the back
of the neck) is unlikely with Level C protective clothing. Level C requires
carrying an emergency escape respirator.
-------
Level D
Level D is the basic work uniform. Investigators and response personnel
must not be permitted to work in civilian clothes.
b. Protective equipment and criteria
Level A
(1) Personal Protective Equipment
0 Open circuit, pressure-demand SCBA
0 Totally encapsulated suit
0 Gloves, inner (surgical type)
0 Gloves, outer, chemical protective
° Boots, chemical protective, steel toe and shank
0 Booties, chemical protective
(2) Criteria
0 Sites known to contain hazards which
00 require the highest level of respiratory protection (as
stated above)
00 will cause illness as a result of personal exposure, and
00 the Project Leader makes a reasonable determination that
personal exposure could occur to any part of the body.
0 Sites for which the Project Leader makes a reasonable determina-
tion that, based on the lack of information to the contrary,
the site may be described as stated directly above.
Level B
(1) Personal Protective Equipment
0 Open circuit, pressure-demand SCBA
0 Chemical protective
00 Overalls and long sleeved jacket, or
00 Coveralls
0 Gloves, inner (surgical type)
0 Gloves, outer, chemical protective
0 Boots, chemical protective, steel toe and shank
0 Booties, chemical protective
-------
(2) Criteria
0 Sites known to contain hazards which require the highest level
of respiratory protection as stated above
00 will cause illness as a result of personal exposure, and
00 the Project Leader makes a reasonable determination that
personal exposure to areas of the body not covered by
Level B protective clothing is unlikely.
0 Sites for which the Project Leader makes a reasonable determina-
tion that, based on the lack of information to the contrary,
the site may be described as stated above.
Level C
(1) Personal Protective Equipment
0 Full face-piece air-purifying respirator
0 Emergency escape respirator (carried)
0 Chemical protective
00 Overalls and long sleeved jacket, or
00 Coveralls
0 Gloves, inner (surgical type)
0 Gloves, outer, chemical protective
0 Boots, chemical protective, steel toe and shank
0 Booties, chemical protective
(2) Criteria
0 Sites known to contain hazards which
00 do not require a level of respiratory protection greater
than the level afforded by air purifying respirators
(nominal protection factor of 10) as stated above,
00 will cause illness as a result of personal exposure, and
00 the Project Leader makes a reasonble determination that per-
sonal exposure to areas of the body not covered by
Level C protective clothing is unlikely.
0 Sites for which the Project Leader makes a reasonable determina-
tion that, based on the lack of information to the contrary,
the site may be described as stated above.
-------
Level D
(1) Personal Protective Equipment
0 Coveralls, cotton
0 Boots/shoes, safety
0 Safety glasses
0 Hard hat with optional faceshield
0 Air purifying respirator (readily available)
(2) Criteria
0 Sites where the Project Leader makes a reasonable
determination that hazards due to exposure to hazardous mate-
rial s is unl ikely.
-------
APPENDIX 4
(These procedures are currently under revision to reflect the May 19, 1980
changes in the Department of Transportation regulations for shipment of
hazardous materials.)
PACKAGING, MARKING, LABELING, AND SHIPPING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE SITE AND
ENVIRONMENTAL SPILLS SAMPLES
General Provisions. Samples that are judged to be environmental samples
may be shipped according to letters of understanding granted EPA by DOT.
Other specific exemptions may also apply (e.g., use of Labelmaster,
Inc. package #38, or Dow Chemical Co. Imbiber Pack for shipment of
Poison B, n.o.s. by United Parcel Service).
The following procedures apply to samples collected from a hazardous
waste site or environmental spill, and which in the judgment of the
Project Leader cannot be considered to be "environmental samples".
0 Unanalyzed HWS and ES samples may not be fixed with any preservative or
preserved with ice or dry ice.
0 If a material specifically identified in the Department of Transpor-
tation (DOT) Hazardous Material Table (49 CFR 172.101) is known to
be contained in an HWS or ES sample, that sample should be transported
as prescribed in the table.
0 Unanalyzed HWS and ES samples may be transported by rented or common
carrier truck, bus railroad, and by Federal Express Corporation*
(air cargo); but they may not be transported by any other common
carrier air transport, even "cargo only" aircraft. Those samples
taken from closed drums or tanks, however, should not ordinarily be
transported by Federal Express. (See 1 and 2 in "Packaging, Marking
and Labeling Requirements for Unanalyzed Hazardous Waste Site Samples
Taken From Closed Drums").
° If samples are transported by any type of government-owned vehicle,
including aircraft, DOT regulations are not applicable. However,
EPA and FIT personnel will use the packaging procedures described
below except that the Bill of Lading with certification form does
not have to be executed (see "Shipping Papers" on under b.8).
* These procedures are designed to enable shipment by entities like
Federal Express; however, they should not be construed as an endorsement
by EPA of a particular commercial carrier.
-------
0 Irrespective of type sample or container, after completion of the
analyses the contractor will repackage the original sample bottles
in the coolers or containers received, and return them to the origi-
nating Regional office. The packages will be sealed and shipped
under custody procedures as they were received. Each originating
office should make arrangements with the contractor through the
Sample Management Office (VIAR) for the method of return and payment
for shipping charges within 30 days after sample shipment. Organic
extracts from the samples will be shipped by the analytical contrac-
tors to EPA's EMSL/Las Vegas office for archival storage.
b. Packaging, Marking and Labeling Requirements for Unanalyzed
Hazardous Haste Site Samples, Excluding Drum Samples.
(1) Collect sample in an 8-ounce* or smaller glass container with
nonmetallic, teflon-lined screw cap. Allow sufficient ullage
(approximately 10% by volume) so container is not liquid full at
130 F. If collecting a solid material, the container plus con-
tents shall not exceed 1 pound net weight.
(2) Attach properly completed sample identification tag [Figure 4]
to sample container.
(3) Seal sample container and place in 2-mil-thick (or thicker) poly-
ethylene bag, one sample per bag. (Tags should be positioned to
enable them to be read through bag.)
(4) Place sealed bag inside a metal can with incombustible, absorbent
cushioning material (e.g., vermiculite or earth) to prevent break-
age, one bag per can. Pressure-close the can and use clips, tape
or other positive means to hold the lid securely, tightly and
effectively.
(5) Mark and label this container as indicated in No. 8 below.
(6) Place one or more metal cans (or a single 1-gallon bottle*) sur-
rounded with incombustible packaging material for stability during
transport, into a strong outside container, such as a metal picnic
cooler or a fiberboard box.
(7) Mark and label the outside container and complete shipping papers
as described below.
Large quantities, up to one gallon, taken from wells may be collected
if the flash point of the sample can be determined to be 73 F or higher.
In this case, such should be marked on the outside container (carton,
etc.) but only a single (one gallon or less) bottle may be packed in an
outside container. Ten percent ullage and requirements 2,5,6, and 7
below must also followed. On the shipping papers state that "flash
point is 73° or higher".
-------
(8) Marking and labeling: Use abbreviations only where specifed.
Place the following information on a metal can (or bottle), either
hand printed or in label form: laboratory name and address and
"Flammable Liquid, n.o.s.", (if not liquid, write "Flammable
Solid, n.o.s.").* Place the following labels on the outside of
the can (or bottle)
"Cargo Aircraft Only"; "Flammable Liquid";
if not liquid, "Flammable Solid" ("Dangerous
When Wet" label should be used if the solid
has not been exposed to wet environment).
Note: If the cans are placed in an exterior container, both that
container and inside cans must have the same markings and labels
as above. "Laboratory Samples" and "THIS SIDE UP" or "THIS END
UP" should also be marked on the top of the outside container,
and upward pointing arrows should be placed on all four sides of
the exterior container.
Shipping Papers: Use abbreviations only where specified below:
Complete the carrier-provided bill of lading and sign the certifi-
cation statement (if carrier does not provide, use standard indus-
try form) with the following information in the order listed. One
form may be used for more than one exterior container.
"Flammable Liquid, n.o.s." (or Flammable Solid,
n.o.s.", as appropriate); "Cargo Aircraft Only";
"Limited Quantity" or "Ltd. Qty."; "Laboratory
Samples"; "Net Weight " or "Net Volume
" (of hazardous contents), by item,
if more than one metal can is inside an exterior
container. The net weight or net volume must be
placed just before or just after the "Flammable
Liquid, n.o.s." or "Flammable Solid, n.o.s."
description.
A Chain-of-Custody Record form should also be properly executed,
and included in the exterior container.
(9) Unless samples are driven to the laboratory, a team member must
accompany shipping container(s) to the transport carrier and, if
required, open outside container(s) for freight inspection.
Using "Flammable" does not convey the certain knowledge that a sample
is in fact flammable, or how flammable, but is intended to prescribe
the class of packaging in order to comply with DOT regulations; "n.o.s."
means not otherwise specified.
-------
Packaging, Marking and Labeling Requirements for Unanalyzed Hazardous
Waste Site Samples Taken from Closed Drums.
(1) All samples from closed drums do no necessarily have to be
shipped as below. The Project Leader must make a judgement,
based on the information available, as to the hazard class of
samples gathered. This packaging, marking, labeling and
shipping method provides a worst-case procedure for materials
classed as "Poison A" (49 CFR 173.328).
(2) These samples may not be transported by Federal Express Corpora-
tion (air cargo) or other common carrier aircraft, or by rental,
non-government aircraft. (Samples may be shipped by ground trans-
port or government aircraft.)
(3) Collect sample in a polyethlylene or glass container which is of
an outer diameter narrower than the valve hole on a DOT Spec.
3A1800 or 3AA1800 metal cylinder. Fill sample container allowing
sufficient ullage (approximately 10% by volume) so it will not be
liquid-full at 130° F. Seal sample container.
(4) Attach properly completed Sample Identification Tag (Figure 4) to
sample container.
(5) With a string or flexible wire attached to the neck of the sample
container, lower it into a metal cylinder which has been partially
filled with incombustible, absorbent loose packaging material
(vermiculite or earth). Allow sufficient cushioning material
between the bottom and sides of the container and the metal cylin-
der to prevent breakage. After the cylinder is filled with cush-
ioning material, drop the ends of the string or wire into the
cylinder valve hole. Only one sample container may be placed in
a metal cylinder.
(6) Replace valve, torque to 250 ft-lb (for 1 inch opening) and re-
place valve protector on metal cylinder, using teflon tape.
(7) Mark and label cylinder as described below.
(8) One or more cylinders may be placed in a strong outside container.
(9) Mark and label outside container and complete shipping papers as
described below.
(10) Marking and label ing: Use abbreviations only where specified.
Place the following information on the side of the cylinder, or
on a tag wired to the cylinder valve protector, either hand-
printed or in label form.
-------
"Poisonous Liquid or Gas, n.o.s.", laboratory name and address.*
Place the following label on the cylinder: "Poisonous Gas".
("Poisonous Liquid" label not acceptable here, even if liquid.)
Note: If the metal cylinders are placed in an outside container,
both the container and cylinders inside must have the same mark-
ings and labels as above. In addition, "Laboratory Sample", and
"Inside Packages Comply With Prescribed Specifications" should be
marked on the top of the outside container. "THIS SIDE UP" mark-
ing should be placed on the outside container and upward pointing
arrows on four sides.
Shipping Papers: Complete the shipper-provided Bill of Lading
and sign the certification statement (if carrier does not provide,
use standard industry form) with the following information in the
order listed. One form may be used for more than one exterior
container; use abbreviations only as specified:
"Poisonous Liquid, n.o.s."; "Limited Quantity" or
"Ltd. Qty."; "Laboratory Samples"; "Net Weight
or "Net Volume " (of hazardous contents), by cy-
linder, if more than one cylinder is inside an exterior
container. The net weight or net volume must be placed
just before or just after the "Poisonous Liquid, n.o.s."
marking.
A Chain-of-Custody Record form (Figure 5) should also be
properly executed and included in the container, or with the
cylinder.
(11) Unless samples are driven to the laboratory, an EPA employee
will accompany shipping container to the transport carrier
and, if required, open outside container(s) for freight
inspection.
*Using "Poisonous" does not convey the certain knowledge that a sample is
in fact poisonous, or how poisonous, but is intended to prescribe the class
of packaging in order to comply with DOT regulations.
-------
APPENDIX 5
SAMPLING PROCEDURES
Containers (drums, tanks, etc.) should only be sampled when necessary
to meet enforcement or cleanup requirements. Opening drums or other sealed
containers may be hazardous to sampling personnel unless proper safety
procedures are followed. Gases can be released, pressurized liquids can
be expelled, or explosions can occur. A drum should not be moved or
opened unless it can be ascertained beyond reasonable doubt that the drum
is structurally sound. Drums standing on end, with bung up, should be
opened by pneumatic impact wrench, operated from a remote site (Figure 5.1).
Drums on sides may be opened similarly if it is possible to safely rotate
the drum so that the bung is high. If the bung can be removed, sampling
contained liquids may be safely accomplished by glass tube, which is then
broken and discarded within the barrel. A barrel that has a badly rusted
bung, or that cannot be sampled as above, may be safely sampled with a
hydraulic penetrating device (Figure 5.2) operated remotely. The device is
then abandoned in place, and disabled to prevent further withdrawal of
liquids. Sealed or closed tanks should be opened remotely, using ropes to
lift hatches, etc.
In general, metal sample containers should not be used on HWS in-
vestigations and ES responses; if used, they must be grounded, preferably to
the drum or tank being sampled, while sample transfer is accomplished. In
all cases of entry into closed containers, the local fire departmnt should
be asked to stand by. In any case wherein presence of explosives is sus-
pected or known, Army EOD or police bomb squads should be requested to
remove or neutralize such materials. In no event may EPA employees handle
explosives encountered on sites.
Subsurface sampling of an HWS or ES can also create hazards to employees
and the public, unless adequate safety precautions as followed. Biodegrad-
ation of refuse in dumps produces methane and other explosive gases. The
escaping gases may be ignited by drill rigs or other ignition sources.
Drilling into dump sites may cause discarded incompatibles to be mixed and
thereby create reactive mixtures. Dump or spill sites where leachate plumes
are contained in impervious strata may be interconnected with producing aqui-
fers if drilling is not planned according to competent ground water tech-
nology and data.
Drilling in HWS investigations and ES responses should be confined to the
periphery of sites, with the objective of characterizing the leachate
that may be moving away from the site. If subsurface sampling of dump
sites is necessary, excavation must be accomplished by hand, and with
sparkfree equipment.
-------
All drilling associated with HWS and ES activities must be accomplished
under the responsible supervision of a competent geohydrologist, ground
water geologist, geological engineer, or a person similarly qualified by
experience. Drilling must be preceded by sweeps with metal detectors,
and drilling must be limited to areas where the presence of buried drums
or tanks is not indicated. Test holes must be cased or plugged when
the activites is completed.
-------
FIGURE 5.1
III-8
(9/79)
Remote bung removal. Man in back-
ground, dressed in protective cloth-
ing, operates bung-removal equipment
on drum in foreground.
Bung-removal equipment; drum
on end.
Equipment closeup.
Remote bung-removal setup;
drum on side.
FIGURE 2. REMOTE REMOVAL OF BARREL BUNG
-------
FIGURE 5.2
III-9
(9/79)
Remote operation of penetrating
sampling device.
Drum attachment, connecting
tube, and hand-held activator.
Sampling device penetrating drum.
Remote sampling equipment.
FIGURE 3. REMOTE SAMPLING
-------
APPENDIX 6
DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES
A. Introduction
The need for personnel decontamination can vary greatly. Operations
such as walking through an area may require only a simple controlled
undressing procedure and bagging of contaminated clothing. In oper-
ations in which extensive work is performed in a contaminated area,
cross contamination of protective clothing and equipment can occur.
In this case, a controlled undressing and bathing facility will be
needed.
For those situations in which gross contamination may occur, a
sophisticated personnel decontamination station, as illustrated in
Figure 6.1, should be established. It provides for a controlled
undressing and washing system that is designed to avoid transfer
of chemical contamination from protective clothing. The number of
stations can be adjusted to the protective clothing system being
used. All field personnel should shower as soon as possible after
leaving a contaminated area.
Full-decontamination of reusable suits is accomplished in two steps.
The first step is performed on-site using solutions selected beforehand
in consultation with chemists and toxicologists based on limited knowl-
edge of the hazardous materials on the site at the time (see Figure 6.2).
Usually an adequate decontamination solution consists only of water.
However, the decontamination solutions may be solutions of water and
detergents, water and chemical compounds designed to react with and
neutralize specific contaminents, or solvents. After cleansing, protec-
tive clothing is turned inside out, if feasible, and sealed in plastic
bags for return shipment. The second decontamination step is taken
later, after the contaminant has been latoratory-analyzed to determine
what decontamination reagents are most suitable for each case. This
second cleaning is then performed by personnel wearing disposable
protective clothing. Waste decontamination solution from the second
step should be treated as hazardous waste and disposed of accordingly.
B. Model for Decontamination Procedures-
Organization of the Personnel Decontamination Station (PDS)
Once the contamination zone and the clean zone have been established,
the PDS is set up.
1. Layout of the PDS
An example of a PDS is shown in Figure C-l and is as follows:
STATION A - A plastic ground sheet on which field equipment is
dropped by returning members team.
-------
STATION B - A wash tub filled with a decontamination solution
- A second wash tub filled with rinse solution
- A third wash tub filled with decontamination solution
- A fourth wash tub filled with rinse solution
- Each wash tub should be equipped with a large sponge
and brush
STATION C - A bench or stool for personnel to sit on during removal
of booties
- A ten (10) gallon pail with plastic liner where dispos-
able boot covers are discarded
STATION D - Two ten (10) gallon buckets filled with decontamination
solution
STATION E - A ten (10) gallon bucket filled with rinse solution
STATION F - A 32 gallon trash can with plastic liner (container for
rubber items)
STATION G - 30 meters upwind from Station F
- A plastic ground sheet for SCBA drop
STATION H - A bench or stool for personnel
- A 32 gallon trash can with plastic liner (container for
cloth items)
STATION I - A field shower set-up
STATION J - A redressing and first aid station. This station defines
the boundary between the Contamination Control Area and
the Clean Area
-------
TYPICAL LAYOUT OF THE PDS
(LEVEL A PROTECTION)
WIND DIRECTION
-»rt«
20 "^
EQUIPMENT
DROP
PLASTIC
SHEET
TANK CHANGE!
B ij C D E
«"OVE SOOT? BRooTEs J?
fiiiTTn w n/~*nT ov/v* t *» UWVK 1 v^
ouTcn -•-*• DOOT •••> ANO AND \s\
GARMENT COVERS GLQVES GLQVES
DVER POINT ,
F
REMOVE
BOOTS
\ AND .. . k.
' OUTER
GARMENTS
oof ©© so o1^ . b b
SOL A RTNqp r FIRST
SHOWER MQ
\
FIELD
EXPEDIENT
a\
FIGURE C-l
-------
FIGURE 6.2
III-5
(9/79)
FIGURE 1. ON-SITE DECONTAMINATION OF PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
-------
LNV; N AGENCY
CHAPTER f SITE INVESTIGATIONS
L SPILL RESPONSES
TABLE OF
MANUAL
OCCUPATIONAL
HEALTH AND SAFETY
PARAGRAPH PARAGRAPH
TITLES NUMBERS
Policy and •^\.-.t 1
Health and V,f"J 'quirements 2
Work Pract' . . 3
APPENDIDS APPENDIX
NUMBER
Safety Plat .. 1
Periodic He- tt 2
Personal PP. .ec -terminations 3
Packaging, ':rl ;, and Shipping of Hazardous Waste
Site/f. /i 1 Sanples 4
Sampling ^ .:r 5
Dec out a- -o 6
TN~' ( ' CHAP 9
ORIGI David Weitanan, Manager
DRAH Industrial Hygiene Programs
Office of Occupational Health
Augu and Safety
-------
•o
m
z
o
o
m
-------
APPENDIX A
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
• Respirators
Chemical Protective Clothing
-------
RESPIRATORS
• Excerpts From: A Guide to Industrial Respiratory Protection
• Typical Vendor Literature*
* Use of typical vendor literature in this Manual
does not constitute official endorsement of
products by the Environmental Protection Agency.
-------
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
• Selection: Quantitative & Qualitative
- Methods for Prevention and Control
of Occupational Skin Disease
- The Permeability of Laboratory Gloves
to Selected Solvents
- The Permeability of Laboratory Gloves
to Selected Nitrosamines
- Permeation of Glove Materials by
Physiologically Harmful Chemicals
- Development of Performance Criteria
for Protective Clothing Used Against
Carcinogenic Liquids
Typical Vendor Literature*
* Use of typical vendor literature in this Manual
does not constitute official endorsement of
products by the Environmental Protection Agency.
-------
Full Text
METHODS FOR PREVENTION AND CONTROL
OF OCCUPATIONAL SKIN DISEASE
This section considers uie variety of methods of preven-
ting and controlling occupational cutaneous injury and ill-
ness. Control methods for skin disease are similar to those
used to prevent or control other occupational health and
safety problems. The techniques used to provide workers
with a workplace free of occupational hazards are well
known and fairly widely used throughout industry. Virtually
every known job-related skin hazard can be controlled by us-
ing one of these protective techniques.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF HAZARD
RECOGNITION AND EVALUATION
Prevention and control of skin disease and injury involve
several key steps, including recognition of exposure poten-
tials, evaluation of the workplace exposure, and application
of appropriate controls. Recognition of potential skin
hazards is the first step in any prevention and control
program, and it requires both employers and employees to
know as much as they can about materials, processes, and
plant layout, and to have a thorough understanding of the
toxic effects of materials and processes.
To evaluate potential workplace exposures, information
should be assembled about the chemicals or other agents in-
volved, the physical layout of the plant and equipment, the
number of workers, and the frequency and duration of ex-
posure. Process flow charts, workplace inspections, and
relevant publications are also helpful in making such
evaluations.
Four classes of hazardous agents are generally found in in-
dustry: chemical (vapors, mists, fogs, liquids, solids, etc.),
physical (ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, heat, cold,
vibration, etc.), biological (bacteria, viruses, fungi, etc.),
and ergonomic (workplace and tool match to worker). Skin
damage is associated primarily with chemical and physical
agents, but biological and ergonomic factors must also be
considered. Employers often list, in writing, materials used
in their operations, whether known to be toxic or not, to aid
in recognizing and assessing any risk and controlling any
hazard.
Once potential hazards have been recognized, each must
be evaluated to determine the degree of hazard. Fundamen-
tal to this evaluation is a recognition that toxicity and hazard
are not synonymous (see1 Glossary). Determination of
hazard requires the circumstances of the exposure to be
taken into account. For example, a chemical may be highly
toxic, but the particular circumstances of its use may be
such that the associated hazard is low. Conversely (and this
has often been the case with compounds affecting the skin),
a substance's basic toxicity may be low, but prolonged and
repeated contact may result in a high level of hazard.
Similarly, many physical agents may have potentially
adverse effects on workers (noise, ionizing radiation, ul-
traviolet light, etc.), but the true hazard of each will only be
determined by the particular circumstances of the specific
exposure.
3-29-79
Published by THE BUREAU OF NATIONAL AFFAIRS. INC.. WASHINGTON. DC. 20037
-------
1614
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH REPORTER
Evaluation of a prevention and control program includes
sampling and measurement of the actual workplace environ-
ment. The data derived are compared with any standards
available, to make a preliminary assessment of hazard.
Sampling strategies must be related to the exposure and the
agent.
An important first step to measurement is the develop-
ment of a complete list of agents used in the operation, the
sources of exposure to these agents by any route (skin,
respiratory, or digestive), and all control measures in use.
Such a list may point out potential skin hazards such as
solvents, acids, alkalies, lubricants, reactive raw materials
or intermediates, catalysts, and so forth. Physical agents
listed might include lasers, ionizing radiation, ultraviolet,
microwaves, infrared, vibration, and temperature or
humidity extremes. Detection of many of these agents re-
quires special instrumentation; monitoring the worker's ac-
tual exposure might require either continuous or intermit-
tent personal sampling. Biologic or ergonomic factors are
less likely than chemical or physical agents to cause skin
hazards.
Two types of control techniques, primary (immediate) and
indirect, are used for reducing or minimizing occupational
exposure to chemical or physical agents. The primary
methods are classified in six categories: sub-
stitution/process change, design and component specifica-
tion, isolation/enclosure, ventilation, good housekeeping,
and personal protection. Indirect methods include training
and education of employees and supervisors, medical
programs, and environmental monitoring; they are of prime
importance in preventing and controlling occupational skin
disease and injury.
PRIMARY (IMMEDIATE) CONTROL TECHNIQUES
1. Substitution and Process Change
Hazards associated with particular agents, equipment, or
processes can be minimized or eliminated by substituting a
less hazardous agent, equipment, or process. This procedure
has been used most frequently with chemical agents; ex-
amples of such substitution include the use of toluene for
benzene or methyl chloroform for carbon tetrachloride. An
example of process substitution is the use of mechanical
seals on pumps instead of gasket seals. In situations where
skin irritation might be a problem, non-ionic surfactants
might be substituted for cationic or anionic surfactants. «
Process change is a form of substitution; it involves
changing an industrial process to reduce or eliminate the
hazardous exposure. Substituting automatic dipping for
manual dipping of parts into solvent degreasers is an exam-
ple of process change, in this case through mechanization.
The risk of dermatitis is eliminated when skin surfaces are
no longer exposed to solvent or solvent fumes. Changing the
consistency of a material may also be effective in reducing
hazard. For example, handling a loose powder consisting of
some hydroscopic materials was causing eye and skin irrita-
tion; the irritation was eliminated by using a compressed
form of the material, which created no dust when handled.
This new and safer operation was also much cheaper, since
the compressed material was much simpler to handle than
the loose powder. The so-called "wet methods" have also
been used successfully to eliminate or control irritating
dust; water is sprayed over the dust or mixed with the
material to form a slurry to prevent dust.
2. Design and Component Specification
This is a procedure for eliminating or minimizing hazards
at the design or purchase stage. A common example would
be requiring a vibration specification before purchasing
rotating equipment. A product specification that limits the
impurity in a compound to a nonhazardous level also
minimizes the user's risk. Government regulatory bodies
are looking into the effectiveness of this control method.
3. Isolation and Enclosure
An agent or an operation can be isolated in space or time to
reduce the average exposure or the number of people expos-
ed. Locating units in regulated areas or performing poten-
tially hazardous activities such as radiography at night or in
other slack periods is an example of this control technique.
As a corollary, the worker can also be isolated from the
agent, process, or area by being placed in an air-conditioned
control room.
Another form of isolation is enclosure. This procedure in-
volves placing some form of barrier between the agent/
process and the work force/workplace. Those agents and
processes that do not require constant attending are par-
ticularly amenable to this technique. As an example, install-
ing splash guards and hoods over machining operations in-
volving cutting fluids has resulted in lower rates of der-
matitis. A closed system that eliminates all worker exposure
to certain toxic agents such as formaldehyde (strong skin
sensitizer) or mevinphos (a highly toxic organophosphate
pesticide readily absorbed through the skin) is another ex-
ample of the enclosure method of control.
4. Ventilation
This method includes both general dilution ventilation and
local exhaust ventilation; it is used to reduce exposure to air-
borne physical, chemical, or other agents. In some
operations, such as those involving epoxies, good local ex-
haust ventilation has been quite effective in reducing out-
breaks of dermatitis.
5. Good Housekeeping
Though this technique is often overlooked, it is an efficient
and inexpensive means of controlling exposure to hazardous
agents in the workplace. Of particular value with respect to
personal safety, good housekeeping also extends to the con-
trol of chemical and physical agents. Simple measures such
as providing tools or equipment for proper and safe handling
of materials in transport and during use, adequate storage
space, prompt cleanup of spills, adequate sanitary facilities,
proper signs and labeling in work areas, and means for dis-
carding used or off-specification materials have a great im-
pact on exposure control. These procedures reduce the
potential for direct skin contact and also minimize the en-
trainment of material into the air from tracking, impact, etc.
Poor housekeeping techniques can cause toxic materials to
be reintroduced into the air, causing additional and needless
exposure. Careless or inappropriate use, handling, or
storage of chemical or physical agents presents a direct
threat of skin exposure if there is close worker contact with
the hazardous process or materials.
The value of good housekeeping is shown in the following
example involving fibrous glass, a well-known skin irritant;
failure to clean equipment surfaces and floors creates many
possibilities for skin contact with this substance and dry
sweeping increases the problem; vacuuming, however,
greatly reduces potential irritation.
6. Personal Protection
Whenever it is impossible to provide adequate control of a
hazard at its source, or during the interval when controls are
3-29-79
Published by THE BUREAU OF NATIONAL AFFAIRS. INC.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20037
-------
CURRENT REPORT
161b
being implemented, it may be necessary to rely largely on
personal protective equipment. A combination of good
engineering, plant hygiene, and personal hygiene is often
required to achieve effective hazard control. Using personal
protective equipment alone, however, should be regarded as
a control method of last resort.
Protective clothing
To protect against chemical agents, there is clothing that
is reasonably impervious. Clothing to cover all parts of the
body is available: work shirts and pants, coveralls, aprons,
caps, gloves, boots, safety glasses or goggles, and face
shields. A test method of determining permeability of
materials used for protective clothing may be found in a
NIOSH performance criteria document. Additional informa-
tion on testing procedures for face'shields for splash protec-
tion are described in another NIOSH document. For physical
agents, there is clothing to protect workers from ultraviolet
light, ionizing, microwave and laser radiation, and heat and
cold. Clothing and equipment are also available to protect
against exposure to biological agents.
Protective devices are readily available, and protective
clothing constitutes the bulk of this type of equipment.
Specific information may be obtained from NIOSH
publications and the manufacturers of these products. The
degree of protection afforded varies for different com-
binations of chemical agent and protective material. This in-
formation is summarized in Tables 13, 14, and 15.
TABLE 13
EXTENT OF SOLVENT PENETRATION THROUGH GLOVE MATERIALS AFTER 0.5 HOURS
Glove Material
Solvent
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Methylene Chloride
Methyl Iodide
1, 1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane
1, 1,2-Trichloroethane
Perchloroethylene
Methanol
Ethanol
2-Propanol
n-ButanoI
Benzene
Toluene
Aniline
Phenol (10% wiier)
Acetone
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Tetrahydrofuran
Dimethyl Sulfoxide
Dimethyl Formamide
Pyridine
Dioxane
n-Hexane
Water (HjO)
Natural
Rubber
(0.4 mm)
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
B
B
C
D
A
B
C
B
C
A
Neoprene
(0.4 mm)
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
A
C
D
D
A
A
C
B
A
A
Neoprene +
Nat'l Rubber
(0.5 mm)
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
B
D
D
A
B
B
C
D
A
A
C
B
C
A
Nitrile
(0.4 mm)
A
D
D
D
C
D
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
C
A
D
D
D
A
C
D
A
A
A
PVC
(0.2 mm)
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
B
D
D
D
B
D
D
D
D
A
PVA
(0.4 mm)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
C
B
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
D
D
C
A
A
D
Key A = <0.1%. B = 0.1-1%, C=l-10%, D = >10%, see text.
TABLE 14
EXTENT OF SOLVENT PENETRATION THROUGH GLOVE MATERIALS AFTER 4 AND 8 HOURS
Solvent
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Methylene Chloride
Methyl Iodide
112 2-Tetrachloroethane
1, 1,2-Trichloroethane
Glove Material .
Natural
Rubber
(0.4 mm)
Neoprene
(0.4 mm)
Neoprene +
Nat'l Rubber
(0.5 mm)
Nitrile
(0.4 nun)
Ad
PVC
.(0.2 mm)
PVA
(0.4 mm)
Aa
B
B
B
Ab
Ab
3-29-79
Published by THE BUREAU OF NATIONAL AFFAIRS. INC.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20037
-------
1616
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH REPORTER
TABLE 14-Contd.
EXTENT OF SOLVENT PENETRATION THROUGH GLOVE MATERIALS AFTER 4 AND 8 HOURS
Glove ' laterial
Solvent
Perchloroethylene
Methanol
Ethanol
2-Propanol
n-Butanol
Benzene
Toluene
Aniline
Phenol (10% water)
Acetone
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Tetrahydrofuran
Dimethyl Sulfoxide
Dimethyl Formamide
Pyridine
Dioxane
n-Hexane
Water (HaO)
Natural
Rubber
(0.4 mm)
B
B
B
C
C
Ab
Aa
Neoprene
(0.4 nun)
B
Ab
Aa
Aa
D
Ac
B
C
C
Aa
Neoprene +
Nat'l Rubber
(0.5 mm)
C
B
B
B
C
B
C
Aa
Nitrile
(0.4 mm)
C
C
Ab
Aa
Aa
D
B
D
Aa
Ab
PVC
(0.2 mm)
B
PVA
(0.4 mm)
Aa
C
Ab
Aa
B
C
B
C
C
Aa
Key Upper case letters are used for 4 hour data. Lower case letters are used for 8 hour data.
A,a = <0.1%, B,b = 0.1-1%, C,c=l-10%, D,d = > 10%, see text.
TABLE 15
SUMMARY OF BREAKTHROUGH TIMES OF SELECTED CHEMICALS
THROUGH PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MATERIALS AT 22° C
Carcinogen
Trichloroethylene
Epichlorodydrin
Coal-Tar Creosote
Benzene
Ethylenimine
1, 1-Dimethylhydrazine
2-Nitropropane
/3-Propiolactone
Hexemethylphosphoromide
Detection
Limit
(ppm)
1
1-5
1-5
5-10
10-30
10
10
10
3
Clothing Material
Composition
Nitrile rubber
Neoprene rubber
Polyvinyl alcohol
Polyvinyl alcohol
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
Viton
Polyethylene
Polyurethane-coated nylon
Natural rubber
Nitrile rubber
PVC-coated nylon
Polyvinyl alcohol
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
Viton
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
PVC-coated nylon
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
Polyvinyl alcohol
Nitrile rubber
Butyl rubber
Polyurethane-coated nylon
Natural rubber
Polyethylene
Polyethylene
Butyl rubber
Nitrile rubber
Thickness
(cm)
0.094
0.079
0.009
0.008
0.076
0.084
0.076
0.081
0.043
0.006
0.02
0.028
0.041
0.043
0.023
0.076
0.084
0.16
0.02
0.084
0.043
0.076
0.084
0.02
0.09
0.08
0.003
0.03
0.006
0.006
0.084
0.094
Break-
through
Time (min)
10-15
10-15
<15
<5
60-80
4740
270
>5400
>5760
<1
2
2
5
6
10
25
88
900
<5
600-960
5-10
25-40
1380-1620
<5
25-60
>6060
-------
CURRENT REPORT
1617
Barrier agents
Barrier agents are somewhat effective in cases in which
gloves or other protective clothing cannot be used. Several
types of barrier creams are available; vanishing creams,
which have limited effectiveness against dusts, fibrous
glass, and heavy oils; water repellent, effective against
water-soluble chemicals, mild acids, and alkalies, oil
repellent, which protect against oils and to a limited extent
against organic solvents; solvent repellents, which have
some effectiveness against organic solvents; and other mis-
cellaneous types of creams that protect against sunlight or
ultraviolet light, coal tar, insects, poisonous plants, and so
forth.
There is some controversy about the use of barrier
creams, but on balance they are of limited benefit in an
overall skin protection program. This benefit derives from
the nominal barrier properties provided by a properly
selected agent, and the good obtained by washing during the
work shift. Each wash-up should remove the agent and any
entrapped chemicals or other potential skin irritants;
barrier cream should not be reapplied after the final
wash-up. The major problem associated with barrier creams
is the selection of an incorrect cream. For example, using an
oil-repelling cream with aqueous agents or a water-repelling
cream with fatty or oily agents actually enhances contact
and may increase absorption. The result may be more
severe than if no barrier cream had been used. Whenever
possible, barrier creams should not be used as the sole
means of protection.
Personal hygiene
Personal hygiene can also play a significant role in reduc-
ing many dermatologic problems. Many industrial skin
cleaners are available, including soaps, synthetic
detergents, and waterless cleaners. Waterless cleaners
generally contain different amounts of organic solvent or
alkali and may therefore be drying or irritating to the skin.
There are now waterless cleaners available that do not
contain organic solvents.
Washing time should be adequate and should be considered
work time. The washing facilities should be conveniently
located near the worksite to be easily accessible to the
workers. In occupational settings involving highly toxic
agents or high exposure risk, the employer should provide
showers, clothing changes, and lockers so that employees
may leave work each day free of toxic contaminants on their
skin, hair, or street clothes.
It is widely recognized that organic solvents should not be
used for cleaning the skin. Common shop practices that
cause unnecessary chemical insult to the skin are, for exam-
ple, using mineral spirits to remove oily or greasy material
and using a container of old lubricating oil as a dip tank for
machine parts.
RELATED CONTROL TECHNIQUES
Education and Training
A good educational program is an essential element in any
comprehensive hazard control program and should involve
joint effort by management, workers, and worker represen-
tatives. The primary purpose of education is to ensure both
management and workers understand the hazards and
necessary control measures. Training should be conducted
by qualified and prepared instructors. The elements of a
management educational program and the staff to whom
parts of the program should be directed are:
1) Senior officials, who should be provided with sufficient
information on the toxicity and hazard of company products
or processes to permit them to develop policies and
procedures consistent with employees' and customers' need
for protection.
2) The company's health and safety staff, which needs op-
portunities for continuing education and training and access
to outside consultants to maintain the necessary level of
professional skill.
3) Line supervisors, who need knowledge geared to the ap-
propriate level of supervision, e.g., foremen should have suf-
ficient training in health and safety to train the workers un-
der their supervision.
Education and training of employees should be a
cooperative effort involving employee representatives and
management personnel, especially line supervisors.
Worker's training should include, as a minimum:
1) Qualitative and quantitative identification of agents in-
volved
2) Potential risks of exposure
3) Types of symptoms and signs that might aevelop
4) Results of environmental and biological monitoring
5) Management's plans for hazard control
6) Instruction for emergencies
7) Safe job procedures
Every worker should be taught to perform assigned tasks
safely. Understanding safety information and being aware of
hazards are important worker responsibilities.
Good opportunities to provide worker education occur:
I) At medical examinations (provideo by the medical
professional);
2) At the time of job training (provided by the foreman);
and
3) At special health and safety meetings (provided by
foreman or company safety specialists).
AH workers new to a job (new hires or transfers into a new
department, or those involved in a change in processes used)
need to be trained in the safety aspects of their jobs.
Refresher training should be provided regularly and
periodically for all affected employees and management
personnel.
The best training is not general but is instead based on a
Job Safety Analysis of each individual job. The Job Safety
Analysis ideally is conducted by a safety specialist who has
reviewed the job to identify possible hazards and has
developed procedures to control the hazard. Results of this
analysis should be written out and used throughout the train-
ing program. Whenever possible, a summary of the analysis
should be posted at the specific job site.
Whenever chemical products are used, Hazardous
Material Manuals should be developed for each department
(or plant or area, as appropriate); these should be used
as the basis for training workers in that department.
The manuals should contain a safety data sheet on each
potentially hazardous material used, containing information
on the identity of the material, hazardous effects, control
measures, and emergency procedures. The manual should
always be available for consultation by any worker and
should be readily accessible at or near the job site.
A material labeling program is an important supplement
to this training program. In addition, there should be a for-
mal program to instruct workers about the effects of any
hazardous process by-products, such as dusts or fumes, if
necessary.
Smaller companies obviously usually cannot achieve the
sophistication of a larger company, but small companies
nevertheless have an obligation to meet the safety conditions
specified above. Experience shows that labor unions can
play a key role in the development and implementation of
worker education programs on health and safety. One way in
3-29-79
Published by THE BUREAU OF NATIONAL AFFAIRS, INC.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20037
-------
1618
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH REPORTER
which a union is involved is making an agreement with
management for company-provided training of workers;
another way for the union to be involved is to use its own in-
ternal resources, such as meetings and publications, to train
its own members.
Medical Surveillance
Pre-placement medical examinations are important
because they are the.basis for preventing adverse health
effects. They should be offered and encouraged for the
following reasons: ,
1) To establish a base line for each employee's health
status.
2) To identify pre-existing illnesses or other conditions so
that individuals can be placed in occupational settings con-
sistent with their health and other physical capabilities.
3) To provide a data base for determining incidence and
prevalance of occupational skin diseases.
As a base-line medical record, the pre-placement ex-
amination services to protect the interests of both employer
and employee. To determine whether or not a specific skin
problem is occupational in origin, it may be helpful to review
the employee's health file.
The pre-placement evaluation should include a com-
prehensive medical, family, and occupational history,
emphasizing existing or pre-existing skin problems. The
physical examination should be complete and include a
careful examination of the skin. At the time of the examina-
tion, the employer should provide the physician with a
description of the employee's prospective job, and iden-
tification of any skin hazards that might be encountered. The
physician should order appropriate tests based on this infor-
mation and the results of the physical examination. In par-
ticular, diagnostic patch testing should not be done as a
pre-placement screening procedure because it will not iden-
tify those who will become sensitized, and the patch test
itself could sensitize the prospective worker. Once the
medical examination and tests are completed, the physician
should prepare a written report for the employer. For
specific recommendations on the content of this report, see
the sections on medical reporting and recordkeeping.
Whenever the physician's report recommends that the
prospective worker not be placed in a particular job, the
worker should have the opportunity to obtain a second opi-
nion from a physician of his/her choice. This opportunity for
a second medical opinion also should be extended to the
employee for periodic and other interim examinations,
which are discussed in detail below. After any examination
over which there is disagreement between the two
physicians, the issue should be resolved by a mutually
agreed on refereeing process.
The importance of the physician's report cannot be
overstated. For example, a person with chronic eczematous
dermatitis should not be subjected to occupational exposures
that might severely aggravate the condition, such as
manufacturing phenol, disinfectants, dyes, Pharmaceuticals,
or plastics that involve the risk of phenol exposure. An in-
dividual with a cutaneous fungus infection would be well ad-
vised not to work with potent skin irritants or sensitizers
temporarily until the infection has been eradicated with
proper treatment. However, someone with a mild skin dis-
order could function well in jobs involving solvents,
providing the exposure was limited by reasonably effective
control measures.
At the time of the work assignment, management should
provide an appropriate education and training program (see
the section on education and training). Health personnel
should conduct periodic on-site inspections of plant
operations to detect breaches in procedure or hygiene, or
any skin disease. Frequency of inspections should depend on
the agent (toxicity) and process (exposure) involved. For
example, operations involving agents such as acrylate
monomers (strong irritants and sensitizers) should be in-
spected more often than work activities requiring the handl-
ing of only marginally irritating substances such as acetone,
which might not even require on-site evaluation unless
medical complaints were noted. Employees should report to
health personnel any skin problems, regardless of how
trivial they might appear. The health personnel then should
determine whether or not the affected worker needs to be
referred to a physician for evaluation and treatment. In
cases where the environment cannot be satisfactorily con-
trolled, the worker may have to be transferred to another job
to protect his health.
Workers whose jobs involve exposure to cutaneous hazards
should be provided with periodic examinations and en-
couraged to take them. These examinations should consist of
an interim history and physical examination and any tests,
based on the results of the examination and knowledge of the
risk of occupational exposure, that the physician deems
necessary to ensure that the employee's health is compatible
with the demands of the job. Appropriate medical and/or
engineering measures should be taken to correct any health
problems discovered.
In general, routine periodic examinations should be per-
formed annually, but they may need to be conducted more
often in high-risk settings and less often in well-controlled or
low-risk situations. In addition to regularly scheduled ex-
aminations, it is often desirable to assess a worker's health
at other times, e.g., at job transfer or after an illness or in-
jury.
Medical personnel should educate plant personnel about
prevention and control techniques, including the proper use
of protective clothing, work procedures, personal hygiene,
the nature of specific hazards, and the symptoms of toxic ex-
posure. Such an education program should be on-going and
enlist the cooperation of nurses, hygienists, health
physicists, other safety professionals, and supervisors. In
some situations, properly trained non-professional staff
members can conduct such programs successfully. The plant
physician and other health professionals and administrators
should encourage safe and healthy practices by their own ex-
ample. Their attitude should also encourage workers to
report promptly to the medical department for advice and
treatment of injury or illness.
Finally, it is essential that the physician maintain com-
plete and accurate medical records (see below).
Medical Reports and Recordkeeping
Whenever an employee is seen by a physician for an oc-
cupationally related medical examination (pre-placement
evaluation, periodic examination, or work-related skin
problem), the physician should prepare a report for the
employer. Each report should continue information and
recommendations relating the affected person's health to
the occupational exposure or risk, and it should be limited to
a determination of the employee's ability to work under the
specific conditions of a given job. Also, the report should
contain a statement that the worker has been informed of all
medical findings and diagnoses and it should contain no
medical information of a personal or nonoccupational
nature. The employer should furnish a copy of each report to
the affected employee.
Maintenance of complete and accurate medical records is
one of the physician's important jobs and should be done for
the duration of each individual's employment and for a
3-29-79
Published by THE BUREAU OF NATIONAL AFFAIRS. INC.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20037
-------
CURRENT REPORT
1619
period of time thereafter consistent with the types of ex-
posure the job entailed. The quality of the recordkeeping is
an indication of the quality of the medical program and sur-
veillance: the program is as good as the record. For exam-
ple, a worker may develop skin cancer only after a latent
period of many years after occupational exposure to a car-
cinogen such as arsenic. The medical records should include
precise information about work done with agents having skin
toxicity, including the levels of exposure to the agents,
whenever practicable. As with all medical records, the legal
and ethical bounds of confidentiality must be maintained
strictly.
It should be the employer's responsibility to maintain a
complete record of the physician's reports pertaining to each
worker. As w'.th the medical records kept by the physician,
the report records should be maintained for the duration of
employment plus a period of time consistent with the types
of exposure the job entailed.
The maintenance of environmental monitoring records
also should be the responsibility of the employer, and the
recommendations regarding the keeping of physician's
reports should also apply to environmental monitoring
records.
Environmental Monitoring
Environmental monitoring is valuable in determining the
nature and extent of potential problems or, conversely, the
effectiveness of control methods. Sampling the environment
involves determining what, where, whom, how many, and for
how long. Health and industrial hygiene personnel should
maintain a continued surveillance when new materials or
operations are being introduced to prevent the unregulated
use of toxic agents.
With respect to skin hazards, accepted monitoring prac-
tice includes obtaining wipe samples of surfaces with which
the employee comes in contact, including surfaces at the
work site, in eating areas, and in restrooms. Wipe sampling
is also used as a check on general housekeeping and as a
measure of the pervasiveness of an agent in the workplace.
Samples also may be taken, if needed, from the worker's
breathing zone, the general workroom air, or at the source of
possible leaks. In general, environmental monitoring is
necessary where there are potential exposures to irritating,
corrosive, or sensitizing particulates, liquids, mists, or
vapors, or to physical or biological agents.
Environmental sampling and analysis
Two collection methods are recommended for skin-active
substances: wipe sampling and atmospheric sampling. The
basic techniques of wipe sampling were developed in radia-
tion monitoring. The method consists of simply wiping a
defined area with a piece of filter paper or a moistened cot-
ton swab. Solid or condensed gas/liquids could cover work
surface or general area surfaces; the exact area to be
monitored should therefore be identified and measured so
that the findings can be expressed in suitable units (grams
per square centimeters, etc.). The paper filters or swabs
should be properly labeled and then stored for weighing or
laboratory analysis.
How atmospheric samples are collected depends on the
physical form of the agent being monitored. Dust par-
ticulates and aerosols can be collected on filters or im-
pingers; samples should be, as far as possible, personal
breathing zone samples taken at periods throughout the work
shift. Portable pumps are available to collect air samples.
Area sampling using high-volume collection helps to identify
sources of contamination and unusual concentrations, e.g.,
spills, but cannot be relied upon for determining individual
exposure during a shift unless a rigorous time-motion study
is also performed. Electric air. pumps are available to
collect air samples at rates on the order of 10' liters per
minute. The material retained in filters and impingers
should then be stored and analyzed.
Vapors and gases are collected on surface-active granules
such as charcoal and silica gel. The collecting media are
packed in small glass tubes suitable for personal or area
samples. Pumps similar to those described above for paper
filters and impingers are available for use with these tubes.
When skin-active substances have been collected, a
properly qualified analytical or industrial hygiene
laboratory should perform the sample analysis. In the case
of wipe samples and vapors/gases, the analysis is preceded
by the desorption of the sample from the collecting medium.
Wet chemistry, gas chromatography, colorimetry, and in-
frared spectrometry are common analytical techniques used
to quantify these substances. The final laboratory results
should be reported in mg/cm' for wide samples and
mg/m' or ppm for atmospheric samples.
Problems in Medical and Environmental Surveillance
The recommendations on medical and environmental sur-
veillance made in this report reflect the complexity of the
doctor-patient relationship in the workplace. The Committee
recognized the significance and delicacy of some of these
issues, but considered recommendations in these areas
beyond the scope of this report. However, it was agreed that
these problems should be mentioned. They are outlined
below.
Medical removal protection
In some cases, employees may refuse to notify employers
of any symptoms or may decline to submit to medical ex-
amination for fear of losing their jobs or being transferred to
lower paying ones on the basis of the medical findings. What
to do about this issue, commonly referred to as rate reten-
tion, is presently under consideration by OSHA. The princi-
ple of rate retention is that any worker who is transferred
from one job to another because of medical findings would
retain the same rate of pay, seniority, and other benefits as
if the employee had continued in his regular job. This provi-
sion is incorporated in the OSHA lead standard.
Preplacement examinations
There is some controversy about the purpose and use of
preplacement examinations. This concern is reflected in the
choice of the term preplacement rather than pre-employ-
ment in this report. A preplacement examination is designed
to determine the health status and any health limitations of
an employee, so that the employee can be placed in a job ap-
propriate to his health status and capabilities. The Com-
mittee's position on preplacement examinations is describ-
ed (in the section on medical surveillance].
Screening for high risk
An important issue in both pre-placement and periodic
medical examinations is the examination's intent. One pur-
pose is to identify high-risk individuals so that they may be
protected from potentially harmful exposure by not being
assigned to the high-risk (for them) job, or by being
transferred if they are already working in the high-risk job.
Currently, considerable effort is being expended nationally
to develop methods of detecting individual worker
susceptibility to job hazards.
Some maintain that this use of medical examinations is in-
consistent with the legislative intent of OSHA, which is to
3-29-79
Published by THE BUREAU OF NATIONAL AFFAIRS. INC.. WASHINGTON. D C 20037
-------
1620
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH REPORTER
provide a workplace safe for all employees; they are con-
cerned that high-risk screening may break the important
link between discovery of medical findings and subsequent
improvement in the work environment. Others believe that
the available screening tests are not sufficiently reliable or
predictive to be useful. There are also those who are con-
cerned that such screening tends inherently to select along
ethnic, racial, or sexual lines. The Committee's position on
the positive value of preplacement examinations as they
relate to risk is cited [in the section on medical sur-
veillance).
Communications
At the present time, an area of much controversy involves
the communication of the results of medical examinations.
Medical ethics and legal precedents dictate that workers
be told of the results of their medical examinations,
but there is some disagreement over how much of this
information the employee should receive and whether
the employee should be told by the examining doctor or
his/her private physician.
The employer must know of medical findings that would
affect job placement or adequacy of workplace controls, but
how much information the employer should be given is open
to question. It is argued that this issue directly affects the
privacy and economic security of the involved employees.
Medical records often are released for review by other par-
ties as part of an epidemiological or public health survey,
and maintaining the employee's privacy and security is also
involved in these situations. The Committee's views on
medical reporting are described [in the section on medical
reports and recordkeeping).
Choice of physician
Another issue is whether the employee has the right to
choose a physician other than the one selected by the com-
pany. Related to this problem is the question of how a
difference in medical opinion between a company doctor and
the employee's physician should be resolved. The Com-
mittee's position on medical surveillance may be found
[above].
Quality control
In recent years, there has been increasing interest in
clarifying and maintaining high ethical standards in the
medical services offered in the occupational setting, extend-
ing to providing peer review and record review where none
exists at present. The American Occupational Medical
Association made an effort in this direction in 1976, when it
published Code of Ethical Conduct for Physicians
Providing Occupational Medical Services. Concern
over quality control in laboratories which analyze biological
monitoring samples has also been expressed.
Environmental surveillance
There are a number of problems that affect monitoring
programs for hazardous materials in the workplace. Many of
these problems are technical and concern such things as the
accuracy of analytic techniques, the availability and expense
of chemical sampling and analysis, and the availability of
information on the identity of substances in the workplace.
Additionally, thousands of substances to which workers are
exposed have not been adequately researched and adequate
standards or guidelines for the safe use of these substances
have not been developed. For many of these agents, no stan-
dards at all are available. Furthermore, there is a shortage
of trained industrial hygienists to perform the necessary en-
vironmental sampling to obtain this information.
APPLICATION OF GENERAL CONTROL PRINCIPLES TO
PREVENTION
OF OCCUPATIONAL SKIN DISORDERS
Successful prevention of skin disorders caused by
chemical, physical or other agents encountered in industry
requires a comprehensive effort on the part of management,
labor, and health specialists. The accompanying diagram
(Fig. 1) shows the interrelation of engineering, medical, in-
dustrial hygiene and educational efforts in managing the
worker-agent-process interfaces. The reason for these ef-
forts is attaining the worker's right to a workplace free of
hazards, and employers should accept responsibility for en-
suring that the entire safety program functions well.
With respect to the worker, prevention and control begin
at the time of placement, with appropriate medical review
to determine the presence of pre-existing skin disease or any
other conditions that might later put the worker at undue
risk. Once the worker is assigned to the job, there should be
proper and continuing education with respect to safe work
practices and potentially hazardous agents in the workplace.
The final step of the program should be combining the train-
ing program, a knowledge of toxicological effects, and
hazard information with personal protective equipment for
the employee.
In the case of the agent, the first step involves develop-
ment of basic toxicity information, followed by an evaluation
of hazard and the provision of proper labels and other warn-
ings. As noted earlier, this information is either keyed to
the worker training effort or is related to process layout;
through enclosure, substitution, isolation, ventilation, etc.,
exposure potential should be reduced. Biological and en-
vironmental monitoring are checks on these steps, and there
should be continued reassessment of the effort.
The third major factor is the process. Initial design
reviews take into account what is known about the toxicity of
the agents employed and the final process layout reflects the
need for labeling, signing, area restrictions, and so forth.
The result of the interaction is the use of enclosures, sub-
stitutes, and other control methods, and then a program of
coP.inuing biological and environmental monitoring.
3-29-79
Published by THE BUREAU OF NATIONAL AFFAIRS. INC.. WASHINGTON. D C. 20037
-------
CURRENT REPORT
1621
ILLUSTRATION Or WORK?LACK INTERACTIONS AND TiJE SEQUENCE OF
ACTIVITIES NECESSARY TC PREVENT OCCUPATIONAL DISEASE
Steps to I;.-; Foi. lowed
flf
Interart i"n
! Worker ,
Study
Exposure
Action > Prevention/Control ^ Assessment
i Agent/
! Process'
Preplacement Medical Review Training Personal Protection -v
T T I
Basic Toxi'city Studies Labeling & / Biological &
^ Hazard Information \ Engineering Controls / Environmental ;
Design Review ^ / Substitution I Monitoring
} Ventilation \
Isolation, etc. }
Process Layout
-Rcassessment-
FICURE 1
Case Examples of Controls
Powered Epoxy Spraying Operation
A manufacturer of household washing machines began us-
ing an epoxy material as a finished surface on its products.
The epoxy material came in powdered form and was sprayed
on the parts to be assembled, which were then baked in an
oven to form an extremely hard surface. The spraying was
done automatically, inside a booth. The parts passed through
the booth hanging from an overhead conveyor. Overspray
was exhausted out the bottom of the booth and into a barrel;
some overspray remained on the inside walls of the booth.
The only worker in the area during the spraying was an
operator who sat inside an enclosed control booth and 'thus
was not exposed to the epoxy powder.
On the midnight shift, however, when production was
stopped, a clean-up crew entered the area to perform a
number of duties:
(1) They used air hoses to blow out the overspray that had
accumulated on the inside walls of the spray booth.
(2) They dumped barrels of exhausted overspray back into
the supply system for reuse.
(3) They swept floors and other surfaces outside the booth
to clean some spray that had escaped the booth.
The powder was very fine and the slightest turbulence
caused it to become airborne, and consequently, a great con-
centration of epoxy dust was in the air. The clean-up crew
was equipped with disposable respirators, hair covers, boots
and complete coveralls. Despite the personal protection,
several members of the clean-up crew broke out in rashes
after the spraying had been performed for a few weeks.
The problem was solved, after an investigation, by chang-
ing the overspray exhaust system to return the overspray
directly into the supply system, thus eliminating one major
source of dust. Using a vacuum system rather than sweeping
or air hoses eliminated the other sources of dust. No cases of
dermatitis recurred.
Machining Operations
Exposure to cutting fluids in machining operations con-
stitutes one of the major causes of industrial dermatitis.
Controls that have virtually eliminated dermatitis have been
instituted in many machining operations. For example, in
one well-controlled plant that produces diesel engines, over
2,000 workers on two shifts operating approximately 1,000
machines had not a single case of recordable occupational
dermatitis in 1977, in contrast to some poorly controlled
operations in which roughly 30% of the work force have skin
problems.
Control programs put into effect included:
(1) Careful identification, by generic name, of all in-
gredients in the cutting fluids used
(2) Programs to keep the coolant free of tramp oil, foreign
particles and dirt through the use of effective filters and
redesigning the coolant flow system to eliminate "eddies"
and "backwaters" of coolant
(3) Daily programs to monitor coolant characteristics,
such as pH, bacteria count, etc.
(4) Daily programs, such as hosing down, to keep
machinery clean
(5) Redesigning spray application to minimize coolant
splash and spray
(6) Using splash goggles and curtains
(7) Use of local exhaust systems and oil collectors to
reduce airborne oil mist
(8) Use of abundant quantities of shop rags
(9) Provision of paid wash time to allow operators to keep
clean
Experience shows that when the coolant is well controlled
and measures are taken to reduce the amount of coolant
splashed on the worker, the rate of dermatitis is reduced.
Rubber Manufacturing
Improvements in rubber manufacturing operations have
reduced problems with skin disease in those plants where the
improvements were made. These improvements have taken
many forms:
(1) Improved methods of material handling to reduce the
amount of skin contact with rubber and related chemicals.
(2) Substitution of known skin sensitizers by other, less
hazardous chemicals, such as the replacement of
isopropyl-phenyl-paraphenyl-diamine (IPPD), used as an an-
ti-oxidant in tires, with other less toxic derivatives of
paraphenylene diamine.
(3) Improved methods of mixing rubber chemicals to
reduce exposure to a wide variety of known skin irritants and
sensitizers: such improvements have included preblending
3-29-79
Published by THE BUREAU OF NATIONAL AFFAIRS. INC.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20037
-------
1622
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH REPORTER
chemicals, using exhaust-ventilated mixing booths, and
automation of the mixing process.
(4) In one plant, an air-conditioned isolation booth was in-
stalled for a worker who was strongly sensitized to an an-
ti-ozonent.
Chemical Manufacturing
A major producer of industrial chemicals has instituted a
wide variety of controls that have resulted in a reduced rate
of dermatitis. Their program includes:
(1) Extensive use of self-contained systems to handle
chemicals to eliminate worker exposure to dermatitis-
producing substances; operations were designed with a goal
of zero emissions.
(2) Mechanization of material-handling systems to
eliminate worker exposure to chemicals.
(3) Emphasis on good plant housekeeping.
(4) Use of wipe testing to check equipment surfaces for
films of toxic materials.
(5) Adoption of extensive employee education programs to
inform them of the risks of chemicals.
(6) Implementation of programs of personal hygiene,
which, in the case of one particularly hazardous material, in-
cluded three daily showers for the exposed employee.
(7) For handling liquid chemicals, use of seal-less pumps
and, where leaks cannot be permanently sealed, use of local
exhaust systems; grouping of all pumps in one central area
for better control; and scaling of floors around the pumps.
(8) Preparation of educational materials to be supplied to
purchasers of chemicals, including proper controls for the
materials.
Journal
MEETINGS SCHEDULED
April 11-12 — Hazardous Chemical Safety Seminar and
Workshop, Santa Barbara, Calif. (Carol Morris, Office of
Safety Training, J.T. Baker Chemical Company,
Phillipsburg, N.J. 08865; tel: (201) 454-2500).
The seminar also will be held on the following dates at
these locations:
April 11-12 — Ottawa, Ontario
April 17-18 — Philadelphia. Pa; Phoenix, Ariz.
April 19-20 - Halifax, Nova Scotia; Salt Lake City, Utah
April 23-24 — Minneapolis, Minn.
April 26-27 - Chicago, 111.
April 30 - May 1 - Buffalo, N.Y.
April 11-12 — Regional Safety and Fire Conference and
Exhibit, Philadelphia, Pa. (James J. McCarey, Greater
Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce, Suburban Station
Bldg., Suite 1960, 1617 J.F. Kennedy Blvd., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103; tel: (215) 568-4040).
April 11-12 — 45th Annual West Virginia Governor's Safe-
ty and Health Conference and Exposition. Charleston, W.
Va. (W. Va. Safety Council, 1550 Fourth Ave., Charleston,
W. Va. 25312).
April 12 — How to Develop a Safety Training Program,
Allentown, Pa. (Lynn Whittier, Starson Corporation, P.O.
Box 133, Stanton, N.J. 08885; tel: (201) 236-6015).
The course also will be offered throughout the month at the
following locations:
April 17 — Anaheim, Calif.
April 24 — Oakland, Calif.
April 17-18 — Equal Employment and Collective Bargain-
ing, sponsored by the Federal Bar Association and BNA
Education Systems, New Orleans. La. (Equal Employment
Conference Secretary, Suite S-150, BNA Education Systems,
1231 25th St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037; tel: (800)
424-8039).
April 23-27 — Basic Industrial Hygiene Course, Ann Arbor,
Mich. (J.R. Conti, American Industrial Hygiene Association,
475 Wolf Ledges Parkway, Akron, Ohio, 44311; tel.: (216)
762-7294).
April 23-25 — 6th Colorado Safety Congress and Exposi-
tion, Denver, Colo. (Colorado Safety Association, 1726
Champa St., Denver Colo.; tel: (303) 629-6255).
April 23-May 4 — Industrial Hygiene for Safety
Professionals, Beckley, W. Va. (National Mine Health and
Safety Academy, Box 1166, Beckley, W. Va. 25801).
The seminar also will be held in the same location on
May 7-18.
April 24-25 — 49th Annual Michigan Safety Conference,
Lansing, Mich. (Andy Anderson, Michigan Safety
Conference, Box 21211, Lansing, Mich. 48909; tel.: (517)
349-1003).
April 25 — Fundamentals of Workers Compensation, Bur-
bank, Calif. (The Training Institute, 616 S. Westmoreland
Ave., Los Angeles, Calif. 90005; tel: (213) 385-6461).
April 26 — Forklift Operators Training, Carson, Calif.
(National Safety Council, The Training Institute, 616 S.
Westmoreland, Ave., Los Angeles, Calif. 90005; tel.: (213)
385-6461).
April 26-27 — A Training Course for Occupational Health
Nurses, Pittsburgh, Pa. (George Reilly, Industrial Health
Foundation. 5231 Centre Ave., Pittsburgh, Pa. 15232; tel.:
(412) 687-2100).
April 30-May 3 — 49th Ohio Safety Congress and Exhibit,
Columbus, Ohio (Industrial Commission of Ohio, Division of
Safety and Hygiene, 246 North High St., Columbus, Ohio
43215; tel.: (800) 282-3045).
April 30-May 3 — International Tool and Manufacturing
Engineering Conference and Exposition, Detroit, Mich.
(Tom Akas, Public Relations Department, Society of
Manufacturing Engineers, 20501 Ford Rd., P.O. Box 930,
Dearborn, Mich. 48128; tel.: (313) 271-1500).
April 30-May 3 — Mobile Cranes and Rigging Safety Train-
ing Program, Orlando, Fla. (United States Crane Certifica-
tion Bureau. Inc., Thomas Poulos, Jr., 8000 S. Orange Ave.,
P.O. Box 13568, Orlando, Fla. 32859; tel: (800) 327-0300).
April 30-May 4 — 1979 American. Occupational Health
Conference, Anaheim, Calif. (Priscilla Campbell, AOMA,
Box P, 150 North Wacker Dr., Chicago, 111. 60606; tel: (312)
782-2166).
May 1-2 — Key Person Leadership Development, Bur-
bank, Calif. (The Training Institute, Greater Los Angeles
Chapter, National Safety Council, 616 S. Westmoreland
Ave., Los Angeles, Calif. 90005; tel.: (213) 385-6461).
3-29-79
Occupattonol Safety & Health Reporter
0095-3237/79/50050
-------
The permeability of laboratory gloves to selected solvents*
E.8. SANSONE and Y.B. TEWARI
Chemical Carcinogenesis Program. Frederick Cancer Research Center.
Frederick. MD 21701
Samples of laboratory gloves of various
compositions and thicknesses were used as the
barrier between several common solvents and
water or an n-alkane. The concentration of
permeated solvent was measured periodically.
Nearly all gloves tested were permeable to the
solvents. The results indicate that gloves should
not be assumed to provide full protection. When
working with hazardous materials, gloves
should be discarded immediately following overt
contamination; gloves should not be reused.
introduction
The effectiveness of personal protective equip-
ment is important because it is often used as a
supplement to, and sometimes as a substitute
for, environmental control, and because it is the
last barrier between the worker and potentially
hazardous materials. The occupational safely
and health standards'" use the words "suitable"
and "adequate" in connection with eye and face
protection, and refer to an "impervious suit" for
use with carcinogens.'"
Since workers' hands are usually in the most
intimate and prolonged contact with potentially
harmful materials, the permeability of gloves is
of considerable importance. There have been
reports of methylmethacrylate monomer,'"
tetraethyllead and ethylene bromide,'" allergens
and irritants,'11 and various organic com-
pounds""" penetrating gloves of various
chemical composition and thickness.
Manufacturers often describe the performance
of glove materials exposed to chemicals in
qualitative terms, without identifying the criteria
on which their evaluations are based.
Because of the potential hazard associated
with exposure to chemical carcinogens, a
program to investigate the permeability of
laboratory gloves to carcinogens was initiated.
The results obtained when gloves were exposed
to solutions of nitrosamines demonstrated that
the solvent could facilitate the penetration of the
•Rruirch tponiorcd by ih« National Cancer Institute under
Contract NOKO-2M23. with Litton Bionctio. Inc.
Imenun Indtnlnil H«|«ne Allocution 10URNAI
IK) 1/1»
lit
-------
TABLE I
E*t«nt of Solvent Pgnatralion Through Glove Materiel! After 0.6 Houn
Glove Material
Solvent
Carbon Tatrechlorioe
Chloroform
Methvlene Chloride
Methyl looide
1.1.2.2-Tetrachloroelhene
t.l.2-Trtchloroethene
Perchloroethylene
Methanol
Elhanol
2-Propanol
n-Butanol
Ban/one
Toluene
Aniline
Phenol 110% Water)
Acetone
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Tetrahydro'uran
Dimethyl Sulfonde
Dimethyl Formamide
Pyridme
Diotane
n-Hevane
W«K>r['H.Ol
Nature)
Rubber
(0 4 mm)
0
D
0
0
D
0
0
A
A
A
A
0
D
A
e
B
c
0
A
B
C
B
C
A
Neoprene
10 4 mm)
D
0
0
0
0
0
0
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
A
C
0
D
A
A
C
B
A
A
Neoprene •»
Natural Rubber
(0 5 mm)
D
O
D
D
D
0
D
A
A
A
B
D
D
A
B
B
C
0
A
A
C
B
C
A
Nitrile
10 4 mm)
A
D
0
0
C
D
A
A
A
A
A
C
c
c
A
D
D
D
A
C
0
A
A
A
PVC
(0 2 mm)
D
D
O
D
0
D
0
B
B
a
a
D
0
D
B
D
0
0
B
0
0
D
0
A
PVA
(0 4 mm)
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0
C
a
D
0
C
A
A
D
K.y A - <0 IV B • 01-1%. C • I-10V 0 - >10%. lee ie>l.
nitrosamine.1"" Since some solvents are very
commonly used and some are skin penelrants,
we determined which gloves should be used (or
avoided) when employing selected solvents.
methods
glove material!
Disks about 2.5 cm in diameter were cut from
Hat areas of gloves for testing. Gloves were
obtained from commercial suppliers and were of
a variety of compositions: natural rubber,
polyvinylchloride (PVC). polyvinylalcohol
(PVA), nitrile(acopolymerof 1,3-butadieneand
acrylonitrile), Neoprene, and a mixture of
Neoprene and natural rubber. Before use. glove
samples were rinsed in water and air-dried at
room temperature (PVA samples were wiped
and air-dried). Sample thickness was measured
with a micrometer; samples were tested for leaks
by securing them in an apparatus to which a
cylinder containing pressurized halocarbon
vapor was connected. The apparatus was
pressurized to about I cm HjO gauge with the
vapor; and a halogen leak detector (General
Electric Co., West Lynn, MA) was used 10delect
any escaping vapor. Samples which leaked were
rejected.
permeants
The permeams (Table I) were obtained from
commercial suppliers and were used as received.
The permeants were at least 95% pure; the water
was double-distilled and deionized; the n-
alkanes were at least 99% pure.
permeability apparatus
A standard test method for the determination of
permeability is available."" However, this
method does not establish a time period for
which a material may be considered
impermeable under a given set of condilions. In
addition, the test requires 200 ml of permeant.
These disadvantages outweigh the benefits of
using this standard technique.
Many permeation apparatuses have been
described."" Because we would be working with
chemical carcinogens, we wanted to handle as
small a volume of material as possible. The
apparatus used for permeability testing was
Am fed h>t tooc. I I3S)
Fctnujif. 1918
made from glass O-ring joints (Figure I). The
material being tested partitioned the apparatus
into two compartments which contained,
respectively, the permeant and double-distilled,
deionized water; for PVA samples an n-alkane
was used instead of water. (The original concept
was (o use an emulsion of fats and water which
would simulate the sebum normally secreted by
human skin. Since this would have caused major
analytical difficulties, physiological saline was
used. This was fairly satisfactory, but compara-
tive measurements showed that the results
obtained with distilled water were the same as
those obtained with saline.) A spring-loaded
clamp was used to hold the apparatus securely
together. To test the integrity of the assembly.
cells containing CCI, and HjO were maintained
at room temperature (~20°C) and were weighed
daily. The weight loss of two samples was less
than 0.5% after 24 hours, and was less than 2.5%
after 7 days.
For testing, a measured volume of permeant
was added to the solid-bottom portion of the
apparatus and the glove material sample was
placed on top. (This established the starting time
for each run.) The other portion of the apparatus
was clamped in place and an equal volume of
water was added to it. After the septum was
attached, the assembled apparatus was placed
with the long axis horizontal. Two or more tests
were made at room temperature for each glove
material - permeant combination. Samples from
the same gloves were usually used for replicate
determinations. After gently agitating the
apparatus, samples (~2 pi) were extracted
periodically from the water side with a micro-
syringe. Samples were usually extracted at 0.5,1,
2, 4, 6, and 8 hours after assembling the
permeability apparatus.
tolubility
When data for the solubility of permeant in
water or n-alkanes were not available in the
literature,"" solubility was determined by direct
measurement. Excess permeant was mixed with
water or n-alkane at room temperature for 30
minutes or allowed to stand overnight. A
portion of the water or n-alkane phase was
withdrawn with a microsyringe and assayed for
permeant concentration by gas chromato-
graphy.
D-* mm
figurt t—Permeability etll.
analysis
Samples extracted from permeation cells were
injected onto the column of a Hewlett-Packard
gas chromatograph for analysis. A flame ioniza-
tion detector was used for the determination of
all permeants. The stationary phase used was 5%
DECS or 3% SE-30. Chromosorb W-AW-
DMCS (SO/100 mesh) was the support material.
The injection ports and detectors of the gas
chromatograph were ventilated.""
The permeability of glove materials to water
was determined by using tritiated water (New
England Nuclear Corp., Boston. MA) as the
permeant. The specific activity was 0.63
mCi/ ml. Samples (5 n\) were added to 10 ml of
Biofluor (New England Nuclear Corp., Boston.
MA) and were counted for 5 -"mutes on a
Beckman Model LS-350 liquid scintillation
counter.
results
The data obtained from gas chromatographic
analysis were.converted from volume percent
penetrant in water (or n-alkane) to percent of
equilibrium achieved. (That is. if a penelranl
were soluble to the extent of 15 volume percent.
and analysis showed that at a given time a
sample contained 0.3 volume percent, of the
penetrant. the percent equilibrium achieved at
that time would be 2%).
The percent equilibrium achieved values were
ranked as follows: If the amount penetrated was
less than 0.1 % of the equilibrium value, the glove
material - penetrant system was given an A: if
0.1-1% penetrated, a B; if 1-10% penetrated, a C:
tmencin Indialriil Hy|cne Auoaitnn JOURNAL
(JSJ!/!»
-------
TABLE II
E»tent of Solvent Penetration Through Glove Materials After 4 end B Hours
Glove Malarial
Solvent
Carbon Teuachloride
Chloroform
Melhylene Chloride
Methyl lodane
Water I'H.OI
Natural
Rubber Naoprena
(0.4 mm) |0 4 mm)
B B
B Ab
a Aa
C Aa
C 0
Ac
Ab B
C
C
Aa Aa
Neoprene «
Natural Rubber
10 S mm)
-e-
B
a
B
c
B
C
Aa
Nilrila
10 4 mm)
Ad
C
C
Ab
Aa
Aa
D
B
0
Aa
Ab
PVC PVA
10 2 mm) |0 4 mm)
Aa
e
a
B
Ab
Ab
Aa
C
Ab
Aa
B
C
B
C
C
Aa
B
Upoer case letters are used for 4 hour data, lower case letters for 8 hour data. A.a >
C.c =• 1-1 OS. D.d • >1OV seeie»i.
|iem taocuMn JOURNAL
I3H 2m
173
-------
Ethylene Bromide. Ind. fng. Chem. 40:331 (1948).
6. Moursiden. H.T. «nd O. Ft bar Penetration of
Protective Gloves bv Allergens and Irritants. Trans.
Si John's Hosp. Oermatol. Soc. 59:230 (1973).
6. Mueller. W.J.: Permeability of Rubber to Organic
Liquids. Rubber Age at:982 (1957).
7. McFee. O.R.: How Well Do Gloves Protect Hands -
Against Solvents? Am. Soc. Safely Engrs. Journal
S 11 (1964).
8. Johnson. T.C. *nd W.O. Merciei: Permeation ol
Halogenaied Solvems through Orybo> Gloves. U.S.
Atomic Energy Comm.. RFP-16O8 (1971).
9. Banthorpe, D.V. end O.M. Lament: Potential
Toxicity of Solutions of Dimethyl Sulphoxide. Nature
215.1296 (1967).
10. Sanson*. E.B. and Y.B. Tewari: The Permeability
of Laboratory Gloves to Selected Nitrosamines. In
Environmental Aspects or N-Nitroso Compounds.
1978 (Walker. E.A.. Castegnaro. M.. Griciute. L. and
Lyle. R.E.. eds.) Lyon. International Agency for
Research on Cancer (in press).
11. American Society for Tasting and Materials.
Permeability of Vulcanized Rubber or Synthetic
Elastomers to Volatile Liquids. ASTM Standards
2«. 403 119681.
12. Crank. J. and G.S. Park: Methods of Measure-
ment. In CRANK. J. and G.S. PARK (eds.I Dillusion
in Polymers, pp. 1 -39. Academic Press. New York
(1968).
13. Seidell. A.: Solubilities ol Organic Compounds. 3rd
Ed. passim. Van Nostrand. New York (1941)
14. Sansone. E.B.. H. Wolochow and M.A. Chatigny:
Potential Hazards Associated with Removal of
Needles from Septa in Injection Ports of a Gas
Chromatograph. Anal. Chem. <9/670 (1977).
IS. Austin. G.T.: The Industrially Significant Organic
Chemicals - Pans 1-3. 5-7. Chem. fng. SI: »2.127:
»4.125: 06.87; eg.143. »11.101: 013.149(1974).
16. U.S. Department of Health. Education, and
Welfare, National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health. Criteria for a Recommended Stan-
dard . . . Occupational Exposure to Bentene. p. 21
U.S. Government Printing Office. Woshington. D.C.
(1974)
17. U.S. Department of Health, Education and
Welfare, National Institute for Occupational Safety
ond Health. Criteria for a Recommended Stan-
dard ... Occupational Exposure to Toluene, p. 14.
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
(1973).
18. U.S. Department ol Health. Education and
Welfare. National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health. Criteria tor a Recommended Stan-
dard .. .Occupational ExposuretoChlorotorm. p. 16.
U.S. Government Printing Office. Washington. O.C.
(1974).
19. U.S. Department of Health. Education and
Welfare, National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health. Criteria for a Recommended Stan-
dard . . .Occupational Exposure to Methylane
Chloride, p. 1 7. U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington. O.C. (1976).
20. U.S. Department of Health, Education and
Welfare, National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health. Criteria for a Recommended Stan-
dard .. .Occupational Exposure to Methyl Alcohol, p.
19. U.S. Government Printing Office. Washington.
D.C. (1976).
21. U.S. Department of Health. Education, and
Welfare. National Institute for Occupational Safety
end Health. Criteria for a Recommended Stan-
dard . . . Occupational Exposure to Isoprophyl
Alcohol, p.22. U.S. Government Printing Office.
Washington. D.C. (1976).
22. U.S. Department of Health. Education and Wel-
fare. National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health. Criteria lor a Recommended Standard . . .
Occupational Exposure to Phenol, p. 24. U.S.
Government Printing Office. Washington D C
(1976).
23. American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists. Threshold Limit Values for Chemical
Substances and Physical Agents in the Workroom
Environment with Intended Changes for 1977.
ACGIH. Cincinnati. OH (1977).
24. American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienista. Documentation of the Threshold Limit
Values for Substances in Workroom Air. 3rd. Ed.
(1971). Supplement (1972-1973). Supplement
(1974-1975). ACGIH. Cincinnati. OH.
26. U.S. Department of Health, Education and
Welfare. National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health. Registry ol Toxic EMects ol Chemical
Substances. U.S. Government Printing Office.
Weshington. D.C. (1976).
26. Stannen, Y. and H. Yasuda: Liquid versus Vapor
Permeation through Polymer Films. J. Poly. Set.
6V.-2890963).
171
Am Int. Kyi /(ax. J. IXI
febiiurr. 1971
summary reports . . .
Penetration of protective clothing materials by
1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane, ethylene dibromide, and acrylonitrile
ERIC B. SANSONE and YADU B. TEWARI
Chemical Carcinogenesis Program, Frederick Cancer Research Center,
Frederick, MD 21701
Recent concern over the loxicity and potential
carcinogenicity of l,2-dibromo-3-chloropro-
pane (DBCP), elhylene dibromide (EDB), and
acrylonitrile (AN), led us to determine whether,
and to what extent, they penetrated common
protective clothing materials after relatively
brief exposures. EDB has been shown to
penetrate a variety of materials;"' however, most
exposures were for 20-24 hours.
Materials tested by us were 0.4 mm natural
rubber, 0.4 mm neoprene, a 0.5 mm mixture of
natural rubber and neoprene, 0.2 mm polyvinyl-
chloride (PVC), 0.4 mm polyvinylalcohol
(PVA), and 0.4 mm nitrile (a copolymer of 1,3-
butadiene and AN). For DBCP only, 0.4 mm
butyl rubber and 0.04 mm and 0.08 polyethylene
were also tested. Materials from commerical
suppliers were leak tested, washed with water,
and air-dried at room temperature before use
(PVA samples were wiped and air-dried).
Sources of chemicals and reported purities were:
DBCP, Dow Chemical Co., 97.4%; EDB, Fisher
Scientific Co., 99%; and AN, Aldrich Chemical
Co., 99+%.
In an apparatus described elsewhere,111 the
material under test initially separated equal
volumes of the penetrant and a liquid which was
miscible with the penetranl and had a negligible
effect on the material. Two pL samples of the
latter were extracted 5, IS, 30, 60, 120. and 240
minutes after assembly of the apparatus, and
were analyzed by gas chromatography.
Duplicate runs were mde with each material
and penetrant. The materials which performed
best were retested in quintuplicate. A portion of
these results is shown in Table I. Measurable
penetration usually occurred after 5 minutes. In
some cases substantial penetration was
observed.
The chemicals tested are readily adsorbed
through the skin;"'*' therefore, gloves and
protective clothing should be discarded
immediately after they become contaminated.
The adjective "impervious" has been applied to
TABLE I
Range of Penetrant Concentrations (Volume Percent)
Observed After B and 240 Minutes
Concentration
DBCP
EBB
AN
PVA
nitrile
neoprene
butyl rubber
0.06 mm polyethylene
O.O4 mm polyethylene
PVA
nitrile
PVA
neturel rubber
neoprene
00" • 3.3
00" • 3.1
00" • 6.6
oo"
00" • 6.2
2.9 x 10" - 8.4
1.3 x 10" • 3.7
2.3 x 10" • 6.6
10"
10"
10"
10'
10"
10"
10"
none detected*
none detected
none detected
3.6 x 10"
053
5.2
OO"
0068
0.178
1.3 x 10"
155
0090
0162
2.60
8.3 x
2.75
14.5
- 1.7 x
0.119
0.377
9.8 x
275
0166
0292
4.BS
10"
10"
10"
'Umit of detection (N-P detector) wat ebout 10" volume percent.
Copyright 1078. American Industrial Hygiene Aieoclatfon
Amtnun Indintnil Hrpent Auociltwi JOURNAL (331 11/11
-------
the performance of protective clothing and
equipment intended for use with carcinogens."'
If the chemicals tested are carcinogenic, our
results suggest that none of the materials tested is
suitable for use.
acknowledgements
Research supported by the National Cancer
Institute. We thank Dow Chemical for the
DBCP and Edmont-Wilson for the PVA film
and the polyethylene boots and gloves.
reference*
1. Callngaert, Q. and H. Shapiro: Permeability of
Protective Glove Material! to Tetraethyllead and
Ethyleno Bromide. Int. fng. Cham. 4O.332 (1948).
Benson*. E.B. and V.B. Tewari: In environmental
AipttctM of N-Nitroio Compound*. (E.A. Walker,
M. Castagnaro. L. Gricitue. R.E. Lyl«, adi.)
Internetional Agency for Research on Cancar. Lyon
(1978) in press
American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienlsls: Threshold Limit Velues for Chemical
Substances and Physical Agents in (he Workroom
Environment with Intended Changes for 1977.
ACGIH. Cincinnati. OH (1977).
Torkelson. T.R.. S.E. Sadek. V.K. Row.. J.K.
Kodame. H.H. Anderson. Q.S. Loquven and C.H.
Mine: Toxicologic Investigations of 1.2-Dibromo-3-
Chloropropane. Toxicot. Appl. Pharmacol. 3:545
(1961).
U.S. Coda of Federal Regulation, Title 29. Chapter
XVII. Parts 1910.1003. .1004. .1006-.1016
-------
Reprinted from: ENVIRONMENTAL ASPtiCfS OF
N-NITROSO COMPOUNDS
E.A. Walker, M. Caslcgnaro.
I,. Griciute, R.E. Lylc. ed.,
Lyon (IARC Scientific Publiralloni No 19) 1978
THE PERMEABILITY OF LABORATORY GLOVES
TO SELECTED N1TROSAM1NES
E.B. SANSONE & Y.B. TEWRRI
Frederick Cancer Research Center
Frederick, Md., USA
INTRODUCTION
Manufacturer!) often describe the performance of glove materials
exposed to chemicals In qualitative terms, without identifying the
criteria on which their evaluations are bused. Reported work
(Banthorpe & I.amonl, 1967; Callngaort & Shapiro, 1948; Johnson &
Merctez, 1971; McFee, 1964; Hoursidcn A Caber, 1973; Mueller, 1957;
Pegiun 4 Medliurst, 1971) suggests that manufacturers' claims may be
optimistic.
Because of the potential hazard associated with exposure to chemical
carcinogens, a program to investigate the permeability of laboratory
gloves to such agents was initiated. The nitrosamlnes were selected
Tor investigation for a number of reasons. Several of them have been
shown to be carcinogenic in a variety of animal species (for example,
Druckrey et al., 1967 and Magcc £ Barnes, 1967), they are frequently
used In experimental carclnogcnesis and one of them (nitrosodimethyl-
amlne) has been defined as a potential human carcinogen by Federal
regulation (U.S. Department of Labor, 1974). In addition, no published
reports concerning their ability to penetrate protective equipment have
appeared1.
Solutions of nitrosodimcthylamine, nitrosodlethylamlne, nitroso-
dlpropylamlne, nltrosodlbutylamlne, nitrosoplperldlne and nitroso-
pyrrolidinc in dlchloromethane and n-hcxane at 20°C readily penetrated
latex and polyvinylchloride gloves (personal communication, K.S. Webb,
Laboratory of the Government Chemist, London, November 1976).
-517-
-------
520
Analysis
SANSONE & TEWARI
a
PERMEABILITY OF LABORATORY GLOVES
FIG. 2. PERMEABILITY OF GLOVE MATERIALS TO DICHLOROMETHANE
521
5* DECS was used.
material.
Chrosorb
8 n"rosa"lne solutions.
mesh) was the support
of analysis) was perfored
length gloves and'an iris pw
of the hoods and trays were covert
paper. Hoods were equipped with
injection ports and detectors of
(Sansone et al., 1977).
al
perneant compound. le pecffl^M?" C°rP' B°St°n' "••> •• ">e
Samples (5 „!) were added to lo ml of B 1^,"" f°Ut 0'63 mC1/1»1-
Corp, Boston, Ma.) and were counted f Bi°fluor (New England Nuclear
LS-350 liquid scintillation cou"n er Bac^ro"^ ^ ' """"^ M°del
Biofluor and Biofluor + 5 ul wate" Back8round coun« ™re made for
Safety precautions
of
(with the exception
^ **"*"** "lth «-
? 8 Bytin&es- The floors
P1"tic-b«'«"i absorbent
and1,ch"«al filters. The
8" C"romato8raph were ventilated
onanatedlq
(permeation cells an™ volumetric
described by GangoH? „ IT. U$7«
were poured over absorbent ma "ial' in
10°
10'
106
105
1
DICHLOROMETHANE
o
a
O
&
• v
O
_
o
v
'
0°
pvcn.zixni
NTIR1LEI04mm)
NEOPRENE
* NATURAL RUBBER P.S mm)
NEOPRENE (0.7 mm)
NATURAL RUBBER SU mm)
NATURAL RUBBER . •
o oV &
a7 °
v ^>A
v oo o 0 ,VC(0.,m»,
„ O Q NTTRILE (0.« mm)
0 O O NEOPRCNE
n O * NATURAL RUBBER (0.5 mm)
0 NEOPRENE 10.' mm)
O V NATURAL RUBBER (O.I mm)
O ^ O NATURAL RUBBER «.< mm)
1 1 1
-10
-1.0
-0.1
10°
102
TIME. MINUTES
103
o
o.
in
K
a.
-------
522
SANSONE 1 TEWARI
HG. 4. PERMEABILITY OF GLOVE MATERIALS TO ETHANOL
IU~
tu
CO
g 10
111
or
o
(3
111
1
ETHANOL
O PVC (O.z mm)
O NITP.ILE (0.4 mm)
O NEOPRENE
- V NATURAL MlU»"a.a mm)
0 NATURAL RUBBER 10.4 mm)
106
10«
FIG. 5.
10 r
PERMEABILITY OF GLOVE MATERIALS TO TRITIATEO WATER
O
LU
UJ
10-2
TRITIATED WATER
O PVC (O.J mm)
O NITRILE (0.4mm)
2 NESpRE^i,Nm':rRU8BE"io5"""'l
V NATURAL RUBBER (0.2 mm)
O NATURAL RUBBER (0.4 mm)
' °
°8
8
9 o
0 0
O O
O
0°
102
TIME, HOURS
REUSABILITY OF LABORATORY GLOVES 523
These data were used for comparative purposes; only single runs were
made.
Dlchloromethane rapidly penetrated all glove materials tested,
acetone and ethanol penetrated less readily and trltiated water quite
slowly. In general, the rate of penetration for a solvent appeared
to be Inversely proportional to the thickness of the material tested.
Permeability of glove materials to nitrosaminee
The nltrosamlnes used were dimethyl- (NDMA), ethylmethyl- (NEMA),
dlethyl- (NDEA), n-butylmethyl- (NBMA), dl-n-propyl- (NDPA), di-lso-
propyl- (ND1FA) and di-sec-butyl- (NDsBA). Each nltrosamlne-solvent
combination was tested with four or five glove materials. Triplicate
tests were made for the two (sometimes three or four) glove materials
which were least permeable. Samples were usually extracted for
analysis at 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6 and 8 hours after assembling the permeation
apparatus.
A portion of Che results appears In Tables 1-4. The entries are
the highest nltrosamlne concentrations in the aqueous phase observed
after 6-8 hours.
Solutions of nitrosamines in dlchloromethane and acetone rapidly
penetrated the glove materials tested (Tables 1 4 2). Nitrosamines
of Increasing molecular weight penetrated less readily. No glove
material Is obviously superior for use with dichloromethane; probably
because It passes rapidly through all glove materials (Fig. 2). With
acetone, 0.4 mm natural rubber and 0.5 mm neoprene + natural rubber
performed better than the other glove materials.
Table 1. Maximum penetration (m-mol/1) through glove materials after
6-8 hours: 0.136 M solutions of nitrosamines in dichloromethane
now
ntw
KOCA
HIM
KDM
NDIP*
NOfBA
Clove MUrUl
flltrlU Ntoprint
(0.4 n) 10.4 «•)
lt.0 34.1
20.7 14.4
4.5 3.8
4.1 2.1
» 0.2 '
1.4 0.5
2.0 <0.2
N4tur4l rvbbtr Il4tur«1 rubbtr lUOXine • n4t
(0.4 MB) (0.2 on) rul>b*r (0.5 m
H.B 34.3 «T"
12.
4.
1
b.
0.
11.1 •'
in 4,j
1.4 1.1
•I 0.1
Ml 0.4
<0.2 NT < 1.2
ur«l PVC
) (0.2 »)
12. t
9.9
4.5
1.5
O.I
1.6
0.1
0 NT . Not t«lUd
b Glo*t f.llid
In «oit C«tii. MilMA pcnttrttton ail rwchtd In four hour* or tttt.
-------
521,
SANSONE & TEWARI
Table 2. Maximum penetration (m-mol/1) through glove materials after
6-8 hours: 0.136 M solutions of nitrosamines in acetone
NUroiaain
P13MA
N[HA
NQEA
NBHfl
NOPA
NDiPA
NDsBA
11 NT - Not
'' Glove fa,
e Glove M
Hume
(0.4 ma)
81.6
72.1
80.2
65.6
63.1
52.4
b
lied
terial
Neoprene
(0.4 mi)
24.1
12.1
16.1
15.0
3.5
4.1
0.7
Natural rut
(0.4 m)
S.O
2.7
6.8
5-7
2.0
2.3
0.5
iber Natural rubber Neoprene * natural I
(0.2 ra) robber (Q.S •»)
NT 2.3 t
NT 0.4 I
PVC
(0.2 m)
NOEA
HBKA
NOPA°
NOiPA1-"
BDsBA"
J NO - Not
b NT - Hot
Glove nuter
Nitrite
(0.4 n)
Mf
«0
NO
<0.02
detected
letted
HI
(0.4 „.!
0.2
0.3
0.2
2.5
(0.4 na) (0.? on) rubber (0.% m) (0.2 on)
0.7 4.6 NT* NT
2.! 6.8 1.4 NT
4.8 NT 3.0 12.9
9.5 30.2 6.8 NT
36 M lolullon
Solutions of nitrosamines in ethanol (Table 3) penetrated the glove
materials tested less readily than when dlchloromethane or acetone was
the solvent. In general, penetration of nitrosamines decreased with
increasing molecular weight. The 0.4 mm nitrile and the 0.4 mm neo-
prene glove materials performed best.
Table 3. Maximum penetration (m-mol/1) through glove materials after
6-8 hours: 0.136 M solutions of nitrosamines in ethanol
ND1A
Ntrtt
NDEA
SBHA
NDPA
f.O.FA
NDiBA
1 ND -
"ill -
NHrfle
(0.4 en)
ND"
0.3
0.8
0.1
0.4
0.03
0.06
Not leued
rial
Ntioprerte
(0.< on)
0.7
0.5
< 0.2
0.4
0.3
0.02
0.02
Natural rubber
(0.4 m)
2.4
1-?
1.3
2.1
0.?
0.3
0.09
Natural rubher
(0.2 no)
6.4
2.3
NT
4.2
NT
NT
NT
Neoprene * Natural Pvc
rubber (O.b ro) (0,2 m)
NT* NT
O.OS 0.1
With water as the solvent (Table 4), nitrosamines penetrated more
readily as their molecular weight increased. The nitrile glove
allowed least penetration.
Effect of nitroaamine concentration
In addition to the concentration specified in Table 2, 0.5 mm neo-
prene + natural rubber was tested with 0.0136 M and 1.36 M NEMA in
acetone.. The data obtained, when expressed as the time to reach a
given fraction of the initial concentration, were not very different
from that for 0.136 M NEMA. This suggests that, over this range of
concentrations, the rate at which NEMA penetrated neoprene + natural
rubber was independent of concentration. However, it should be noted
that the permeant solutions are at least 90% acetone, possibly implying
that the acetone is controlling penetration, rather than the nitrosamine.
Effect of glove material thickness
To quantify the effect of thickness, samples of natural rubber
(0.2 mm, 0.4 mm, two thicknesses of 0.2 mm and two thicknesses of 0.2 mm
separated by a 0.6 mm stainless steel spacer) were tested with acetone.
The 0.4 mm glove provided more protection than a 0.2 mm glove; two
thicknesses of 0.2 mm provided about the same protection as a single
0.4 min sample. The double thickness glove with spacer provided some-
what more protection than the double thickness glove alone (probably
because of the increased resistance to mass transfer Imposed by the
air space).
-------
526 SANSONE & TEWARI
Effect of permeant solution on glove material
The finding chat a particular permeant solution penetrates a given
glove material to a very limited extent does not ensure that the
material remains suitable for use. As a means of assessing alteration
in a glove material exposed to a permeant solution, differential scan-
ning calorlmetry was used to determine the glass transition temperature
(Tg) of samples of 0.4 mm nitrile gloves. Samples were untreated or
exposed to ethanol or 0.136 M NEMA in ethanol for 1, 2 or 8 days and
dried for 1 or 8 days following treatment. Electron photomicrographs
were made of selected samples.
The results presented in Table S show that Tg is lowered by exposure
to ethanol, that addition of NEMA made no significant difference, that
Tg was not reduced by treatments exceeding one day in length and that
drying for 8 days allowed Tg to return to its original (untreated)
value.
Table 5. Glass transition temperatures (°K) determined by differential
scanning calorimetry of 0.4 mm nitrile glove samples subjected to various
treatments0
0.136 M ethylTOihylnitrosamine
in ethanol
Treatment period (days)
Drying period
(days)
Ethanol
Treatment period
1
e
1
252
252
260
259
2
251
251
258
258
(days)
8
249
?47
256
256
1
252
253
259
259
2
251
252
258
258
8
249
249
258
258
" Replicate measurements made on untreated samples yielded T = 258 ± 1°K
The electron photomicrographs demonstrate a clear difference
between the untreated and the 8 days treated + 1 day dried samples
(Fig. 6A,B) and considerable similarity between the untreated and the
8 days treated + 8 days d.rled samples (Fig. 6A.C).
PERMEABILITY OF LABORATORY GLOVES
FIG. 6. ELECTRON PHOTOMICROGRAPHS ILLUSTRATING THE
EFFECT OF ETHANOL ON 0.4 mm NITRILE GLOVE SAMPLES
527
DISCUSSION
The data obtained showed that, in nearly all cases, readily
measurable amounts of nitrosamlnes penetrated glove materials within
half an hour. This suggests that gloves be discarded immediately
following overt contamination. It is probably wise also to dispose
of gloves following completion of an operation. Limited work using
differential scanning calorimetry suggests that exposure of glove
materials to solvent and/or carcinogen may lead to a change in the
glass transition temperature. Electron photomicrographs stregthen
the hypothesis that this is an indication of structural alteration.
Even if such changes are reversible, reusing gloves is ill-advised.
The nltrosamine penetration data presented were the most conserva-
tive, from the point of view of safety, in that the maximum observed
concentration was cited. The maximum concentration was used, rather
than the mean or a range, for the following reasons: about 57. of
the gloves leaked and were not tested for permeability (gloves are not
usually tested before use); any nonleaking glove could have a thin spot,
through which permeation would occur at a high rate; skin temperature
is about 35°C, about 10° higher than the temperatures at which the
permeation tests were made (permeation is invariably higher at elevated
temperatures). Another conservative factor arose from the complete
wetting of both sides of the glove materials, so that permeation was
maximized1.
1 Stannett & Yasuda (1963) have shown that liquid and saturated vapour
permeate at the same rate.
-------
528
SANSONE & TEWARI
PERMEABILITY OF LABORATORY GLOVES
529
Sone of the uncertainties associated with these measurements
(variations In response as a function of time In the N-F detector.
Incomplete mixing of the transferred material and water, for example)
cannot be quantitatively estimated. Nevertheless, it is clear that
the nitrosamines tested can penetrate glove materials, as can the
organic solvents used, and that the laboratory gloves commonly used do
not provide full protection from possible exposure to potentially
harmful materials.
SLM^RRY
Samples of laboratory gloves of various composition and thicknesses
were used as barriers between 0.136 M solutions of nitrosanines
(dimethyl-, ethylmethyl-, diethyl-, n-butylmethyl-, dl-n-propyl-, di-
iso-propyl- and di-sec-butyl- in dichloromethane, acetone, ethanol and
double-distilled, deionlzed water) and water. The concentration of
permeated nitrosamine was measured periodically. Nearly all gloves
tested were permeable to the nitrosamine solutions. The results
indicate that: (1) gloves should not be assumed to provide full
protection, (2) gloves should be discarded immediately following overt
contamination and (3) gloves should not be reused.
JCKNCWLEDGEMENTS
We thank W. Lijinsky for the nitrosamines used in this study,
and we thank M. Conda for the electron microscopic analyses.
This research was sponsored by the National Cancer Institute
under Contract No. N01-CO-25423,
with Litton Bionetlcs, Inc.
Banthorpe, D.V. & Lament, D.M. (1967)
solutions of dimethyl sulphoxide.
Potential toxicity of
Nature (Land.!, 2J5. 1296-1297
Calingaert, G. & Shapiro, H. (1948) Permeability of protective glove
materials to tetraethyllead and ethylene bromide. Ind. Eng.
Chem., 40, 332-335
Druckrey, H., Preussman, R., Ivankovlc, S. & Schmahl, D. (1967)
Organotrope carcip.ogene Wirkungen bei 65 verschiedenen N-Nitroso-
Verbindungen an BD-Ratten. Z. Krebsforach., 69, 103-210
Cangolll, S.D., Shilling, W.H. & Lloyd, A.C. (1974) A method for
the destruction of nitrosamines In solution. Food Cosmet. Toxicol.,
12, 168
Johnson, T.C. & Merclez, W.D. (1971) Permeation of halogenated solvents
through drybox gloves. U.S. Atomic Energy Cornn., RFP-1608
Magee, P.N. & Barnes, J.M. (1967) Carcinogenic nitroso compounds.
Adv. Cancer Res., 10, 163-246
McFee, D.R. (1964) How well do gloves protect hands - against
solvents? Am. Soc. Saf. Eng. J., 9 (5), 11-16
Moursidcn, H.T. & Faber, 0. (1973) Penetration of protective gloves
by allergens and Irritants. Trans. St. John's Hasp. Dermatol.
Soc., 59, 230-234
Mueller, W.J. (1957) Permeability of rubber to organic liquids.
Rubber Age, 81, 982-987
Pegum, J.S. & Medhurst, F.A. (1971) Contact dermatitis from pene-
tration of rubber gloves by acrylic monomer. Br. Ned. J., 2,
141-143
Sansone, E.B., Wolochow, H. & Chatigny, M.A. (1977) Potential hazards
associated with removal of needles from septa In injection ports
of a gas chromatograph. Anal. Chen., 49, 670-671
Stannett, Y. & Yasuda, H. (1963) Liquid versus vapor permeation
through polymer films. J. Poly. Sci., SI, 289-293
U.S. Department of Labor (1974) Carcinogens. Fed. Reo., 39(20),
3756-3797
REFERENCES
American Society for Testing and Materials (1968) Permeability of
vulcanized rubber or synthetic elastomers to volatile liquids.
ASTM Standards, 28, 403-405
-------
The breakthrough times and permeation rates of 1,4-dichloro-2-butene. benzene, carbon
tetrachloride, and 2-chloro-1,3-butadiene for eleven commercially available gloves were
determined. Four methods of determining the breakthrough time and permeation rate
were evaluated. A wide variation in the glove material thickness and protection time was
found showing that the adequate protection time can only be determined by testing the
proposed glove with the chemicals to be handled.
Permeation of glove materials by
physiologically harmful chemicals
JOHN R. WILLIAMS
E.I. DuPont Oe Nemours i Co.. Inc.. Petrochemicals Dept.. Victoria Plant,
Victoria. TX 77901
Introduction
The potential hazards associated with handling
corrosive, toxic and carcinogenic chemicals are
generally recognized. In the chemical industry,
protective equipment ranging from gloves to
complete acid suits with self-contained
breathing air are used to prevent chemical
contact through inhalation and skin contact.
The major areas of contact are the hands and
forearms which are exposed during routine
sampling of plant and laboratory reactors. The
use of proper gloves coupled with a high
standard of hygiene can minimize the contact
and provide adequate protection. Information
needed to select the proper glove for a specific
chemical or mixture of chemicals is not readily
available. The ratings found in glove
manufacturers catalogs such as good, excellent,
and superior are qualitative and are based on the
stability of the glove material. The ratings relate
to such physical properties as abrasion
resistance, elongation, and tear resistance but do
not give information on the breakthrough
times and permeation rates which are important
in determining the chemical protection afforded
by the glove. The period of adequate protection,
which is equal to the breakthrough time plus an
acceptable time during chemical permeation,
can only be determined by testing of the
proposed glove with the chemical to be handled.
Several studies""" have shown (he importance
of various polymer films and glove materials as a
Copyright 1979, Anwricin InduiuUI Hrglin* Auoclttion
Amtriun Induitriil Hfixnt Auociital JOURNAL (tOI 10/7)
protective barrier to selected chemicals and
solvent mixtures. Standard methods have also
been developed for determining the permeation
rate of volatile chemicals through sheet
materials,"'" but are not designed to accurately
determine the breakthrough time. In (his study
an easily assembled apparatus was constructed
to facilitate the testing of sheet type protective
materials. Four methods of breakthrough
detection were evaluated to develop a method
that was versatile, easily setup and would give
reproducible results from different laboratories.
The breakthrough limes and permeation rates of
eleven commercially available gloves were
determined for benzene, l.4-dichloro-2-butene,
carbon tetrachloride and 2-chloro-l,3-
butadiene.
experimental reagents
All chemicals were ACS reagent grade or better.
The gloves are commercially available and were
obtained from the following suppliers: Best
Manufacturing Corp.. Southwest Gloves Inc.,
Grand Corp., and Edmont Wilson. The test
specimens were cut from the flat sections of the
gloves. The glove material compositions
consisted of neoprene, polyvinylchloride(PVC).
polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) and a copolymer of
acrylonitrile and butadiene (NBR) either
unsupported or as a coaling supported on a cloth
backing.
177
-------
SPRING
CARRIER CAS
INI.ET I. EXIT
Figure 1 — Glove breakthrough time and permeation
rate test apparatus
apparatus
The apparatus used to determine the
breakthrough time and permeation rate in this
study is shown in Figure 1. The test specimen
was a SO mm circular section of the glove
material and was placed as a membrane between
two one-inch pipe stub ends of 316 stainless steel.
The diameter of the surface exposed to the liquid
was 29 mm but could be varied by using
appropriate gaskets or by changing the diameter
of the stub ends. The pipe stub ends were lightly
compressed between two flanges to make a gas-
tight seal. The apparatus was placed in an eight
place holding rack, then an inert gas line was
connected to one of the tubes in the lower pipe
stub end. The inert gas was used to purge the
lower compartment and to carry the permeant to
the detector. After purging the lower
compartment with inert gas for ten minutes, the
gas flow rate was checked and reset if necessary.
Fifteen mL of the test chemical was then added
to the top compartment in contact with the
normally exterior surface of the glove material.
initial tests showed that no significant variation
in the breakthrough time existed for sample
additions ranging from 0.5 to 25 mL. The carrier
gas exit of the apparatus was continually
monitored to detect the initial appearance of the
permeant and the change in the concentration
with time. Four or more tests were made for each
glove with each chemical.
detection methods
Four methods for determining the breakthrough
time and permeation rate were evaluated. The
first method consisted of a gravimetric analysis
using commercially available air sampling tubes
containing ISO mg of charcoal. The air sampling
tube was placed in the apparatus effluent gas
stream to adsorb the permeant on the active
charcoal. The breakthrough time was
determined by removing the tube at two-minute
intervals and weighing on an analytical balance.
From a plot of the air sampling tube mass versus
time, the breakthrough time was determined by
projecting the curve to zero mass gain on the
time axis. The accuracy of the method was
improved by the use of alternating tubes and
shorter sampling times. The steady state permea-
tion rate was determined at three hourly inter-
TABLEI
Glove Material Composition and Thickness
Glove Material
37-175 NBR
29 865 Neoprene
810 PVC. supported
9-352 Neoprene. supported
72 1R PVC. supported
G 1314 PVC. supported
6 1 0 Neoprene. supported
1 5-554 PVA, supported
531 Neoprene
AF 18 NBR
NS 35 Neoprene
Thickness
(mm)
041
051
1 06
077
1 04
1 1 1
1 10
087
049
043
043
Standsrd
(mm)
002
004
009
008
007
0 10
009
008
0 10
004
003
Deviation
(%)
e
8
8
10
7
9
8
10
21
11
8
171
to. Ind Hyl AUK. I. HO)
October. 1979
vals by weighing the tube after a fixed time in the
effluent gas stream. The permeation rate was
calculated as follows:
Permeation rate = mass gain of tube , gram
time x exposed
area of specimen
Quantitative information on the permeant
purity and the variety of compounds extracted
from the glove material was also obtained. The
procedure consisted of extracting the adsorbams
from the charcoal with carbon disulfide followed
by gas chromatographic analysis.
The second method utilized a halogen leak
detector. The detector was first calibrated using
samples of known concentrations of the
chlorinated hydrocarbons in nitrogen. The
detector was then placed in the apparatus
effluent gas stream and the halide concentration
continually monitored. The breakthrough time
was defined as the time at which the permeation
rate exceeded ~1 x IO"7 gram/min Cm2. This
permeation rate corresponds to ~O.S ppm of the
chlorinated hydrocarbon in the carrier gas. The
sensitivity of this method was varied by changing
the instrument sensitivity and/or the carrier gas
flow rate.
The third method used Orager gas detector
tubes. The procedure consisted of connecting a
Drager tube to a vacuum source and continually
drawing a sample from the apparatus effluent
carrier gas stream. The color change of the tube
packing signaled the presence of the permeant in
the carrier gas. The sensitivity was essentially the
same as that of the leak detector as determined
by simultaneously sampling of the effluent gas
stream with the two detectors.
The fourth method utilized an inline gas
chromatograph to detect the presence of the
permeant in the gas stream. The gas
chromatograph carrier gas passed through the
lower section of the apparatus sweeping out the
permeating chemical and carrying it to a thermal
conductivity detector. The concentration of the
permeant in the gas stream was recorded on a
strip chart. From the recording of concentration
versus time, the breakthrough time, and the
steady state permeation rates were determined.
The use of a multiport sampling valve enabled
the sampling of eight test apparatuses
sequentially. A comparison of the halogen,
Drager and GC detection methods was done by
TABLE II
Breakthrough Time tor Oichlorobutene
ss a Function of Glove Thickness
Average Thickness Breakthrough Time
e (mm) (minute)
37-175
9-352
721R
610
29-866
037
041
066
079
1 06
1 18
1 04
1 19
050
051
If
20
10
13
22
36
46
66
21
22
simultaneously sampling ten test runs. The
breakthrough times of the tests were all within
±6 seconds. This minor variation in
breakthrough time is due to the sensitivity of the
different detectors and is much less than the
variation in the breakthrough times of the glove
material.
results and discussion
The types of glove materials tested and the
variations in thickness are shown in Table I. The
highest standard deviation in the glove test
specimen thickness was 21% but extremes of
>30% were found in one of the materials. To
determine the effect of thickness on the
breakthrough time, selected samples of the same
glove having a different thickness but essentially
the same surface texture, were compared for
breakthrough time with DCB, Table II. The
protection of the glove increased with thickness
but was accompanied by a loss in physical
dexterity, which is vital to laboratory
manipulations. Larger variations in break-
through times were found for specimens with
surface imperfections such as dimples and
poorly coated seams. The breakthrough times
and steady state permeation rates for the eleven
gloves tested are shown in Tables III and IV. In
general the longer the breakthrough time the
lower the permeation rate. An example of the
variation in the permeation rate with time is
shown in Figure 2. For some of the gloves the
permeation rate passed through a maximum in
the first hour possibly due to interaction of the
permeant and glove material. It is of interest to
note that for some chemical-glove combinations
American Indusln* Hy|*
> JOURNAL
(Ml 10/79
17)
-------
TABLE III
Breakthrough Timei of Glove Materials
Breakthrough Times Imin)
Glove
37-175
29-865
810
9-352
721R
G-1314
610
15-554-
531
AF-1B
NS-35
"Tests w
'Some e
Dichtorobutene
265 ± 3
29.1 ± 2
34 8 i 0.5
21.8 ± 7
31.1
348
34.3
>K
13.5
19.7
3
5
5
XX)
2
1
155 0.5
Bensene
13.7 2
11.4 05
102 1
81 4
18.2 3
18.8 ± 7
17.2 ± 2
>2000
6.0 ± 0.5
19.1 ± 3
70 ± 0.5
Chloroprene
7.1 ± 1
5.7 ± 0.6
44 » 1.5
2.9 ± 1
5.5 ± 2
5.0 t 1
2 8 ± 0.5
>IOOO'
6.7 ± 1.5
3.5 ± 0.5
3.9 t 0.2
Carbon
Telrechloride
>2OO
19.2 ± 1
13.2 ± 3
10.3 ± 3
306 ± B
39.5 ± 9
14.5 ! 1.5
>200'
8.5 ± 0.5
>20O
145 ± 0.5
are terminated el Ihit lime without breakthrough
irly failures but less than the 0.1 it gram/min Cm1 threshold rale.
(example CCL with PVC gloves) in which the
gloves had the same composition and thickness
but different manufacturers, the breakthrough
time varied by a factor of three possibly
indicating the importance of manufacturing
techniques on glove performance.
Cass chromatographic analysis of the test
apparatus effluent gas showed that with some
glove material compositions, compounds were
extracted from the glove. The significance of the
extraction by the permeating chemical is
twofold: first, the physical properties of the
material such as flexibility and resistance to
abrasion were found to be drastically changed;
secondly, the hands will be contacted by both the
permeant and the extracjants such as
plasticizers, and low molecular weight glove
components for which the combined effect on
the skin is not known.
The adequate protection time is the sum of the
breakthrough time and the estimated
permeation rate up to an allowable concentraion
inside the glove. Therefore both breakthrough
times and permeation rates must be determined
for a complete evaluation of the glove
protection. In one of five tests a PVA coaled
glove had the lowest breakthrough time of the
gloves tested; on this basis it would have the
lowest protection time. The actual protection
afforded by the glove is much higher because the
permeation rate was two orders of magnitude
lower than the other gloves. It is important to
note that these tests were run using new gloves
with neat chemicals at ~2I°C, with the
TABLE IV
Permeation Rates of Glove Matorials
Permeation Rate digram/min cm1)
Glove
37-175
29-865
810
9-352
721R
G 1314
610
15-554
531
AF-18
NS-35
Olchlorobinene
156 ± 4
126 ± 1
87 ± 7
51 1 3
108 ± 10
72 ± 10
118 ± 10
0
41 ± 1
Ruptured
-1 hr.
Saturated
Beniene
869 1 50
1890 ± 90
598 ± 20
1165 ± 280
481 ± 50
421 ± 80
516 1 80
0
Saturated
938 1 250
Saturated
Chloroprene
2073 ± 60
3158 ± 80
953 ± 100
1761 t 250
850 ± 150
668 1 70
782 ± 120
0
Saturated
2325 ± 180
Saturated
Carbon
Tetrechlorida
0
1753 ± 100
496 ± 90
618 ± 150
250 ± 90
203 ± 30
300 ± 50
3 ± 3
2240 ± 150
0
1984 ± SO
in. M. Hn. tone. I (tO) October. 1979
-a •"' nil • .«» I mi IJn MI' inn i.iii
I Mill- . Illllllll l->
Figure 2 — Permeation rate of benzene through glove materials as a function of lime.
comparisons valid only for new gloves. In use.
the physical properties such as abrasion, tear
and heal resistance can change both the relative
and absolute chemical protection afforded by
the gloves.
Repeated contact of chemicals with some
glove materials can change the protection
afforded by the gloves. Several tests were run to
determine the effect of repeated exposure on
breakthrough time and the physical properties.
The specimens were tested for breakthrough
time and permeation rate, allowed to stand until
all traces of the chemical were gone, then
retested. The data in Table V show that the
neoprene glove does not change in physical
properties and that the protection was increased.
The PVC coated glove showed a reduction in
both the chemical protection and physical
properties. The breakthrough lime decreased
from 30 minutes to two minutes, the material
became stiff and could be cracked with repeated
flexing following the second contact. The data
show that repeated testing is required before
considering commerical reclamation of highly
contaminated gloves. The results of this study
indicate that a universal glove is not available
and that complete testing of a proposed glove is
necessary to determine the period of adequate
protection.
TABLE v
Repeated Contact of Glove Materials With Dichlorobutene
Breakthrough Time (min)
Permeation Rete
(*i gram/min cm:)
Glove
610
Neoprene
G-1314
PVC
Sample
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
0
Flrat Test
21.0
36.5
36.0
42.5
39.8
23.5
25.0
290
Second Test
450
58.5
51 5
60.0
2.0
25
22
3.0
Fint Test
35
65
20
55
75
62
105
94
Second Test
40
39
50
31
70
60
65
6O
American Induariil Hniera *»
140) 10/79
Ml
-------
summary
The protection afforded by glove materials is
dependent upon a number of factors. Among
these are composition, thickness, surface
texture, method of manufacture and interaction
of the chemical with the glove material. In this
study a wide variation in the protection time was
found among the gloves tested. In general the
longer the breakthrough lime the lower the
steady state permeation rate. In some cases a
glove with a low breakthrough time had better
overall protection due to a low rate of steady
stale permeation. Therefore to determine the
overall protection or period of adequate
protection it is necessary lo obtain both the
breakthrough time and (he steady state
permeation rate. The material thickness was an
important factor in controlling (he permeation
rate but increasing glove thickness reduced the
dexterity in performing laboratory operations.
The material composition was found to be the
most important factor in preventing chemical
contact. A significant difference was found in the
breakthrough times among the different
manufacturers gloves having the same
composition and thickness.
Analysis of the chemicals permeating the
gloves showed that in some cases compounds
were being extracted from (he glove material and
would be carried to the skin. Repeated chemical
contact was found in some cases to drastically
alter the physical properties and the protection
afforded by the gloves. The key to hand
protection is through the use of quality gloves, as
determined by thorough testing, coupled with a
high standard of hygiene.
references
1. Weeks. R.W.. Jr. and B.J. Dean: Permeation of
Methanolic Aromatic Amine Solutions Through
Commercially Available Glove Materials. Am. Imt.
Hyg. Assoc. J. 30:721-725 (1977).
2. Sansone. E.B. and Y.B. Tewoir: The Permeability
of Laboratory Gloves to Selected Solvents. Am. Ind.
Hyg. Assoc. J. 39:169-173(1978).
3. Stannen. V. and H Yasuda: Liquid Versus Vapor
Permeation Through Polymer Films. J. Pofy. Sci.
«:289-293 (19631
4. Mourisiden, H.T. and O. Faber: Penetration of
Protective Glvoes by Allergens and Irritants. Trans.
Si. John's Hosp. Dermaiol. Soc. 59:230-234
(1973).
5. Crank. J. and G.S. Paric: Methods of Measure-
ment. Crank. J. and G.S. Park (eds) Diffusion in
Polymers, pp. 1 -39. Academic Press. NY (1968).
6. Johnson. T.C. and W.D. Merciez: Permeation of
Halogenated Solvents Through Drybox Gloves.
U.S. Atomic Energy Comm.. RFP-1603A -5 (1971).
7. McFee. OR: How Well do Gloves Protect Hands
Against Solvents? Am. Soc. Safely fngs. Journal
9:11-16(1964).
8. American Society for Testing and Materials.
Permeability of Vulcanized Rubber or Synthetic
Elastomers to Volatile Liquids. ASTM Standards
37:189-190(1975).
9. American Society for Testing and Materials.
Determining Permeability of Thermoplastic
Containers. ASTM Standards. 35:488-492 (1975).
Accept*] Ftbruftry 7, I 979
IM
lot. Hit. lam. J (I0>
October. 1979
-------
DEVELOPMENT OF PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING USED AGAINST
CARCINOGENIC LIQUIDS
by
Gerard C. Coletta
Arthur D. Schwope
Irving J. Arons
Jerry W. King
Andrew Sivak
ARTHUR D. LITTLE. INC.
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02140
Contract No. 210-76-0130
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE
Public Health Service
Center for Disease Control
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
Division of Physical Sciences and Engineering
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
OCTOBER 1978
-------
DISCLAIMER
The contents of this report are reproduced herein as received from the contractor.
The opinions, findings, and conclusions expressed herein are not necessarily those
of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, nor does mention
of company names or products constitute endorsement by the National Institute
for Occupational Safety and Health.
NIOSH Project Officer: William F. Todd
Principal Investigator: Arthur D. Little, Inc.
DHEW (NIOSH) Publication No. 79-106
-------
FOREWORD
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) is responsible for
helping ensure that every person in the Nation has safe and healthful working conditions. To
accomplish this end, the Institute engages in research on occupational safety and health prob-
lems, including the evaluation of hazards and the development of testing and performance
requirements for personal protective equipment.
One of the many work-place hazards considered to be significant by the Institute is dermal
contact with carcinogenic liquids. At the present time, there are no comprehensive criteria or
other guidelines available to assist in the manufacture, selection, and testing of protective
clothing materials and garments used to protect against this hazard. Therefore, Arthur D. Little,
Inc., is pleased to publish this initial research effort for development of such criteria.
It should be noted that the research described here was contracted under a specific scope of
work. Further evaluation and validation of the developed criteria are necessary.
LU
-------
PREFACE
This report addresses three principal topics:
1. An identification of occupational exposures to carcinogenic liquids (Section II).
2. The development of performance criteria for materials used in protective clothing
for use against carcinogenic liquids (Section III); and
3. The development of a permeation test method for evaluating clothing materials
(Section IV).
. Of.particular interest are the results of the permeation experiments. In these experiments,
clothing materials were evaluated as barriers to several industrially important chemicals sus-
pected of being carcinogenic (e.g., benzene and trichloroethylene). The results suggest that
•several commercially-available materials may not offer adequate protection in certain
applications.
Further, it should be noted that Appendix A is a collection of "overview documents" for
each chemical used in the experimental program. Each document is a summary of the primary
sources, uses, properties, hazards, and recommended handling procedures of the subject
chemical.
Arthur D. Little, Inc., has carried out this research assignment for the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the direction of Project Officer William F. Todd
of the Protective Equipment Section, Control Technology Research Branch, Division of Physical
Sciences and Engineering. NIOSH, a research institute of the U.S. Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare, was created by the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. As
mandated by this Act, NIOSH performs and sponsors research, and develops criteria for recom-
mended standards applicable to the problems of occupational safety and health.
The data collected in this and subsequent investigations are intended to support safety
standards needed to ensure the proper protection of workers who handle potentially harmful
chemicals.
IV
-------
ABSTRACT
Workers who produce, use, and transport liquid chemicals can be exposed to many com-
pounds capable of causing harm to the human body. The deleterious effects of contacting these
liquids can range from acute trauma, such as skin irritation and burn, to chronic degenerative
disease, such as cancer. Contacts can extend from one-time splashes to continuous 15-60 minute
wettings due to accidental spills or emergency situations. Accordingly, there is a strong need for
clothing that will protect workers for at least 60 minutes of continuous contact. However,
comprehensive performance criteria for protective clothing is lacking.
In this study, a set of recommended performance criteria was compiled. Further, to fill a
void in the coverage of available test methods, a simple experimental procedure was developed to
measure the resistance to permeation of protective clothing materials by liquid chemicals. Using
this procedure, the barrier properties of several polymeric materials were evaluated against nine
rarcinogenic liquids (e.g., benzene, trichloroethylene and jtf-propiolactone). Breakthrough times,
steady state fluxes, and chemical solubilities were measured. In many cases, the breakthrough
times for widely used materials were less than the recommended 60 minutes.
Such results suggest that many workers may not be protected by currently recommended
clothing. However, substantially improved protection could be provided if comprehensive per-
formance profiles were generated and made available for the design and specification of pro-
tective clothing. Clothing materials should be subjected to a comprehensive performance
evaluation. Evaluations, including permeation testing against the specific chemical to be han-
dled, should be performed over the range of anticipated exposure conditions.
This report was submitted in fulfillment of Contract No. 210-76-0130 by Arthur D. Little,
Inc., under the sponsorship of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Foreword . iii
Preface iv
Abstract w
List of Tables ix
List of Figures x
Acknowledgments xii
I. INTRODUCTION 1
II. OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURES TO CARCINOGENIC LIQUIDS 3
A. SELECTED CARCINOGENIC COMPOUNDS 3
B. OVERVIEW DOCUMENTS 3
C. OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURES 4
1. Production and Use 4
2. Transportation 6
3. Summary 6
III. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING USED AGAINST CARCINOGENIC LIQUIDS 7
A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 7
B. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA 7
C. STANDARDIZED TEST METHODS 8
1. Strength 9
2. Chemical Resistance 11
3. Thermal Resistance 11
4. Dexterity/Flexibility 12
5. Cleanability 12
6. Aging Resistance 13
IV. RESISTANCE OF PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MATERIALS TO
PERMEATION BY CARCINOGENIC LIQUIDS 14
A. PERMEATION MECHANISM 14
B. PERMEATION TEST METHOD 14
1. Test Apparatus 16
2. Test Procedure 16
3. Test Data and Sensitivity 16
Vll
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
IV. RESISTANCE OF PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MATERIALS TO
PERMEATION BY CARCINOGENIC LIQUIDS (Continued)
C. PERFORMANCE OF CURRENTLY-USED PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING MATERIALS AGAINST LIQUID CARCINOGENS 18
1. Materials 19
2. Analytical Detection of Carcinogens 19
3. Primary Test Results 20
4. Supplementary Test Results 41
D. MATHEMATICAL MODEL 45
1. Permeation by Simple Diffusion 45
2. Permeation Through Filled Elastomers 50
E. DISCUSSION 61
V. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 63
A. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 63
1. Conclusion 63
2. Discussion 63
3. Recommendation 63
B. FUTURE AVAILABILITY OF TRADE RECOMMENDATIONS
FOR CLOTHING TO BE USED AGAINST CARCINOGENS 64
1. Conclusion 64
2. Discussion 64
3. Recommendation 64
C. MINIMUM PERFORMANCE AGAINST CARCINOGENS 65
1. Conclusion 65
2. Recommendation 65
D. PERMEATION TEST 65
1. Conclusion 65
2. Recommendation 66
viii
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
V. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS (Continued)
E. RAPID SCREENING OF CANDIDATE MATERIALS 66
1. Conclusion 66
2. Discussion 66
3. Recommendation 66
F. TEST CONDITIONS 66
1. Conclusion 66
2. Discussion 66
3. Recommendation 67
G. TEST SPECIMENS 67
1. Discussion 67
2. Recommendation 67
H. LEATHER 67
1. Discussion 67
2. Recommendation 67
I. PESTICIDES AND OTHER HARMFUL CHEMICALS 68
1. Conclusion 68
2. Discussion 68
3. Recommendation 68
J. NIOSH CRITERIA DOCUMENTS 68
1. Conclusion 68
2. Recommendation 68
VI. APPENDICES A-1
APPENDIX A - OVERVIEW DOCUMENTS A-2
APPENDIX B - TEST METHODS B-1
APPENDIX C - A CORRECTION FOR DECOMPOSING COMPOUNDS C-1
APPENDIX D - REFERENCES (TO TEXT) D-1
ix
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Table No. Page
1 Carcinogenic Compounds Selected for Study 4
2 Protective Clothing Performance Requirements 8
3 Recommended Test Methods
Summary Tabulation 10
4 Protective Clothing Materials 19
5 Trichloroethylene Solubility in Selected Clothing Materials
at 22° C 23
6 Trichloroethylene Permeation Through Selected Clothing
Materials 23
7 Epichlorohydrin Solubility in Selected Clothing Materials
at 22°C 25
8 Epichlorohydrin Permeation Through Selected Clothing
Materials 25
9 Creosote Permeation Through Selected Clothing Materials 27
10 Benzene Solubility in and Permeation Through Selected
Clothing Materials 29
11 Ethylenimine Solubility in Selected Clothing Materials at
22°C 32
12 Ethylenimine Permeation Through Selected Clothing Materials 32
13 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine Solubility in Selected Clothing
Materials at 22°C 34
14 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine Permeation Through Selected Clothing
Materials 34
15 2-Nitropropane Solubility in Selected Clothing Materials at 22°C 36
16 2-Nitropropane Permeation Through Selected Clothing Materials 36
17 0-Propiolactone Solubility in Selected Clothing Materials at 22°C 38
18 0-Propiolactone Permeation Through Selected Clothing Materials 38
19 Hexamethylphosphoramide Solubility in Selected Clothing
Materials at 22°C 40
20 Hexamethylphosphoramide Permeation Through Selected
Clothing Materials 40
21 Benzene Permeation Through Neoprene at Three Temperatures 41
22 Permeation Through Strained and Strain-Cycled Clothing
Materials 43
23 Permeation of Benzene Through Pre-Exposed Clothing
Materials 44
24 Summary of Breakthrough Times of Selected Chemicals
Through Protective Clothing Materials at 22°C 62
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure No. Page
1 Typical Permeation Rate Through an Elastomeric Material 15
2 Sketch of Permeation Cell 17
3 Typical Permeation Through an Elastomeric Membrane 48
4 Permeation Data for Benzene-Natural Rubber Latex (0.028 cm) 51
5 Permeation Data for Benzene-Polyethylene (0.006 cm) 52
6 Permeation Data for Benzene-Viton (0.16 cm) 53
7 Example of Poor Fit of Simple Diffusion Model to Experimental
Data for Nitrile Rubber Latex Glove Material 54
8 Graphic Representation of the Concentration Gradient During
the Short-Time Transient Phase of Carcinogen Permeation
Through an Elastomeric Membrane Containing an Active Filler 58
XI
-------
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Special appreciation is extended to the following organizations for their assistance during
this program.
Ansell Corporation
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Edmont-Wilson, A Division of Becton Dickinson and Company
Jomac Products, Inc.
Pioneer Rubber Company
Rainfair, Inc.
Sawyer Tower Products, A Division of the Norton Company
Allied Chemical Corporation
Dow Chemical Company
xn
-------
I. INTRODUCTION
Workers involved in the production, use, and transportation of industrial chemicals can be
exposed to numerous compounds capable of causing harm to the human body. These chemicals
can be in the form of vapors, mists, dusts, liquids, and solids. Exposures can occur during routine
work-place activities as well as during emergency situations, even with chemical processing
systems incorporating state-of-the-art designs and controls. One of the most serious hazards of
exposure to chemicals is skin contact by liquids. The deleterious effects of certain liquids can
range from acute trauma, such as skin irritation and burn, to chronic degenerative disease, such
as cancer. This strongly suggests that emphasis should be placed on eliminating skin contacts
through measures such as the use of protective clothing.
However, although considerable effort has been expended in the development of many other
areas of personal protection, relatively little effort has gone into developing criteria for the proper
specification and use of protective clothing. In fact, there is almost no comprehensive information
available which describes the properties that clothing materials should have in order to provide
protection against harmful liquids. Clothing materials appear to be selected most often on the
basis of their resistance to visible degradation by common solvents, acids or alkalies. In many
cases the test chemical may not be the chemical of concern (i.e., an analog is used) and, therefore,
may not interact with clothing materials in the same way. Further, even if clothing materials
resist visible degradation or swelling, a question remains as to the completeness of protection
actually provided since permeation of small amounts of liquid can occur without gross inter-
actions with the barrier. This question is especially important when considering resistance to
permeation by carcinogenic chemicals which have no established threshold levels for carcinoge-
nicity on skin contact.
While guidelines for safe exposures* have been developed for other toxic chemicals, few such
guidelines have been promulgated for carcinogenic chemicals. Accordingly, the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) recommends that protective clothing materials be
impermeable to carcinogenic liquids.' However, OSHA does not offer recommendations for
assessing the barrier properties of such clothing materials.
Because of the absence of this important information, the National Institute for Occupa-
tional Safety and Health (NIOSH) has sponsored this program to investigate the performance of
protective clothing materials against selected carcinogenic chemicals. Emphasis has been placed
on studying permeation of chemicals handled in the liquid state. The results of this work, as
presented in this report include:
(1) A description of the form and extent of worker needs for protective clothing;
Defined as time-weighted average (TWA) concentrations for an 8-hour work day.
-------
(2) A recommended criterion for clothing resistance to permeation and an overview of
several other functional requirements;
(3) Recommended test methods for evaluating the performance of clothing materials;
and,
(4) Data showing the resistance of currently-used clothing materials to permeation by
selected carcinogens.
The next section begins this presentation with a review of occupational exposures to
carcinogenic liquids.
-------
TABLE 5
TRICHLOROETHYLENE SOLUBILITY IN SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS AT 22°C
Solubility
Clothing Material
Nitrile rubber1
Neoprene rubber1
PVC-coated nylon2
Polyvinyl alcohol3
Polyethylene4
Polyurethane-coated nylon2
Viton1
Butyl rubber1
gm/gm of Material
2.17
1.18
0.14
0.03
0.06
1.15
0.02
1.48
C$, gm/cm of
Swollen Material
0.87
0.73
0.15
0.04
0.41
0.95
0.04
0.87
TABLE 6
TRICHLOROETHYLENE PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Material
Nitrile Rubber'
Neoprene Rubber1
Polyvinyl alcohol3
Thickness, fi
(cm)
0.094
0.079
0.009
Breakthrough
Time (minutes)5
10-15
10-15
Steady State
Flux, J(gm/cm2/min)
6.0 x 10"s
5.3 x 10's
0.8 x 10's
1. MIL Spec, sheet.
2. Outerwear material.
3. Cast film.
4. Glove material.
5. At a minimum detection limit of 1 ppm.
23
-------
TABLE 7
EPICHLOROHYDRIN SOLUBILITY IN SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS AT 22°C
Clothing Material
Nitrile rubber1
Neoprene rubber1
PVC-coated nylon2
Polyvinyl alcohol3
Polyethylene4
Polyurethane-coated nylon2
Viton1
Butyl rubber1
Solubility
gm/gm of Material
0.28
0.44
1.03
Negligible
0.12
2.70
0.42
0.05
Cs, gm/cm3 of
Swollen Material
0.23
0.37
0.60
Negligible
0.10
0.86
0.46
0.05
TABLE 8
EPICHLOROHYDRIN PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Material
Neoprene Rubber1
Polyvinyl alcohol3
Butyl Rubber2
Thickness, 2
(cm)
0.076
0.008
0.084
Breakthrough
Time5
60-80 min.
< 5 min.
79 hrs.
Steady State
Flux, J(gm/cm2/min)
II.Ox 10"s
13.0x 10"s
0.02 x 10's
1. MIL. Spec, sheet.
2. Outerwear material.
3. Cast film.
4. Glove material.
5. At a minimum detection limit of 1-5ppm.
25
-------
TABLE 9
CREOSOTE PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Breakthrough
Material Thickness, C (cm) Time (minutes)2
Neoprene rubber1 0.076 270
Viton1 0.043 > 5760 (96 hours)
Butyl rubber1 0.081 >5400 (90 hours)
1. MIL. Spec, sheet.
2. At a minimum detection limit of 1-5 ppm.
-------
TABLE 10
BENZENE SOLUBILITY IN AND PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Solubility @ 22°C
Breakthrough Time
Steady State Flux
Material
Natural rubber1
Nitrite rubber1
Nitrile rubber2
Neoprene rubber2
Neoprene rubber2
Neoprene rubber2
Neoprene rubber2
Neoprene rubber1
Neoprene-coated fabric1
Neoprene/natural rubber1
Neoprene (milled)1
PVC-coated nylon'
Poly vinyl alcohol1
Polyvinyl alcohol4
Polyethylene1
Polyethylene-back Tyvek3
Polyurethane-backed nylon3
Viton2
Butyl-coated nylon3
Butyl sheet2
gm/gm
3.2
-
1.1
-
0.9
-
-
-
-
2.8
-
-
0.03
-
0.3
-
0.6
0.04
-
0.6
C$. gm/cm3 of
Swollen Material
0.7
-
0.5
-
0.5
-
-
-
-
0.7
-
-
0.03
-
0.2
-
0.4
0.06
-
0.35
Thickness
C(cm)
0.028
0.023
0.041
0.041
0.076
0.16
0.241
0.038
0.069s
0.046
0.036
0.043
0.023
0.008
0.006
0.0095
0.02
0.16
0.056
0.084
(min)6
Run 1
2
6
5
6
24.5
60
186
6
15
3
6.5
6
10
3
<1
1
1.5
900
60
88
Run 2
1.5
5.5
5.5
7
23
5
6.5
10
<1
2
2
(gm/cm2 /min)
Run 1
50x10's
50x10's
50 x 10'5
50 x 10'5
23x10'5
8x 10'5
5x 10's
30 x 10'5
8x 10's
40 x 10'5
52 x 10'5
15 x 10~5
0.8 x 10'5
3.9 x 10"s
35x10"s
22x10's
11 x 10"s
0.05 x iO"5
9x 10'5
13 x 10"5
Run 2
50 x 10"s
60 x 10's
50 x 10"s
50 x 10'5
30 x 10"s
6x 10'5
50 x 10's
15 x 10"s
35 x 10's
22 x 10's
11 x 10'5
1. Glove material.
2. Military Specification sheet.
3. Outerwear material.
4. Cast film.
5. Material is a membrane/fabric laminate. Thickness is only that of the membrane.
6. At a minimum detection limit of 5-10 ppm.
-------
TABLE 11
ETHYLENIMINE SOLUBILITY IN SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS AT 22°C
Solubility
Cjr gm/cm3 of
Clothing Material gm/gm of Material Swollen Material
Natural rubber1 0.15 0.12
Neoprene rubber1 gummy —
Viton2 decomposed —
Butyl rubber2 0.14 0.12
TABLE 12
ETHYLENIMINE PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Steady State
Flux, J(gm/cm2/min)
0.45 x 10"
Material
Neoprene1
Butyl rubber2
Thickness, S.
(cm)
0.020
0.084
Breakthrough
Time3
< 5 min.
10-16hrs.
1. Glove material.
2. Military Specification sheet.
3. At a minimum detection limit of 10-30 ppm.
4. Steady state was never achieved because degradation of the material was too quick.
32
-------
TABLE 13
1,1-DIMETHYLHYDRAZINE SOLUBILITY IN SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS AT 22°C
Solubility
Clothing Material
Nitrite rubber1
Neoprene rubber1
PVC-coated nylon2
Polyvinyl alcohol3
Polyethylene4
Polyurethane-coated nylon2
Viton1
Butyl rubber1
gm/gm of Material
0.38
0.30
0.35
Dissolved
Slight weight loss
Polyurethane
decomposed
Decomposed
0.1
Cs, gm/cm3 of
Swollen Material
0.32
0.33
0.36
0.1
TABLE 14
1,1-DIMETHYLHYDRAZINE PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Material
Neoprene1
PVC-coated nylon2
Butyl rubber1
Thickness,
(cm)
0.076
0.043
0.084
Breakthrough
Time5
25-40 min.
5-10 min.
23-27 hrs.
Steady State
Flux, J(gm/cm2/min)
45.0 x 10"s
19.0x 10'5
0.29 x 10'5
1. Mil. Spec, sheet.
2. Outerwear material.
3. Cast film.
4. Glove material.
5. At a minimum detection limit of 10 ppm.
34
-------
TABLE 15
2-NITROPROPANE SOLUBILITY IN SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIAL AT 22°C
Solubility
Clothing Material
Nitrile rubber1
Neoprene rubber1
PVC-coated nylon2
Polyvinyl alcohol3
Polyethylene4
Polyurethane-coated nylon2
Viton1
Butyl rubber1
gm/gm of Material
0.72
0.23
0.42
Negligible
0.07
0.99
1.07
0.02
GS. gm/cm3 of
Swollen Material
0.41
0.22
0.34
Negligible
0.06
0.54
0.66
0.02
TABLE 16
2-NITROPROPANE PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Material
Nitrile Rubber1
Polyvinyl alcohol3
Butyl Rubber1
Thickness, fi
(cm)
0.09
0.02
0.08
Breakthrough
Time
25-50 min.
< 5 min.
Steady State
Flux, J(gm/cm2/min)
20.0 x 10'5
4.4 x 10's
1. MIL. Spec, sheet
2. Outerwear material.
3. Cast film.
4. Glove material
5. At a minimum detection limit of 10 ppm.
36
-------
TABLE 17
0-PROPIOLACTONE SOLUBILITY IN SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS AT 22°C
Clothing Material
Natural rubber1
Nitrite rubber2
Neoprene rubber2
Butyl rubber2
PVC-coated nylon3
Polyvinyl alcohol4
Polyethylene1
Polyurethane-coated nylon3
Viton2
Solubility
C$, gm/cm3 of
gm/gm of Material Swollen Material
0.09
0.29
0.31
0.01
0.15
reacted
0.18
1.85
0.69
0.01
0.23
0.29
0.01
0.16
-
0.15
0.75
0.60
TABLE 18
0-PROPIOLACTONE PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Material
Natural rubber1
Polyethylene1
Polyurethane-coated
nylon3'5
Thickness. C
(cm)
0.030
0.006
0.003
Breakthrough
Time6 (minutes)
15-20
10-30
<5
Steady State
Flux, J(gm/cm2/min)
0.43x10'J
0.12 x 10'5
83.0x10's
1. Glove material.
2. MIL. Spec, sheet.
3. Outerwear material
4. Cast film.
5. Thickness measurement represents polyurethane only.
6. At a minimum detection limit of 2 ppm.
38
-------
TABLE 19
HEXAMETHYLPHOSPHORAMIDE SOLUBILITY IN SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS AT 22°C
Clothing Material
Nitrile rubber1
Neoprene rubber1
PVC-coated nylon2
Polyvinyl alcohol4
Polyethylene3
Polyurethane-coated nylon2
Viton1
Butyl rubber1
Solubility
Cs. gm/cm3 of
gm/gm of Material Swollen Material
0.78
2.72
Dissolved
Dissolved
0.22
2.42
2.50
0.08
0.44
0.79
-
-
0.17
0.76
0.84
0.07
TABLE 20
HEXAMETHYLPHOSPHORAMIDE PERMEATION THROUGH SELECTED CLOTHING MATERIALS
Material
Nitrile rubber1
Butyl rubber1
Polyethylene3
Thickness, fi
(cm)
0.094
0.084
0.006
1. Mil. Spec, sheet
2. Outerwear material
3. Glove material
4. Cast film
5. At a minimum detection limit of 3 ppm
Breakthrough
Time5
1.0-1.5 hrs.
1.0-1.5 hrs.
15-25 min.
Steady State
Flux, J(gm/cm2/min)
1.3 x 10"5
0.002 x 10's
0.4 x 10'5
40
-------
4. Supplementary Test Results
The permeation data presented above relate to new, unused protective clothing materials
tested at 22°C (ambient temperature) and in a non-strained condition. In actual use, clothing
materials can be exposed to carcinogenic liquids at temperatures other than 22°C, and these
materials are usually subject to flexing and stretching (e.g., at finger, elbow and knee joints). In
addition, protective clothing is often reworn after contact with a carcinogen. Therefore, several
tests were carried out to ascertain whether resistance to permeation is influenced by one or more
of these factors.
a. Non-ambient Temperatures
Neoprene was tested against benzene at 7°C and 37°C in order to investigate the influence
of temperature on breakthrough and permeation rate. The tests followed the usual protocol
except that the test cell was immersed in a water bath at the appropriate temperatures. The
results of these tests, in addition to the earlier results at 22°C, are reported in Table 21. The
solubility of benzene in neoprene at each temperature is also included.
TABLE 21
BENZENE PERMEATION THROUGH NEOPRENE1 AT THREE TEMPERATURES
Test Solubility, C$ Steady State
Temperature (gm/cm3 of Breakthrough Flux, J
(°C) Swollen Neoprene) Time2 (min) (gm/cm2/min)
7 0.49 40 19X10"5
22 0.49 24 23X10"3
37 0.49 16 33X10"5
1. MIL. Spec, sheet, at a thickness of 0.08 cm.
2. At a minimum detection limit of 5-10 ppm.
There was a significant decrease in breakthrough time and an increase in steady state flux
as the temperature is increased. This result is not unexpected, and confirms that clothing
permeation should be evaluated over the range of temperatures expected under actual use
conditions. The constant solubility over this temperature range is not unusual as many other
elastomers are known to exhibit similar behavior above their glass transition temperatures.
b. Strained and Strain-cycled Materials
Protective clothing materials can be exposed to carcinogenic liquid while strained or after
undergoing strain-cycling. Strained materials represent the condition of stretched materials
covering the knee, elbow, and finger joints during flexure. Strain-cycled materials simulate the
41
-------
TABLE 22
PERMEATION THROUGH STRAINED AND STRAIN-CYCLED CLOTHING MATERIALS
U)
Carcinogen
Benzene
Epichlorohydrin
Material1
Butyl Rubber
Butyl Rubber
Butyl Rubber
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Butyl Rubber
Butyl Rubber
Butyl Rubber
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Test Condition1
relaxed
strained
cycled
relaxed
strained
cycled/relaxed
relaxed
strained
cycled/relaxed
relaxed
strained
cycled/relaxed
Thickness, B
(cm)
0.076
0.073
0.076
0.080
0.076
0.080
0.084
0.073
0.076
0.076
0.076
0.080
Breakthrough
Time3
54 min
53 min
52 min
24 min
25 min
24 min
79 hr
~100hr
80-1 00 hr
60-80 min
~70 min
80-110 min
Steady State Fli
(gm/cm2 /mil
20x10~s
18 x 10"s
28 x 10~5
23 x 10"s
32 x 10"5
35 x 10"s
0.02 x 10'5
0.01 x 10'5
0.01 x 10"5
11 x10'5
11 x 10"s
11 x 10"s
1. MIL. Spec, sheet.
2. Strained: tested at 120% of unstrained length; Cycled: tested unstrained after 1000 cycles of stretching to 120% of unstrained length, followed
by folding to 80% of unstrained length.
3. At a minimum detection limit of 5.10 ppm.
-------
TABLE 23
PERMEATION OF BENZENE THROUGH PRE-EXPOSED1 CLOTHING MATERIALS
Clothing
Material
Neoprene2
Butyl Rubber2
Pre -exposed
(?)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Thickness, C
(cm)
0.076
0.076
0.084
0.084
Breakthrough
Time3 (min)
26
24
51
54
Steady State
Flux.J
(gm/cm2/min)
31 x 10"5
23 x 10's
20 x 10~5
20 x 10"5
1. Material specimens saturated with benzene and then air-dried for 18 hours.
2. MIL. Spec, sheet.
3. At a minimum detection limit of 5-10 ppm.
44
-------
FIGURE 4
~ [Dots(-) - experimental data; Solid line(-) • prediction from
simple diffusion model]
120
§
f-i
w 100
§
-------
lant
I
w
I
!
M
&
I
ti
I
M
K>
0
I-1
O
O
00
O
O»
O
*•
O
KJ
O
FIGURE 5
PERMEATION DATA FOR BENZENE-POLYETHYLENE (0.006 cm)*
[Dots(-) « experimental data; Solid line(-)
simple diffusion model]
= prediction from -H-1—
-H-t
+4
r+
-pr -•
-M-r-J-
tf
•1-t-
-i_---i—
•4-U
•H-H-
4-l-
-I-H-
-M-
4-*-
-M-f
r^-^
-H-
-I—T
ffl
444
TTTt
t I I
4-4-
t"1-t
Exposure Time (min)
*Thickness of material.
52
-------
FIGURE 6
PERMEATION DATA FOR BENZENE-VITON (0.16 cm)
g
[Dots(«) » experimental data; Solid line(-) - prediction from
simple diffusion model]
ation Simulant
Persp
§
§
g 60
•H
hi
*
-t
U
§
§
o 40
i
I
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
Exposure Time (min)
53
-------
120
FIGURE 7
EXAMPLE OF POOR FIT OF SIMPLE DIFFUSION MODEL TO
EXPERIMENTAL DATA FOR NITRILE RUBBER LATEX GLOVE MATERIAL
-p- [Dots(') » experimental data; Solid,line(-) » prediction from
simple diffusion model]
T
CO
100
to
M
0)
1
I
i
80
60
40
20
Exposure Time (min)
54
-------
TABLE 24
SUMMARY OF BREAKTHROUGH TIMES OF SELECTED CHEMICALS
THROUGH PROTECTIVE CLOTHING MATERIALS AT 22°C
Carcinogen
Trichloroethylene
Epichlorodydrin.
Coal-Tar Creosote
Benzene
Ethylenimine
1,1 -Dimethylhydrazine
2-Nitropropane
/3-Propiolactone
Hexemethylphosphoromide
ureietillUII
Limit
(ppm)
1
1-5
1-5
5-10
10-30
10
10
10
3
Composition
Nitrile rubber
Neoprene rubber
Polyvinyl alcohol
Polyvinyl alcohol
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
Viton
Polyethylene
Polyurethane-coated
nylon
Natural rubber
Nitrile rubber
PVC-coated nylon
Polyvinyl alcohol
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
Viton
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
PVC-coated nylon
Neoprene rubber
Butyl rubber
Polyvinyl alcohol
Nitrile rubber
Butyl rubber
Polyurethane-coated
nylon
Natural rubber
Polyethylene
Polyethylene
Butyl rubber
Nitrile rubber
Thickness
(cm)
0.094
0.079
0.009
0.008
0.076
0.084
0.076
0.081
0.043
0.006
0.02
0.028
0.041
0.043
0.023
0.076
0.084
0.16
0.02
0.084
0.043
0.076
0.084
0.02
0.09
0.08
0.003
0.03
0.006
0.006
0.084
0.094
Breakthrough
Time (min)
10-15
10-15
<15
<5
60-80
4740
270
>5400
>5760
<1
2
2
5
6
10
25
88
900
<5
600-960
5-10
25-40
1380-1620
<5
25-60
>6060
<5
15-20
10-30
15-25
60-90
60-90
62
-------
Chemical
1 norganic salts
odine
sooctane
• sopropanot
sopropyl alcohol
K Kerosene
Ketones
L Lacquer Ihinners
Lactic acid
Laurie acid
Ltneoleic acid
Linseed oil
M Maleic acid
Mercuric chloride
Mercury
Methane gas
Methanol
Methyl acetate
Methyl alcohol
Methylamine
Methyl bromide
Methyl cellosotve
•Methyl chloride
•Methyl ethyl ketone
Methyl formate
Methylene bromide
Methyiene chloride
•Methyl isobutyl ketone
Methyl methacrylate
Mineral oils
•Monochlorobenzene
Monoethanolamine
Morpholine
Muriatic acid
N Naphthalene
Naphthas, aliphatic
Naphthas, aromatic
•Nitric acid
•Nitric acid, red and
white fuming
•Nitrobenzene
•Nitroethane
Nitrogen gas
•Nitromethane
•Nitropropane
Nitrous oxide
O Oclyl alcohol
Oleic acid
Oxalic acid
Oxygen, liquid
uzone
P Paint thinners
Paint and varnish removers
Palmitic acid
•Paradichlorobenzene
Parathion
Pentaborane
Pentachlorophenol
Pentano
Perchloric acid
Perchloroethytene
Perklene
Petroleum distillates
(naphtha)
Petroleum spirits
Phenol
Phenylenediamine
Phenylhydrazine
Phil-solv
Neo-
prene
E
G
F
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
G
E
F
G
NR
G
G
G
G
F
G
E
F
E
E
E
G
E
G
G
P
F
F
E
F
F
G
E
E
E
F
G
G
G
E
E
P
F
F
E
E
F
E
E
G
E
E
G
G
E
Natural
latex or
rubber
E
F
P
E
E
F
E
F
E
F
P
P
E
E
G
E
E
F
E
F
F
NR
G
F
G
F
F
G
F
P
G
E
G
F
F
P
F
P
P
P
E
P
P
G
E
F
E
P
p
F
F
E
F
F
P
G
G
F
NR
NR
F
P
F
F
P
G
F
Milled
nilrile
E
G
E
E
E
E
P
P
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
P
E
G
F
NR
NR
F
F
F
P
F
E
P
E
G
G
G
E
G
F
P
F
F
E
F
F
G
E
E
E
NR
p
G
F
E
E
F
F
G
E
G
G
G
E
E
E
F
G
G
E
Butyl
E
G
p
E
E
F
E
F
E
E
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
G
G
NR
E
G
G
G
E
E
F
F
E
E
E
F
F
P
F
P
F
F
E
F
F
'G
E
G
E
F
G
F
F
E
E
F
F
G
G
G
NR
NR
NR
F
G
G
G
G
Nitrile
latei
E
G
E
E
E
E
P
P
E
E
G
E
E
E
G
E
E
P
E
G
F
G
NR
NR
F
F
F
P
F
E
P
E
G
G
G
E
G
F
P
F
F
E
F
F
G
E
E
E
NR
P
G
F
E
E
F
F
G
E
G
E
E
E
E
F
G
E
Chemical
Phosphoric acid
Pickling solution
Picric acid
Pine oil
Pitch
Plating solutions
Potassium alum
Potassium bromide
Potassium dichromate
Potassium ferrocyanide
Potassium hydroxide
Printing inks
Propane gas
Propanol (iso)
Propyl acetate
Propyl alcohol
Propyl alcohol (iso)
Propylene gas
Propyne gas
Pyrethrum
R'Red fuming nitric acid
Rhodium fume and dust
S Silver nitrate
Skydrol 500
Sodium carbonate metol
Sodium hydroxide
Sodium sulfite
Sodium thiosulfide
Solvarsol
Solvessos
Stearic acid
Stoddard solvent
Stvrene
Styrene 100%
Sulfuric acid
T Tannic acid
Tetrahydroborane
Tetraethyl lead
Tetrahydrofuran
"Toluene
Toluene diisocyanate
'Toluol
Trichlor
*Trichloroethylene
'Trichloroethane
Tricresyl phosphate
Tridecyl alcohol
Triethanolamine
Trinitrotoluene
Trinitrotoluol
Triptane
Tung oil
Turco No. 2996
Turpentine
U Unsymmetrical
Dimethylhydrazine
V Varnoline gas
Vanadium fume and dust
Varsol
Vegetable oils
W Wood alcohol
Wood preservatives
"Woodyouth
X "Xylene
'Xylol
•Xylidene
Z Zinc chloride
Neo-
prene
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
F
G
E
E
E '
G
E
E
E
E
E
P
E
E
P
G
E
G
G
E
P
E
E
P
P
G
E
F
E
P
F
F
F
F
F
P
G
G
E
G
G
E
E
P
G
F
E
E
G
E
E
G
F
P
P
E
E
Natural
latex or
rubber
G
G
G
P
P
E
G
G
G
F
G
E
G
E
F
E
E
F
F
E
P
E
G
G
G
E
G
G
F
P
E
F
P
P
G
E
P
F
F
P
G
P
P
F
P
F
F
G
P
P
P
P
P
F
P
F
E
F
G
E
F
P
P
P
F
E
Milled
nitrtl*
E
G
E
E
E
G
G
F
G
E
G
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
P
E
E
P
G
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
F
F
G
E
F
E
F
F
F
F
G
G
F
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
F
E
E
G
E
E
G
F
F
F
F
E
Butyl
E
E
G
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
P
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
F
P
E
G
P
P
G
E
F
G
F
NR
G
NR
P
P
F
F
P
F
E
F
G
E
G
G
P
P
F
E
Nitrilt
latex
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
F
G
E
G
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
P
E
E
P
G
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
F
F
G
E
F
E
F
F
F
f
G
G
F
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
G
F
F
F
F
E
If glove swells, remove it from serv-
ice and replace with a new one; or
rinse glove with plain water and allow
it to return to original shape.
-------
Find the right glove for ^ach job v
• Select the coating with the highest rating in the Physical Properties Chart, then check the Chemical
""Resistance Chart•;••••*«*»
if^i^fckja&LJiLJji-Wk^
pi? >ff--'i
• ••'«r,'..."'-r^-1- "B^TIjI^'7"1!-',>' -K~':r^r'; ['--.'ff^ *
fcfe*tfPI^F^f**-
SfeiAC,SI
RSiMhJliMM
HEMICAL
ESISTANCE
CHART
lycerine / Ethanol / Isopropand • ?;|E £E I
CAUSTICS '-•i''
monium Hydroxide 38%
ium Hydroxide 50% /
issium Hydroxide 50%
CHLORINATED SOLVENTS
Carbon Tetrachloride / :-
Perchlorethylene / Trichlprethytene -v
CETONES vMfl^^ibggS$$g
Methyl Ethyl Ketone / Methyl fsobutyl
/ Acetone
PETROLEUM SOLVENTS
White Gasoline / Naphtha / Mineral
Thinner / Kerosene 'x.-**if*xi#™s.*
ORGANIC ACIDS
itric /.Formic /Jannic/Acetic _
INORGANIC ACIDS T2^iii/ri;:
rochloric 38% / Hydrochloric 10'
Iphuric 10%/Nitric 10%
Iphuric M% f'
YDROCARBONS
oddard Solvent / Toluene / Benzene
lene •¥r;,'Jif"
I Tar Distillate
ene
ISCELLANEOUS
uerT
ngOil
Battery Acid
Phenol ^'-itfisKSHSSKVif.-xaiiftr!
secticides. ;
inline Ink
tuffs .
licOuid
urpentine
OM
Bean OH
Disulfide
DIGICAP
Finger guards
High density, plastic finger caps help protect tips
against "pinch points" and minor blows. Worn inside
work gloves. Stay in place until removed. Reusable
when gloves wear out. Packaged six to a unit for index,
middle and ring fingers, or, in bulk for one finger on
each hand.
How to order:
For faster service, contact your nearest Granet distri-
butor with the style number and quantity you desire. If
a Granet distributor is not listed in your area, write: The
Granet Division, ESB Inc., Framingham, MA 01701.
Glove control:
Work glove cost can be reduced by glove control. (1)
Use the right glove for the job and standardize on as
few glove styles as possible. (2) Granet distributors can
do a "glove survey" in your plant. (3) Issue new gloves
only when the worn out ones are returned by the
wearer. (4) Check and see if one hand wears out faster
than the other. If so, order and issue one hand only.
Glove care and replacement:
To add life to coated gloves being heavily exposed to
solvents and acids it is always a good idea to alternate
the wearing of two pairs. Wear one pair for half the work
shift and the other pair for the other half. Rinse outer
surface with water after each wearing.
Replacement of gloves is dependent on the wear factor
created by the job application. Check gloves frequently
for cracks, tears, splits, wear points, leakage and the
like Be sure to use a gauntlet glove long enough for the
job application.
There is no such thing as maximum hand protection.
Lower glove costs:
Make your own evaluation of protection and economy
by testing glove recommended by your Granet trained
representative.
Granet 3 Point Hand Protection Program:
A simplified 3-step procedure for developing a
plantwide hand safety program is contained in a FREE
folder. Send for your copy today.
Main Plant — Sales Headquarters (U.S.A.)
P.O. Box 588
25 Loring Drive. Framingham, MA 01701
Phone:(617)873-3521
North Carolina Plant — Snow Hill, NC 28580
GRANET DIVISION
ESB INCORPORATED
Granet
Form 845 Printed m u S A.
-------
BFGoodrich chemical comparison chart
Nalurll
Neo- Rubber Nrlrile
prene or Lilei (Bunj - N| PVC
chemicjl
Njlur«l
Neo- Rubber Nitrite
prene i Lilt. (Bum - N) PVC
Njtuul
Neo- Rubber Mlrile
prene or Lllti (Bun. - N) PVC
A
B
C
D
E
F
— Acetaidehyde
AC ei ate
Acetic Acid
Acetone
Acetylene Gas
Acetylene Tetrachioride
Acrylonilnle
Amidol
Amine Hardeners
Ammonium Hydro«ide
Amyi Acetate
Amyl Alcohol
Anhydrous Ammonia
Aniline
Aniline Hydrochionde
Aniline Oil
Ammat Fats
Animat Oils
Anode*
Anthracene
Aromatic Fuels
— Banana Oil
Benzaldehyde
Benzene
Benzyl Alcohol
Benzyl Benzoate
Benzyl Chloride
Biacosoive
Butane
Butyl Acetate
Butyl Alcohol
Butyiaidehyde
Butylene
— Calcium Hydroxide
Carbolic Acid
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Oisuiohide
Carbon Tetrachioride
Castor Oil
Cello- Solve
Cello-Solve Acetate
Chioroohenyiene
Diamine
Chlorine
Chlorine Gas
Chloro Benzene
Chloroacetone
Chloroform
Chloronaphithalene
Chloropicrin
Chlorothene
Chromic Acid
Ouomotex
Citric Acid
Cotton Seed Oil
Creosote
Cresol
Cuoric Nitrate
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanol
Cyciohexanone
— Oocaborane
Degreasing Fluids
Oiacetone Alcohol
Dielhyltiamine
Di-lsocyanaie
Diborane
Oibenzyl Ether
Oibutyl Phthaiate
Dichiorethane
Dichloropofopene
Diesel Fuel
Diethanolamine
Diethyiamine
Dimethyl Formamide
Dioctyl Phthaiate
Diosane
— Emulsifying Agent
Emulthogene
Epichloro
Epoxy Resins. Dry
Eaters
Ethane Gas
Ethanoi
Ethers
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Alcohol
Ethyl Ether
Ethyl Formate
Ethyiamline
Ethylenediamme
Ethylene Dichlonde
Ethyiene Gas
Ethylene Glycoi
Ethylene Trichloride
- Fatty Acids
Ferrocyanide
Fluoric Acid
E
G
E
G
E
F
G
G
F
E
F
E
G
G
F
F
E
E
G
F
p
F
F
P
E
G
F
G
E
G
E
G
E
E
E
E
F
F
F
F
G
G
G
G
F
E
G
F
P
P
F
G
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
F
F
E
G
G
F
G
G
P
P
G
E
E
F
G
E
G
G
G
E
F
E
E
E
G
E
E
G
F
E
F
E
E
F
E
F
E
G
F
6
E
E
NR
F
E
F
E
P
E
E
F
p
p
p
F
E
P
NR
P
F
NR
E
F
P
P
F
F
E
G
G
E
E
E
F
P
P
G
F
P
F
F
P
E
P
P
P
NR
P
G
E
P
G
G
G
F
F
E
P
P
E
F
P
P
G
P
NR
P
P
G
G
F
P
G
F
F
P
E
P
G
E
G
F
E
G
F
F
G
P
G
E
P
P
G
G
F
G
E
F
E
G
F
G
G
E
F
E
G
G
F
F
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
E
G
G
G
E
F
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
E
P
G
F
G
G
P
F
G
F
P
F
F
G
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
F
G
E
E
F
F
G
G
F
G
G
E
E
p
G
G
G
G
P
E
F
E
G
E
F
G
E
G
F
E
F
E
E
G
E
F
E
G
p
E
F
G
P
F
E
F
E
P
G
E
G
F
G
G
G
E
F
F
F
F
F
G
F
G
F
P
P
G
G
F
E
G
E
F
F
G
G
P
G
G
E
G
G
G
G
F
F
F
P
P
P
F
F
P
F
P
P
F
F
E
F
G
p
p
F
F
F
E
P
G
G
P
P
G
P
P
P
F
P
G
G
P
G
F
F
Fluorine
Fluorine Gas
Formaldehyde
Formic Acid
Freon 1 1
Freon 1 2
Freon 21
Freon 22
Furlural
G - Gasoline. Leaded
Gasoline. Unleaded
Glycerine
GlycerOI
Glycoi
Gold Fluoride
Grain Alconol
H— Halogens
Hexamethylene
Telramme
Hexane
Hexyi Acetate
Hydraulic Oil:
Petroleum Base
Ester Base
Hydrazine
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid
Hydrogen Gas
Hydrogen
Peroxide — 3O%
Hydro-Oumone
Hydrafluosilic Acid
1- Inorganic Salts
Iso-oclane
Isopropanol
Isopropyl Alcohol
K— Kerosene
Kelones
L — Lacquer Thinners
Lactic Acid
Laurie Acid
Lineoleic Acid
Linseed Oil
M-Maieic Acid
Mercuric Chloride
Mercury
Methane Gas
Methanoi
Methyl Acetate
Methyl Alcohol
Methylamine
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Cellosolve
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Formate
Methytene Bromide
Methylene Chloride
Methyl Isobutyl Kelone
Methyl Methacylato
Mineral Oils
Monochtorbenzene
Monoethanolamtne
Moroholine
Muriatic Acid
N — Naphthalene
Naphthas. Aliphatic
Naphthas. Aromatic
Nitric Acrd
Nitric Acid. Red A
White Fuming
Nitrobenzene
Nitroetnane
Nitrogen Gas
Nilropropane
Nitrous O«ide
O - Oclyt Alcohol
Oleic Acid
O«aiic Acid
Oxygen Liauid
P— Paint Thinners
Paint and Varnish
Removers
Palmitic Acid
Paradichiorobenzene
Parathione
Penla Borane
Pentachloraphenol
Penlane
Perchloric Acid
Perchlorelhyleno
Permachlor
Petroleum Spirits
Phenol
Phenyiene Oiamme
Phenyl Hydrazine
Ptlil-solv
Phosphoric Acid
G
G
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
F
E
E
E
G
E
G
F
F
G
E
F
E
E
E
G
G
F
E
F
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
G
E
F
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
E
F
E
E
E
G
E
G
G
P
f
F
E
F
G
E
E
E
F
G
G
E
E
P
F
F
E
E
F
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
F
F
E
E
P
p
P
P
G
P
P
E
E
E
E
E
F
G
P
P
P
G
E
E
E
G
G
F
E
G
E
E
E
F
G
E
E
E
E
E
G
P
E
G
G
G
G
G
E
G
F
F
G
G
F
G
. E
P
E
E
E
F
F
P
F
P
P
P
E
p
P
G
E
F
E
P
F
F
E
F
F
P
G
G
F
NR
F
F
F
p
G
F
G
G
G
E
E
F
F
F
F
F
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
F
E
E
G
G
G
G
E
C
G
G
E
p
E
E
F
E
F
E
F
P
P
E
E
G
E
E
F
E
F
F
G
G
G
F
G
F
G
G
F
P
G
E
G
G
E
G
F
P
F
F
E
F
F
G
E
E
E
F
G
G
E
G
F
F
F
E
F
E
E
E
G
F
G
E
E
F
F
F
E
F
F
F
F
F
. F
F
E
E
E
E
G
F
G
F
F
P
E
G
F
G
F
F
F
G
p
G
G
F
F
F
G
G
G
F
G
F
F
G
G
P
G
F
P
P
P
NR
F
P
P
NR
F
G
P
G
G
G
G
p
p
F
P
P
P
G
p
P
F
F
F
G
P
F
p
G
E
p
P
F
P
P
NR
NR
P
G
P
F
F
G
Pickling Solution G G G G
Picric Acid EG E F
Pine Oil E P E G
Pitch E P E F
Plating Solutions E E E E
Pota«sium Alum G G G E
Potassium Bromide G G G E
Potassium Chrome
Alum G G G G
Potassium Oichromate F F F G
Potassium Ferrocyanide G G G G
Potassium Hydrozide E E EG
Printing Inks EG E F
Propane Gas E E EG
Propanoi-iso E E EG
Propyl Acetate G F G F
Propyl Alcohol E E EG
Propyl Alconol ISO E E E G
Propylene Gas E F EG
Propyne Gas E F EG
S- Silver Nitrate E G G F
SkydrolSOO P G P P
Sodium Carbonate
Metol G G G G
Sodium Hydroxide E E EG
Sodium Sulphite G G G G
Sodium Thiosulphida G G G F
Solvarsol E F E F
Solvessos P P E P
Steanc Acid E E EG
Stoddards Solvent E F E F
Styrene P P F P
Slyrene 1OO% P P F P
Sulphuric Acid G G G F
T-TannicAcid E E E E
Tetra Hydro Borane F P F P
Tetraethyl Lead E F E P
Tetrahydrofuran P F P F
Toluene Oi-rsocyanale F G F P
Toluol F P E P
Trichlor F P G P
Tnchlorethylene F P G P
Trichloroethane P P F P
Tricresyl Phosphate G F F NR
Tridecyl Alconol G F E F
Tnethanolamme EG EG
Trinitrotoluene G P EG
Trinitrotoluol G P EG
Triptane E P E P
Tung Oil E P E F
Turco No 2998 P P P P
Turpentine G F EG
U — Unsymmelncal
Dimethyl Hydrazine F P G P
v-varnotineGas E F E F
Varsoi G F G F
vegetable Oils EG EG
W- Wood Alcohol E E G G
Wood Preservatives G F G F
Woodyouth F P E P
X-Xylene P P E P
Xylidene E F E P
Z- Zinc Chloride E E E F
PHYSICAL
CHARACTERISTICS
Tensile Strength E E E F
Elongation E E F F
Tear Resistance G G F F
Abrasion Resistance G G EG
Heat Resistance E F G P
Sunlight Aging E F G F
Shell Life Aging E E E F
KEY:
E — Eicollenl G - Good F — Fair p — Poor
NR — Not Recommended
This comparison chart shows the relative re-
sistance ratings of various glove materials to
solvents commonly used in industry. We rec-
ommend rotation of gloves in service according
to prevailing conditions if excessive swelling
occurs, change to another pair allowing swollen
gloves to dry
In general gloves should be cleaned immedi-
alter use. particularly when using acidsor other
chemicals This information is based on room
temperature Increases in room temperc-
lure should be watched as to its effect on gloves
Proper care will insure longer tile
-------
Protective
Clothing & Gloves
HOW TO SELECT THE CORRECT GLOVE FOR YOUR JOB! (Chtmlcal Comparison Chart)
l:d:rr.
A — Acetaidehyde E G
Acetate C F
Acetic Acid E E
Action* G E
Acetylene Git E E
Acetylene Tetrachlonde F NR
Amidol .G E
Amme Hardeners F F
Ammonium Hydronde E E
Amyl Aceiale F P
Amyl Alcohol E E
Anhydrous Ammonia G E
Aniline G F
Aniline Hydrochlonde F P
Animal Fats E P
Animal Oils E F
Anode* G E
Anthracene F P
Aromatic Fu*t» P NR
D- Banana Oil F P
Benxsldehyde F F
Benzene P NR
Benzyl Alcohol E E
Benzyl Benzoate G F
8enzyiChlonde F P
Biacosoive G P
Butane E F
Buiyi Acetate G F
Bulyl Alcohol £ E
Butyiatdehyde G G
Bulylene E G
C — Calcium Hydroxide E E
Carbouc Acid E E
Caroon Dioxide E E
Carbon Duuiphide F F
Carbon Teirachionde F
Castor Oil F
Ceiio-Soive F ;
Ceiio-Soive Acetate G
Chiorophenyiene Oiamme G *
Chlorine G
Chionne Gas G
Chloro Beniene F
Chloroform G *
Chioronaphiinaiene F •
Chloropicnn P
Chtoroihene P NR
Chromic Acamine E G
Elhylene Oicmonde F P
Elhylene Gas E G
Elhylene Glycol E £
Ethyl«ne Trichloride f P
—
rt C**«.*.CeM Itw^vlei*! ••.*.*,
«C CNIMtCAn
F G F— Fatty Acids E P E G Petroleum Spirits
G
E
F
0 Ferrocyan>de F G F
E Fluoric Acid E G E
c Fluorine G F G
F Phenoi
- Phenyi,ine Oiamme
F Phenyi Hydrazme
E G Fluorine Gas G F G F Phil-solv
G P Formaldehyde E E E F Phosphoric Acid
G E Freon 11 G F F Picric Acid
G
• Freon 12 G F
F Pme Oil
E E Freon 21 G F F Pilch
F
E (
G 1
G (
> Freon 22 G F
j Furfural G F
: O-Gasoime. Leaded G G
j Gasoirne. Unleaded F £
F Plating Solutions
: Potassium Alum
c Potassium Bromide
^ Potassium Chrome Alum
F F Glycerine E E E E Potassium Oichromate
E G Glycol E E E E Potassium Hydroi.de
E C
i Gold Fluoride G E G
' Printing Inks
G E Grain Alcohol E E G G Propane Gaa
G F
G F
H-Haiogena G F G
He«ametnyiene Telramine F G F (
P Propanoi-iso
3 Propyl Acetate
G F Hexane F P E F Propyl Alconol
G F
G F
Hexyt Acetate F P F
Hydraulic Oil:
F Propyl Alcohol ISO
Propyiene Gas
E G Petroleum Base G P E F PropyneGas
G F
G C
G F
E F
EiterBase E P G
Hydrazme F G G
Hydrochloric Acid E E G <
Hydrofluoric Acid E E G
9 R — Red Fuming Nitric Acid
E »— Silver Nitrate
i Skydrol 5OO
c Sodium Carbonate Metol
f P Hydrogen Gas E E E G Sodium Hydroxide
G G Hvdro-Oumone GOO F Sodium Thioaulphide
E f
HvdraMuOSiliC Acid F F G
c Soivarsoi
E E |_ inorganic Salts E E E G Solvessos
E G lao-ociane F G P P Sieanc Acid
E E Isoprooanol E E E G Sloddsrds Solvent
G F Isopropyl Alcohol E E E G Styrene
G f R-K.rom.n. E E F F Slyrene 1OO*
E C
Katnna* G F E
e SulDhunc Acid
P f L-Lacouer Thmners G G F F T-TannicAcid
G F L.^, Ae,0 E E E G Telr> Mv<"° Bo'«n»
F F ,"',* IS.2 I E F 5 T.tr.ethyl Lead
G F
1 mmnlmif Aftft E f P
-; Tetrahydrofuran
G F Linseed "dii"" E E P F Toluene Di-isocyanale
P P M-Msle.cAcid E E E G I.0'"01
F F Mercuric Chloride G . G E F Trichlor
G P u.,,.,,,, a P r. r Trienio.ethylene
F f
UaetthknA R>« f F F t
- Tnchioroethane
P G Meihanol"" E G i G Tncresyl Phosphate
f- P M.thvl Acetate G G F P Tndecyl Alconol
F C
• Methyl Alcohol E G E <
Trieihanoiamme
G G MethylamTne* F G F F Trinitrotoluene
E E M.ih.l Bromide G G F P Trinitrotoluol
E C
M.tihwl Calioicilw.1 G E Q
p Tnptane
G G Metnyl Chloride G G G P Iun« Ol1 _„.
G G Methyl Ethyl Keione G F G NR TurcoNo2g98
G G Methyl Formate OFF F Turpentine
G f MeinyleneBrom.de G G G P U-Un,ymmetr,cal
G F Methylene Chloride G G F P „ „ Dimethyl Hydraz.ne
G F Methyl isobutyl Ketone G F G NR V- Varnolme Gas
F P Metnyl Metnecylate G G G F Varsol
G P Mineral Oils E E F G Vegetable O.ls
E P Monoehioroenzene F p p p W- Wood Alcohol
E F Monoetnanoiamine E E G G Wood PreservaJ.ves
f T Morpnol.ne E E E G VVoodyOulh
T P Muriatic Acid E E G G X-Xyiene
G f N-Napntnalene G F G G Xyl'dene
G P Naphthas. Aliphatic E F E Z-Z.nc Chloride
.JeSS
E F
E F
G P
G G
E F
E G
Of*
U
E G
E P
E P
E E
G G
0 G
G G
F F
Of*
U
E E
E G
E E
E E
G F
E E
E E
E F
E F
P P
E G
P G
G G
E E
G G
G G
E F
P P
E E
E
P
P
G
E
F
E
p
F
F
p »
F
P
O
G
E
G
G
E
E
P
G
F
E
C
E
E
G
F
P
E
E E
.—
E
G
F
G
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
F
G
E
E
E
E
O
»«c
P
a
p
F
F
G
G
F
G
F
E
E
E
G
G
5
O
F
G
G
F
E a
E
E
G
a
E G
P
G
P
a
p
F
P
a
E G
G G
G F
E
F
E P
E G
E F
F P
F P
G
F
E E
F P
E P
P
F
F P
E P
G P
a p
F
P
F NR
E F
E
S
E G
E G
E
P
E F
P P
E G
G P
E F
G F
E G
G 0
G F
E P
E P
E P
E F
G F Nitric Acid OFF
G f N.tnc Acid. Red «
6 E WMte Fuming P P P
E f Nitrobenzene F P F
P P Nnroelhane F p F
PHYSICAL
CHARACTERISTICS
P G Nitrogen Gaa E E E Tensile Strength
G P Nitromethane F P F Elongation
G 1
G 1
* Nitropropane F p F
Nitrous Oxide G G G
p Tf O-Octyl Alcohol E E E
1 I OleicAc.d E F E
1 p 0.al*Ac.d f E E
E G Oxygen Liouid F P P
G C
E
F
j •>- pa,m Thinners G F G
Pamt and Varnish
Removers G F G
G G Palmitic Acid E E E
E
G
F
F
Paradichiorobeniene E F G
Parathione p F £
Penta Borane F P F
Pemane E G E
Tear Resistance
Abrasion Resistance
Heat Resistance
Oione Resistance
Sunlight Aging
Shelf Life Aging
E E
E E
G G
G 0
E F
£ G
E F
E E
E F
F F
F
E (
e
3
G P
G E
a F
E F
KEY: E — Excellent G— Good F — Fair
P— Poor NR — Not Recommended
E G Perchlorethylen* F NR E NR
G P P«rmachior E F E NR
This 'Comparative Use Chan" shows the relative resistance ratings of various glove materials to solutions commonly used In Industry. When selecting gloves tor
ippticallons noi shown on the "Compcrativi UM Chan", cell your local Vallen office giving u much detailed information is potaibleIncluding thi following polnta:
1. Chemical composition of the solution 4. Abrasive effects of materials (Ming handled
2. OegnM of concentration 5. Time cycle of usage
S. Tempermlure Condition*
76
-------
DOCUMENT NO. QOOO-72900-01
RELEASE DATE
it Q PAGE 11 OF 25
DOVER
ILC DOVER TOTAL ENCAPSULATING CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE SUIT
MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY CHART
ff
The following pages are offered as a general guide and indication of the
suitability of the basic suit materials for service in specific chemicals.
The ratings are based on published literature of various polymer suppliers
(*) and in most cases were developed under laboratory conditions at room
temperatures on the polymer and not the end use material. These conditions
may not apply directly to user conditions. This data is offered only as a
guide. We cannot guarantee thier accuracy nor assume responsibility for
use thereof. The user is responsible to test/verify the compatibility of
suit materials with intended use environments.
Several factors must always be considered in using an elastomer part in
service. The most important are:
1. The Temperature of Service: Higher temperatures increase the
effect of all chemicals on polymers. The increase varies with
the polymer and the chemical. A compound quite suitable at
room temperature might fail miserably at elevated temperature.
2. Conditions of Service: A compound that swells badly might still
function wel1in a static mode yet fail in any dynamic application.
3. The Grade of the Polymer: Many types of polymers are available
in different grades that vary greatly in chemical resistance.
4. The Compound Itself: Compounds designed for other outstanding
properties may be poorer in performance in a chemical than one
designed especially for fluid resistance.
5- Combinations: Mixtures of chemicals can frequently produce
different effects on materials rather than when used alone.
NOTE: When the secondary visor is installed, the polyvinyl chloride is not
exposed and the polyester rating will be applicable.
KEY: A - Little or no effect.
B - Minor effect such as slight swelling, stains, etc.
C - Conditional effect varies from minor to severe under different
cond i t ions.
X - Severe effect.
I - Insufficient data to rate.
* Sources will be provided on request.
FORK -tO. ~l*.
-------
DOMICAL BAKE
cn
r*c(i) torn. wrnuME
IICAL MKC
cn
rvc(l) ttrrrt. imrruxi
Acid*
Strong. man Oaldlzlnx A
Strong. Oaldlzlnz, X
Organic A
Cauetlc*
Strong Alkali* A
AaeMmla A
Solvente
Aliphatic Hydrocarbon* A
Aromatic Hydrocarbon* B
Chlorinated Hydrocarbona C
Eatera C
e^atonee C
• Itrohydrocarbon* C
Petroleum Product*
Caaolln* 4 Keroaan* A
Fuel Oil* A
Creaae* A
Tare t Aaphalt B
rmenollca A
Animal 4 Vegetable Oil* A
Acetaldehyde
Acetic Acid. Glacial A
Acetic Add. JO-SM « 70°F A
Acetic Anhydride A
Acetone A
Acetyl Chloride A
Acrylic Acid A
AcrylonlcrUe A
Allyl Alcohol . A
Alumnae A
Alualna* Acetate t
AloBlouB Chloride A
AlumlBun Fluoride
Aluminum Hydroxide A
* nil. Anhydrou*. Ca* A
Ammonium Hydroxide »
Aeiyl Acetate C
Amyl Alcohol *
Aniline 1
* in-r Salt*. General 4
Ammonium kUtrate 4
Ammonium Periulfat* 4
Amyl karat*
A*yl Chloro Baphthalloe
Aaua Eagle (
Araenlc Acid 4
Aaphalt
Bariia* Salta 4 Hydroxide I
Benzaldehyde C
Benzene (Benzol)
Benzole Acid
Benzene lulfonlc Acid
Benzoyl Chloride
Benxyl Acetate
Benzyl Alcohol
BrlM
Bromomemzam*
Bromobutama
BroeochloreaM thane
Broaio toluene
Butyl Alcohol
Butyl acetate
Butyl Acrylate
Betmdleme
Bremlme
Bvtyraldemyme
Buty lamia*
Botylbremlee
Butyric Acid
Butter
Calclun Acetate
Calciiea Salte. General
Calcium Bleulflt*
Can* Sugar Llauora
A
B
B
A
A
B
B
X
X
X
X
-B B
-B B
A
B
B
A
X
X
B
X
X
X
1
X
X
A
A
1
I
I
A
A
I
4
I
4
4
4
(
I
k
4
4
4
4
A
-X B-X
-C B
-B A
A
X
X
C
A-B
X
C-X
-C X
-C X
-B X
X
-C B-C
A-B
A
B-C
B
X
A
X
Z
A
A
A
A
B
A-B
A
A
A
B
A
A
Z
Z
Z
C
A
Z
A
B
Z
Z
B
A
Z
X
X
X
B
C
C
Z
Z
B
Z
C
A
A
A
Z
A
A
B
X
X
X
X
A-B
A-B
A
B-C
X
A
Z
Z
C
Z
Z
Z
Z
(
e
Carbolic Acid (Phenol)
Carbon Oleulllde
Carbon Mono*Ida 4 Dloaldr
Cerbon Tetrachlorldr
Ca*tor OH
Ch1oroec*tone
Chlorobenaene
Chlorine (wet)
Chloroform
Chlorinated Aliphatic*
Chloraromatlc*
Chlorox Solution
Chronic Acid, XX
Chrome Pletlng Solution*
Clnnamen* (Styrene)
Copper Salta (Solution*)
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexaaol
Cyclohexaaon*
Denatured Alcohol
Detergent Solution*
Developing Fluid*
Dlacetone Alcohol
Dlbotyl Aetna
Dlbutyl Ether
Oliiofaotyl Keton*
Dlbotyl Phthalate
Dlbutyl Sabacate
Dlchlorobenzene
DlchlorocthyleiM
Dleael Fuel-
Dlchlorome thane
Dlethyl Ether
Dletbylene Clycol
Dimethyl Formamide
Dimethyl Benzene (Xylene)
1.4 Dloxane
Dowtherm Oil
Dry Cleaning Fluid*
Eplchlornydrln
Ethane
Ethanol (Ethyl Alcohol)
Ethanolamlne
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Acetoacetate
Ethyl Acrylate
Ethyl Benune
Ethyl Bromide
Ethyl Chloride
Ethyl Ether
Ethyl Iodide
Ethylene Dlamlne
Ethylene Bichloride
Ethylene Clycol
Ferric 4 Ferroua Salta
Fluorine (Ueuld)
Fluoalllclc Acid
Formaldehyde (Formalin)
Formic Acid
Fuel Olla
Freon 11
Freon 12
Freon 1)
Freon 21
Freoo U
Free. 11
Freon 12
Freoo 112
Freon 111
Freon 114
Freon 11)
Freon It2n
Freon l)2a
Freon 216
Freon C316
Freon C318
Freon 13B1
freon 11442
A
C
C
A
s
I
1
C
X
A
A
C
A
A
A
C
A
A-B
A
A
A
C
C
1
X
C
C
A
X
B
C
B
B
A
B
A
B
C
C
A
C
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
B
C C
X X
A
X X
* B
X 1
X
C
X X
X X
X X
1 A
C
1
X I
A t
B >
C 1
X 1
B 4
B 1
•
1
]
x c
x <
X 1
X 1
X 1
X
1
X >
C 1
A 4
I
X J
X 1
C
C '1
1
B 1
B 1
1
X «
1
Z 1
1
X <
Z 1
X <
X 1
1
X 1
A I
A 1
X 1
C 1
A 1
B (2) ;
B :
t
i
i
>
A
C
A
-C X
C
X
X
c
t
: x
: x
i A
1 B
I
t-C X
i C
1 C-I
. B
I
: B
: B
l C
1 X
1 X
1 B
I X
1 A
i X
1 X
L C
1
: B
[ B
I
[ B
> B
1 C
: x
i
i
I Z
;
1 B
: B
i
t
C X
4 . •
4 A
C-X
1
4 Z
4 Z
[ B
E Z
B
4
X
4 Z
4
A
E
X B
4 A
4
4
4
4
4
A
4 A
X
CPC - Chlorinated Polyethylrni-
IWTE: ALL DATA fO» 70° - 71T
)-VC - roly.'Inyl Cli)»rldc
KIT:
A-lxcellmt
C-Condlltonil
X-Hot ftrrovx-ndcd
(I) Ki>. S«
(1) To 107
-------
rvcii) mrn.
1 «Kf
A n
^ r *•"'
av^ fuf
_fc- t-»«
«• U
/*•—* n
/ r~H> *
• *•••»
1 f^— •»!
fc« «•!>•*
l^ier aaae)
CJr»flo
O***'*lratrelei»« laae)
*"* * j_
BaeaLaeoree
, — t (Bayl Alcohol)
•*»*•*
^leannlc Acid
•yerechLerlc Acid
awr»(l«rlc Acid
•ytraryaaic Acid
tyereeen Peroxide (*OX)
trlretra Sellld*
treroeelooae - -
ladue
IieahoTOBO
laooctaae
leokutyl Alcohol
laoaropyl Acetate
laoproeyl Alcohol
laroiece
Ucouere 4 Lacquer Solveote
Lactic Acid
Urd « ]12°r
Laid Salu
Lla*
Unjud Oil
Ube Olla (Petroleum)
Lye
H>|oealua Salta
Malelc Add
H>Ulc Anhydride
Malic Acid
Mtrcury
Mercuric Chloride
Healtyl Oxide
Methane
Hetbyl Acetate
Methyl Acrylat*
Methyl Alcohol
•ethyl Butyl Ketone
Mathylene Chloride
Mithyl Ithyl Cat on*
Methyl Metbacrvlat*
Milk
Mineral Oil
Muatald Cat
•aphtha
•aphthalaM
•Icaal Salu
Mtrlc Acid - Cane.
•Uric Add - Dilute
•uric Add - rumlBi
•Itro Banaone
Iltroethana
Mltroien
•Itrogene Tatroxlde
A
A-B
A
A
£
A
A-B
C
A-l
A
A
U
A
4
A
A
1
B
A
4
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
a
A
A
A
C
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
X
A
X
C
A
A
X
B-C
A
A
t.
' A
fj-t
A-B
B
Ik
A
CO)
a
A
A
A
X
X
B
a
X
a
a
X
A
A
A
A
a
A
A
A
X
X
X
A
a
X
X
X
A
A
C
X
A
X
a
X
X '
X
A
X
A
-X
A
A
A
A
X
B
X
C
A .
A
A
A
B(4)
A
A
C
A
A
X
a
A
A
X
X
A
X
A
A
B
X
A
A
C
C
X
A
A
B
X
B
a
A '
A
C-X
B
X
A .
X
A
X •
X •
A
C '
a
X
X
a :
A
c
A
A
a
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
B
X
X
X
X
X
X
A
a
a
X
A
c
B
X
c
A
A
a
B
a
A
A
a
X
X
X
X
X
c
A
c
c
B
A
X
c
X
X
A
OUHICAL «AME
OclaM. M 4 1V>
Ol«lc Acid
Oiallc Acid
Omygen - cold
Oayp.en - *O1"-4OOO»
Ozone
Olla. Crude. Lube, V«».
•arafln Vaa
Perchlorethylane
Phenol
Phenylwydraclnr
Pboaphorlc Acid Oil
Phoaphorlc Acid Cone.
Flncnc
Pine Oil
Potaaelua) Salte. General
Potaaeluo Hydroxide. 501
Propane
Pyrlalna
Led Oil
Sodltaa Salu - General
Sodliaa Hypocblorlta
Sod 1 IB Hydroxide MX
Soybean Oil
Stanoue (1C) Chloride
Staa» - under JOO°T
Stoaei - over JOOOF
Stoddard'o Solvent
Styrcna
Sulfurlc Acid, to 501
Sulfurlc Acid. Cone.
Sulfurlc Acid. rumlnf
Sulfuroua Acid. Oil
Sulfuroua Acid. Cone.
Tannlc Acid
Tar. tltuBlnoua
Toluene
Trlacatln
Trlbutyl Phoephata
TrlcKloroetbaoe
Trlchlorethylene
Trlethanolaxloe
Trlcreeyl Phoapbau
Tuiueutloo;
Urea
Varalah
Vlnaxar
Vinyl Acetate
Vinyl Chloride
Vinyl Cyanide
Vinyl Styrene
Vinyl Toluene
Vinyl Trichloride
Vater
Xylan*
Xylldln*
line Colza. General
err.
roe (I) limn, irunuun.
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
a
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
X
X
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
X
C
C
A
X
C
A
A
A
A
A-B
A
X
C
X
A
A
A
A
B
A
a
A
A
A
X
X
C
X
A
X
X
a
B
A
X
X
X
X
B
C
A
A
X
X
A i
X ]
X ]
A i
-C A-l
-1
A
k A
I C
C
k A
CTC - Chlorinated Polyethylene
•OTC: ALL DATA !t>» 70° - J5«T
- Poljnrlnyl CMorlJi
rrr:
A-Lacellmt
C-Coadltlonal
I-Mot Keenn indcd
alank—InauffIcleat D»ta to late
(I) Ha». Service Te»p. l»5 *
(7) To 507
(3) *01 Mai
(*) Kaceal Mot Concentrated
J°r
-------
EAST WIND INDUSTRIES. INC.
Specification #200. Adeiidum A
CHEMTCAI. RESISTANCE OF NF.OPPF.NK. P.V.C. & nUTYL
Tlieso tables, baaed on data from laboratory testa and records of
aervice performance, have been prepared aa a guide to the aervice-
nbility of properly compounded products in contact with a variety
of chemicals.
The tables should be used as a guide only. All requirements necessary
to satisfactory performance must be taken into consideration. Tem-
perature; intermittent or continuous exposure to the chemical
involved; and area of the resilient part which will be in direct
contact with the chemical are all factors which affect serviceability.
The effect of those chemicals listed as injurious to these compounds
may be of such nature that these compounds will deliver adequate
service life. The fact that these compounds are founJ satisfactory
for a given service is no assurance that the same compounds will be
successful under different service conditions.
To determine whether these products will be satisfactory for a given
application, test it in actual service. If this is impractical, then
devise tests which simulate actual service conditions as closely as
possible.
NEO-
P.V.C. PRENE nUTYI.
Acetaldeyde
Acetamide
Acetate
Acetic Acid,
Acetone
Acetophenone
Acetyl Cloride
Acetylene Gas
Acetylene Tetracloride
AcryIonitrile
Aluminum Chloride
Aluminum Nitrate
Aluminum Sulfate
Ami dol
Amine hardeners
Ammonia Gas-Dry
Ammonia, Aqua - 10%
Ammonia, Liquid
Ammonium Hydroxide
Amyl Acetate
Amyl Alcohol
Anhydrous Ammonia
Aniline
Aniline Hydroclorido
Aniline Oil
Animal Fats
Animal Oils
Anodex
Anthracene
Aromatic Fuels
Arsenic Acid
Araine
NR
n
NU
NR
H
R
R
*
NP-
R
R
\R
r;
NP
NK
NR
•
R
R
L
L
R
L
NR
NR
R
NR
L
R
R
R
L
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
L
NU
tm
NR
R
R
L
NR
NR
R
R
R
L
L
U
R
R
NR
L
U
L
R
NK
R
R
NH
NR
NR
I,
L
R
NR
NH
•
1?
-------
1'nge 2
Asbestos
Asphalt
Banana Oil
Barium Chloride
Ucnzaldehyde, 1O%
Benzaldehydn, above
Benzene
Benzene Benzol
Benzene Snlfonic Acid,
Benzol
Benzyl Alcohol
Benzyl Benzoate
Benzyl Chloride
Blacosolve
Boric Acid
Boron Tribromide
Bromine
Uromoform
Butane
2-Butanone
Butyl Acetate
Butyl Alcohol
Butylaldehycle
Butyleiie
Butyric Acid,
Cadmium Oxide
Calcium Hydroxide,
Carbolic Acic!
Carbon Bisulfide
Carbon Dioxide, Dry
Carbon Disulfide
Carbon Tetracloride
Castor Oil
Ccllosolve
Cellosolve Acetate
Chlordane
Chlorine
Chlorine Gas, Dry
Chlorine Gas, Wet
Chlorine, Liquid
Chlorobenzene
Chloroacetono
Chlorobromomethnnc
Chloroform
Chloron.-. pli thalene
Chlorophenyl^nt?
Chloropictin
Cliiorothene
Acid
50%
Fuini»
50%
Chromic Acid, 50?»
Citric Acid
Coal Tar Pitch Volatilt-a
Cottonseed Oil
Cotton Dust (R.MW)
Creosote
Trcscl
I'.V.C.
R
R
NR
NR
Nit
R
NKO-
PJtENE
BUTYL
R
•
•
•
R
L
L
*
NR
R
1C
*
NR
R
NR
NR
R
L
NR
NR
NU
NR
NR
NR
NP.
li
1.
L
R
L
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
R
L
NR
I
R
L
L
L
R
L
NR
R
L
R
R
R
R
R
Nit
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
L
L
L
NR
NR
NR
NR
1.
NR
NR
.VR
L
NR
KR
Nil
NR
L
R
NR
L
R
1.
L
R
NR
mi
•
L
•
NR
*
•
NR
R
NR
J,
NR
*
NR
NR
NR
NR
L
NR
U
I.
L
•
R
H
R
•
R
Ml
NR
NR
L
L
NR
R
1.
R
R
NR
li
NR
Nlf
NR
NH
NR
NH
NR
•
1
It
*
NH
R
NT*
NH
-------
Cro.iylic Acid,
Cupric Nitrate
Cyanide
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanol
Cy c 1 ohexaiioiio
50?;
Dc.v:reosir.g Fluids .
Di-ice tone Alcohol
Oitiorane
D.LhcnxyJ Ether
D.ibuLyi Phthnlate
DichJ orobitnZfMie (Ortho)
Dicliloroethani*
D ichloropropene
D i os cl Kuol
Die Mianolaiuinc
Dio thylatnine
Dicthy Itriaininc
Piisobutyl Ketonc
Diisocyanate
Diir.cthyl Formanide
Dioctyl Phthalate
Pi oxane
Ftrml sif yiitf; A.c;ent
Emu.l thogono
Ep i chlorohydrin
Epoxy Ilosir..«!t Dry
Estors
Ethano Gna
Ethanol
Et.hers
Etliyl Acetate
Fthvl Alcohol
!:thyl Ethor
Ethyl Formate
rtliy iariil ine
Et.l>ylene Diamino
Kthylene Dichloride
Ethylcne Gas
Ethylene Glycol
ELhylenc Oxide
rt.hyJene Tr'ich.l oride
ratty Acids
lerric Chloride
Ferric Nitrate
Ferric Sulf.itp
Tcrrocyanide
Ferrous Sulfato
j-'Juorine Gas, Wet
Fluoric Acid
Fluorine
Fluosilicic Acid
Forma I dehydo , 5O^o
Formic Acid
Frcon F-ll
Frcou F-12
r.v.c.
it
*
*
•
NR
NR
•
*
*
•
*
NR
NR
*
*
R
• •
NR
*
Nit
•
NR
Nit
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
I.
•
NR
*
NR
NR
•
•
iVfl
*
J,
N'ii
•
R
R
R
R
*
]<
R
R
•
R
R
R
Ml
NR
NEO-
PRENE
NR
L
L
L
L
L
NR
NR
R
NR
L
NR
Nfl
NR
NR
R
R
L
L
Nit
L.
NR
L
n
L
L
1.
R
NR
n
R
R
.•;•;
R
L
L
NR
R
NR
!;
R
L
NR
R
1.
R
R
NR
R
L
It
L
R
R
n
*••
1
DUTYL
*
R
J,
NR
L
L
Nil
NR
It
NR
L
L
•
NR
NR
NR
R
L
L
L
R
L
NR
L
R
R
L
R
NT:
it
R
L
I.
R
ft
L
I.
L
NR
It
R
•
NR
NR
0
•
*
It
*
i-
R
L
•
R
R
NH
^.
-------
Page k
Freon F-21
Freon F-22
Fuel Oil
Furfural
Gallic Acid
Gasoline, Leaded
Gasoline, Unleaded
Glycerine
Glycerol
Glycol
Gold Fluoride
Grain Alcohol
Halogens
Hcxamethylenetetramine
Hexane
Hexl Acetate
Hydraulic Oil
Ester Base
Petroleum Base
Hydrazine
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid,
Hydrofluoric Acid,
Hydrofluosilicic Acid
Hydrogen Gas
Hydrogen Peroxide - 30?4
Hydroquinone
Inorganic Salts
Iodine
Isooctane
Isopropanal
Isopropyl Alcohol
Kerosene
Ketones
Lacquer Thinners
Lactic Acid
Lactic Acid, 25%
Laurie Acid
Lineoleic Acid
I.inseed Oil
Lubricating O?l
Magnesium Hydroxide
Magnesium Nitrate
Magnesium Sulfate
Maleic Acid
Mercuric Chloride
Mercury
Methane Gas
Methanol
Methylamine
Methyl Acetate
Methyl Alcohol
Methylamine
Metliyl Bromide
Methyl Cellosolve
P.V.C.
NR
NR
n
NR
R
R
R
•
•
•
*
*
»
•
NR
•
*
NR
•
•
•
R
L
R
•
•
R
•
NR
•
•
R
n
NR
NR
L
11
L
•
n
n
n
n
R
L
R
it
•
L
NR
»
*
•
NR
R
NEO-
PRENE
L
L
R
L
•
L
L
R
R
R
L
R
L
NR
NR
NR
R
L
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
R
L
L
R
L
R
R
R
R
L
L
R
R
R
R
n
R
R
n
R
n
L
L
U
n
NR
L
R
NR
L
n
BUTYL
- NR
NR
R
L
•
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
NR
NR
L
NR
L
L
L
•
•
L
R
L
L
R
L
NR
R
R
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
NR
NR
*
•
•
*
R
R
R
R
R
•
L
R
L
NH
L
-------
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Formate
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Methyl Methacrylate
Methylene Bromide
Methylene Chloride
Minderal Oil
Monochlorobenzene
Monoethanolamine
Morpholine
Muriatic Acid
Naptha
Napthalene
Naptha3t Aliphatic
Napthas, Aromatic
Napthalene
Nickel Acetate
Nickel Chloride
Nickel Nitrate
Nickel Sulfate
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid, red & white fuming
Nitrobenzene
Nitroethane
Nitrogen Gas
Nitromethane
Nitropropane
Nitrous Oxide
Octyl Alcohol
Oleic Acid
Oxalic Acid
Oxygen, Liquid
Ozone
Paint Thinnera
Paint & Varnish Removers
Palmitic Acid
Paradichlorobenzene
Parathion
Pentaborane
Pentachlorophenol
Pentane
Perchloric Acid
Perchloroethylene
Perklene
Permachlor
Petroleum Spirits
Phenol
Penylenediame
Penylhydrazinc
Phil-solve
Phosphoric Acid
Pickling Solution
Picric Acid
Pine Oil
Pitch
P.V.C.
NR
NR
*
NR
NR
*
NR
R
NR
NR
R
R
R
R
NR
•
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
•
R
NR
NR
L
R
NR
NR
•
NR
NR
L
•
NR
•
L
L
NR
L
NR
NEOPRENE BUTYL
NR
L
L
L
L
NR
NR
R
NR
R
R
R
R
L
R
L
NR
R
R
R
R
L
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
L
R
R
R
NR
L
L
L
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
NR
R
L
R
R
L
L
R
L
L
R
R
R
NR
R
L
R
R
L
L
NR
NR
R
R
R
•
NR
NR
NR
NR
•
•
•
•
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
L
R
L
R
NR
L
NR
NR
R
R
NR
NR
L
L
L
NR
NR
NR
NR
*
L
L
L
R
R
L
NR
NR
-------
Page 6
Plating Solutions
Potassium Alum
Potassium Bisulfate
Potassium Bromide
Potassium Carbonate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Chrome Alum
Potassium Cyanide
Potassium Dichroma±e
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Iodide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Sulfate
Printing Inks
Propane Gas
Propanol (iso)
Propyl Acetate
Propyl Alcohol
Propyl Alcohol (iso)
Propylene Gas
Propyne Gas
Pyrethrum
Red Fuming Nitric Acid
Rhodium Fume & Dust
Silver Nitrate
Skydrol 5OO
Sodium Carbonate Metol
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Hypochlorite
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Thiosulfide
Solvarsol
Solvessos
Stearic Acid
Stoddard's Solvent
S Lyrene
Styrne 100*
Sulfur Trioxide
Sulfuric Acid, SO*
Sulfuric Acid, 9^%
Tannic Acid
Tetraethyl Lead
Tetrahydroborane
Tetrahydrofuran
Toluene
Toluene Diisocyanate
Toluol
Trichlor
Trichloroacetic Acid
Trichloroethylene
Trichloroethane
Tricresyl Phosphate
Tridecyl Alcohol
Triethanolamine
Trinitrotoluene
Trinitrotoluol
Triptane
Tung Oil
P.V.C.
R
R
R
R
R
R
•
R
R
R
R
•
R
R
•
•
•
NR
L
L
•
•
•
•
•
R
•
•
L
R
R
•
•
•
R
NR
NR
•
R
L
NR
R
R
•
NR
NR
NR
NR
•
•
NR
•
NR
• .
L
•
L
NR
NR
NEO-
PRENE
R
L
R
L
R
R
L
R
L
L
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
NR
L
R
NR
L
L
R
NR
L
L
NR
NR
NR
L
NR
R
R
NR
L
NR
NR
NR
NR
L
L
NR
L
L
R
R
L
R
R
BUTYL
R
R
*
R
•
•
R
•
NR
R
R
•
•
L
R
R
L
R
R
R
R
R
NR
R
R
L
R
R
*
R
R
NR
NR
R
L
NR
NR
•
R
R
R
L
NR
NR
NR
L
NR
NR
L
NR
NR
NR
NR
L
NR
NR
NR
NR
-------
Page 7
P.V.C.
NEO-
I'RENE
BUTYL
Turco No. 2998
Turpentine
Unsymmotrical Dimethylhydrazine
Varnoline Gas
Vanadium Puma & Dust
Varaol
Vegetable Oils
Wood Alcohol
Woodyouth
Xylei;e (Xylol)
Xylol
Zinc Chloride
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
R
R
L
R
R
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
NR
NR
NR
R
NR
L
R
L
NR
NR
R
R - Recommended
L - Limited Resistance
NR- Not Recommended
• - Information Not Available
-------
TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF
TYVEK® SPUNBONDED OLEFIN TYPES 14 AND 16
Thickness
(mils)
Strip Tensile
(Ibs. /in. )
Elongation to
('*)
Tongue Tear
(lb.)
Mullen Burst
(Ib./in. )
MIT Flex
(cycles)
(Machine Direction
Style
1421
5.0
6.0x9.0
Break
12x19
1.9x2.1
40
>100M
x Cross-Machine Direction)
Style
1422
5.5
7.5x9.0
12x12
1.9x2.1
43
>100M
Style
1443
6.0
9.0x11
12x12
2.1x2.1
50
>100M
Style
1445
6.0
9x12
12x18
2.3x2.5
50
>100M
Style
1622
6.0
6.5x7.7
14x14
1.5x1.7
42
>100M
i
i— •
to
1
Fraziec Permeability
(ft.•'air/ft, /min.)
<1
<1
<1
<1
45
-------
- 13 -
RESISTANCE OF TYVEK® SPUNBONDED OLEFIN TYPE
TO ACIDS
•
Reagent
Sulfuric Acid
ti it
ti ti
it ii
it ti
M It
II II
It II
Hydrochloric Acid
ti ii
ii ti
ti it
Nitric Acid
it ii
ii ti
H ii
it ii
Phosphoric Acid
ii n
H M
Hydrofluoric Acid
Chromic Acid
Hydrobromic Acid
Sulfamic Acid
Exposure
- Concentration
%
1.0
10.0
10.0
60.0
60.0
60.0
80.0
96.0
1.0
10.0
10.0
37.0
1.0
10.0
10.0
70.0
95.0
10.0
10.0
85.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
Conditions
Temperature
°F.
70
70
210
70
70
210
70
70
70
70
160
160
70
70
210
70
70
70
210
70
70
70
70
70
Time
Hrs.
1000
1000
10
10
1000
10
1000
1000
1000
1000
10
10
1000
1000
10
10
1000
1000
10
10
10
10
10
10
Percent
Breaking
Strength
Retained
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
80-90
80-90
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
-------
- 14 -
RESISTANCE OF TYVEK® SPUNBONDED OLEFIN TYPE lH TO BASES
Reagent
Exposure
Concentration
%
Hydroxide 1.0
11 58.0
" 58.0
ydroxide 10.0
" 10.0
" 40.0
" 40.0
arbonate 1.0
rthosilicate 1.0
Condi tions
Temperature
6F.
70
70
70 .
70
210
70
210
70
210
Time
Hrs.
1000
10
1000
1000
10
1000
1C
1000
10
Percent
Breaking
Strength
Retained
90-100
80-90
80-90
90-100
80-90
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
-------
- 15 -
RESISTANCE OF TYVEK® SPUNBONDED OLEFIN TYPE Hi TO SALT SOLUTIONS
The breaking strength of Tyvek® spunbonded olefin Type 14
was unaffected by exposure to the following salt solutions
under these conditions:
• Saturated solution
• 70°F. temperature of exposure
• 1,000 hours
/
Some yellowing was noted after exposure to ferrous and ferric
salt solutions.
Aluminum Chloride Magnesium Chloride
Aluminum Sulfate
Manganous Chloride
Ammonium Chloride
Ammonium Nitrate Mercuric Chloride
Ammonium Sulfate
Ammonium Thiocyanate Nickel Chloride
Cadmium Chloride Potassium Chloride
Potassium Thiocyanate
Calcium Chloride
Calcium Thiocyanate Silver Nitrate
Chromic Sulfate Sodium Bisulfate
Sodium Bromide
Cobaltous Sulfate Sodium Chloride
Sodium Fluoride
Copper Chloride Sodium Nitrate
Copper Sulfate Sodium Nitrite
Sodium Sulfate
Ferric Ammonium Sulfate Sodium Thiocyanate
Ferric Chloride Stannic Chloride
Ferric Citrate
Ferric Nitrate Stannous Bromide
Ferric Oxalate Stannous Chloride
Ferric Sulfate
Zinc Chloride
Ferric Potassium Sulfate
, Ferrous Sulfate
1
-------
RESISTANCE OF TYVEK® SPUNBONDED OLEFIN TYPE 14 TO OXIDIZING AND REDUCING AGENTS
Exposure Conditions
Agent
Calcium Hypochlorite
Chlorine Water
Hydrogen Peroxide
Sodium Chlorite
Sodium Hypochlorite
Sodium Hypochlorite
Sodium Sulfite
Concentration
Sat. Solution
Sat. Solution
90*
0.6%*
0.3**
5.26
3-0
Temp.
°F.
70
70
70
210
70
70
210
Time
Hrs.
1
10
10
10
10
1
10
PH
11.8
1.3
-
4.5
4.5
12.2
10.1
Percent
Breaking
Strength
Retained
90-100
80-90
80-90
80-90
60-80
90-100
90-100
i
M
Oi
1
*Acetic acid as additive
-------
RESISTANCE OF TYVEK® SPUNBONDED OLEFIN TYPE 14 TO ORGANIC SOLVENTS
Organic Chemical
Acetamide
Acetic Acid
Acetone
Aniline
Benzene
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform
Ether
Ethyl Alcohol
Ethylene Glycol
Formaldehyde
Formic Acid
Freon 113 Refrigerant
Gasoline (leaded)
Glycerol
Kerosene
Methyl Alcohol
Methylene Chloride
Mineral Oil
Perch lore thy lene
Phenol
Trichloroe thy lene
Trifluoroacetic Acid
Turpentine
Exposure
Concentration
(*)
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
10$ in H?0
91% in H,0
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Conditions
Temperature
r •
200
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
200
70
70
70
Time
(Hrs. )
10
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
10
1,000
1,000
1,000
Percent
Breaking
Strength
Retained
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100*
90-100
90-100
90-100
80-90
90-100
90-100
90-100
80-90
90-100
80-90
90-100
80-90
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
90-100
•Material yellow after exposure
-------
DURAFAB
HAZARD/GUARDS
;••. >;*
The most complete line of economical,
reusable protective clothing available to
the food processing, industrial, medical
and nuclear fields.
Reusable/disposable Durafab Hazard/
Guard garments are used wherever protective
clothing is required: in laboratories, food
processing and handling, nuclear power
plants, chemical plants, clean rooms,
automotive and service areas, for painting,
maintenance, highway work, warehousing
and visitor protection.
All Durafab protective garments, except
for the PVC and reinforced cellulosic lines, are
made of tough, tear-free, snag- and
puncture-proof spunbonded olef in. They're
virtually unaffected by acids, acrylic lacquers,
most organic and inorganic chemicals and
have a slow penetration rate or total
resistance to most liquids.
Durafab Hazard/Guard garments are fuii-
fashioned for comfort with rolled or bound
seams and polyester thread for less linting and
added strength.
They can be worn comfortably over street
clothes; their opaque color eliminates
embarrassing show-through.
All Durafab Hazard/Guards are treated
with a soluble anti-static agent to prevent
them from attracting dust and clinging.
Durafab Hazard/Guards can be custom
designed for specific needs, including special
garment features as well as custom colors,
patterns, and coatings. Colors include white,
yellow, blue, green, magenta and fluorescent
orange for safety.
-------
Shirt K4160
Pants K4150
r
Lab Coat
K4120
Zippered Coveralls
K4120Z
Reinforced cellulosics
These garments are treated for water
repellancy and flame retardancy to afford
maximum economical protection. They have
a cloth-like quality of hand and drape and
are lightweight, strong and afford greater
wear and comfort.
Shoe Covers
2200AC
Head Covers
193FR
Headset Covers
2195
Snoods
194FR
Protective Accessories
Durafqb manufactures a complete line of
economical, comfortable, high-quality items
for special purpose applications. These
include complete head protection-hair
covers, hard hat liners and covers, and hoods.
Durafab provides footing protection with low-
and high-top shoe covers and wing walks.
Other accessory items available are headset
covers, sleeve protectors, and bib aprons.
Durafab accessories are available in these
features: Regular Tyvek, Porous, Striped
Porous, Polylaminated and Scrim Reinforced
Cellulosic. Special colors can be ordered for
specific applications.
-------
Shop Coats
2140
Hooded Coveralls
2125
Lab Coat
P2140
Coveralls
2120
Slicker Suits
P2180
Snap Coveralls
P2120
Sack Suits
P2126
Durafab regular spunbonded olef in
protective garments.
Perfect protectbn for those jobs requiring
worker/clothing protectbn from damaging
chemicals, dusts or other materials; in
extremely dirty areas; where limited linting is
desired; or where cleanliness from outside dirt
is required.
Poly laminated protective garments
Made of spunbonded olefin. these
protective garments are available in a variety
of styles to meet your requirements. These
garments are impervious to most liquids.
including acids, and feature yeibw cobring
for added safety and positive identif icatbn.
-------
COMPARATIVE TESTING DATA
BreakJng Strength, Ibs.
warp
tilling
Elongation %
warp
filling
Tear Strength. Ibs.
warp
Instron tilling
Tear Strength, grams
warp
Elmendorf filling
Puncture. Ibs.
Wear. Stoll. 1/8" bar. cycles
warp
Wear. Stoll. Inflated Diaphragm.
5 psia, 2 Ibs. pressure, cycles
TaberAbrasion.CS 17. 500 g. cycles
WYCO. 6OO grit. 6 16. tension. 3Vt Ib.. warp
pressure, cycles
WYCO. 180 grit. 6 Ib. tension. 3%lb.. warp
pressure, cycles
Stiffness in Ibs.
warp
filling
Folding Endurance, cycles, warp
filling
Frazier Air Permeability, in. 3/ft. 2/24 hrs.
Burst Strength, psi
Electrostatic Charge. Nanocoulombs
Conductivity, cal/cm/sec
Stencilability
Scalability
Resistance to HCI 37%
Resistance to H2SO4 90%
Resistance to Hj02 50*
Resistance to Isopropyl Alcohol
Resistance to Acetic Acid
Resistance to Ethytene Glycol
Resistance to Freon
Duratab
Disposable
Type 31
11.2
14.1
21.0
40.0
3.9
2.1
54.0
46.0
10.5
>5000
12
187
70
8
.0025
.0015
>5000
>5000
1.01
35
6.2
3.45X10-4
poor
poor
good
good
good
good
good
good
good
Disposable
Nonwoven
Fabric
(Control)
8
1.45
15%
53%
.5
.8
60
30
3.7
265
11
19
46
5
.0007
0
0
0
400
14
.2
3.79X10-4
—
—
poor
good
good
good
good
good
good
RESISTANCE OF TYVEK'SPUNBONDED OLEFIN TO BASES
Reagent
Ammonium Hydroxide
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Orthosilicate
Exposure Conditions
Concentration Temperatuie
S of
1.0 70
58.0 70
58.0 70
10.0 70
10.0 210
40.0 70
40.0 210
1.0 70
1.0 210
Time
Hrs.
1000
10
1000
1000
10
1000
10
1000
10
El'ectOn
Buakmg
S.' ength"1
Tyvek*
Style 1421
None
Slight
Slight
None
Slight
None
None
None
None
RESISTANCE OF TYVEK'SPUNBONDED OLEFIN TO ACIDS
Reagent
SulluricAcid
Hydrochloric Acid
Nitric Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid
Chromic Acid
Hydrobromic Acid
Sullamic Acid
Exposure Conditions
Concentration Temperature
% ol
1.0 70
10.0 70
10.0 210
60.0 70
60.0 70
60.0 210
80.0 70
96.0 70
1.0 70
10.0 70
10.0 160
37.0 160
1.0 70
10.0 70
10.0 210
70.0 70
95.0 70
10.0 70
10.0 210
B5.0 70
10.0 70
10.0 70
10.0 70
10.0 70
Time
His.
1000
1000
10
10
1000
10
1000
1000
1000
1000
10
10
1000
1000
10
10
1000
1000
10
10
10
10
10
10
Effect On
Breaking
Strength-
Tyvek"
Style 1421
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Slight
Slight
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Sold through authorized distributors only.
United States, Canada and Japan.
DURA pe
General Offices
P. O. Box 658
1102 Kilpatrick
Cleburne, Texas 76031
Printed in U.S.A.
D-9
-------
MSA
Data Sheet
13-01-06
Economy Line
Rainwear
Application
MSA* Economy Line Rainwear gar-
ments are designed for construction
and general industrial use. Lightweight
jacket and pants resist water, acids,
heat, cold, aging, and industrial liquids.
Suit is disposable/reusable.
Description
MSA Economy Line Rainwear garments
are three-piece suits made of un-
supported 5-gauge polyvinylchloride
plastic. Seams are lapped and locked
for additional strength. Jacket has zip-
per front, cape back with three 2-inch
air vents, and underarm air vents. Pants
have a draw-string waistband. Hood
snaps to jacket. Suit is disposable/
reusable and available in 3 sizes:
Small, Medium, and Large.
Data Sheet
13-01-06
-------
Detachable hood
snaps to jacket.
has draw-string
Cape back with
three 2-inch
air vents
Snap
lapered sleeves
Ordering Information
Catalog numbers
Economy Line, 3-piece suit
Includes jacket, trousers and hood
Size Cat. No.
Small
695173
Medium
695174
Large
695175
Note: This data sheet is a guide, containing
only a general description of construction,
properties, and use of MSA Economy Line
Rainwear garments. Before use refer to and
strictly follow all instructions, cautions, and
warnings on or with the product. For more
complete information, contact MSA.
Mine Safety Appliances Company
600 Penn Center Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15235
At your service: 25 branch offices in the United States;
MSA CANADA, Downsview. Ontario (Metro Toronto), Halifax.
Montreal. Winnipeg. Saskatoon. Edmonton, Calgary. Vancouver:
representatives in principal cities of the world.
Cable address—"MINSAF" Pittsburgh
Data Sheet 13-01-06
Printed in U.S.A. 774(L)
-------
Hbwtobuya
No zippers or clasps to WM Rubb
Real, live, stretchable rubber. catch, tear or rust. \ \^SSf*>*. Keec
Real, live, stretchable rubber,
Won't crack or stiffen
in cold weather.
Reinforcement
at wear points.'
No lining.__
Completely washable.
Wipes dry quickly.
Bellows action lair exchange,
ventilates feet. Keeps
them warm and dry.
^
Light weight.
Only 13'/4 oz.
Rubber button closure.
Keeps out rain,
snow and wetness.
10' high.
m
Thick soles'
for long w^
Sturdy Hi-Top
work rubber.
Four sizes
fit your
whole plant.
Also in neoprene.
Sold through
safety and industrial
equipment distributors.
GUEY
17" knee
high boot.
TINGIEY RUBBER CORPORATION, 280 SOUTH AVE., S. PLAINFIELD, NJ. 07080
U» * 104 On Reader's Card (End of Book)
OTHER MANUFACTURERS of Firefighter Boots: (For addresses,
see Source Indei)
Fyrepel Products Inc.
Goodall Rubber Co.
Plasco
Servus Rubber Co.
BOOT—RUBBER—CONDUCTIVE
These rubber boots are designed to ground static
charges built up in potentially explosive atmospheres.
They are used in conjunction with grounded conductive
floors. Metal fittings and safety toe box, where necessary,
are coated with non-ferrous metal to prevent sparking.
To ensure good electrical contact with die conductive
sole, the wearer should avoid foot powders and silk or
woolen stockings, and should keep the sole free of oils.
RECOMMENDED USES: For workers in explosive
atmospheres of grain or metal dusts, volatile flammable
liquids, etc.
WITHOUT SAFETY TOE
*Cu«tom Materials Inc.. 279 Billerica Rd.. Chelmsford. MA 01824
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts., Emmaus, PA 18049
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
WITH SAFETY TOE
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts., Emmaus, PA 18049
BOOT—MOLDED RUBBER—STRETCH TYPE
Molded rubber boots stretch to fit over an types of
shoes, including heavy work shoes, within each size range.
RECOMMENDED USES: Ordinary rubber is available
*See Adv.rtii.rn.nl 1 Indei to Distributor,.
for water or snow service and a neoprene synthetic serves
to protect against oil, grease, barnyard acids or chemicals.
*lron Age Shoe Co., 2406 Woodmere Dr., Pittsburgh, PA 15205
*Knapp Saf-Test Div.. ATT: E. Gravlin. I Knapp Centre, Brockton,
MA 02401
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
^Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
*Tingley Rubber Corp., 280 South Ave.. S. Plainfield, NJ 07080
(Other Manufacturers: (For addresses, see Source Index)
Plasco Record Industrial Co.
BOOT—SAFETY TOE—METATARSAL GUARD
This type of rubber boot has a jointed steel plate that
protects the instep as well as the toes while allowing full
(CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
241
-------
mobility for the foot. The entire assembly moves on steel
rivets which insures the ability to flex the foot freely and
naturally. Thick foam padding surrounds the plate to
absorb and distribute shock. RECOMMENDED USES:
For workers likely to encounter falling or rolling objects,
such as miners, firemen, etc.
*lron Age Shoe Co., 2406 Woodmere Dr., Pittsburgh, PA 15205
*Knapp Saf-Test Div., ATT: E. Gravlin, I Knapp Centre, Brockton,
MA 02401
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts., Emmaus, PA 18049
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
*Steel Grip Safety Apparel Co. Inc., 700 Garfield St., Danville, IL
61832
Other Manufacturers: (For addresses, see Source Index)
Plasco Servus Rubber Co.. The
BOOT—RUBBER—STEEL INNERSOLE—
SAFETY TOE
A rubber boot with both a safety toe and a steel inner-
sole to protect the wearer against injury from falling,
rolling, and impact hazards as well as from punctures
from nails, glass, and other sharp objects. The steel
innersole is fully flexible and runs the entire length of the
boot. RECOMMENDED USES: Used by construction
workers, ditch diggers, foundry workers, miners, etc.
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts., Emmaus, PA 18049
* Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
*Wolyerine Products, Dept. CP, Wolverine World Wide Inc.. Rock-
ford, Ml 49351
Other Manufacturers: (For addresses, see Source Index)
Fyrepel Products Inc. Plasco
Goodall Rubber Co. Servus Rubber Co., The
PAC—RUBBER
A short boot 10 or 15 in. high, with laces or straps to
give a snug fit around the leg. The rubber pac protects
the feet and lower legs from water and dampness and also
keeps gravel and chips from getting inside the footwear.
RECOMMENDED USES: Designed for miners, con-
242
struction men and other outdoor workers, and also for
food processing, washing and similar indoor workers.
Available with or without the safety toe, which gives
added protection against falling and moving objects. Pacs
of syntheti. materials resist oils and greases.
RUBBER PAC WITHOUT SAFETY TOE
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St., Chattanooga, TN 37401
*La Crosse Rubber Mills Co., Dept. B, La Crosse, Wl 54601
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts., Emmaus, PA 18049
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St.. Endicott, NY 13760
*Snyder, Ml., Div. Boss Mfg. Co., 221 W. 1st St., Kewanee. IL 61443
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
•
RUBBER PAC WITH SAFETY TOE
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co.. 1220 Market St., Chattanooga, TN 37401
*lron Age Shoe Co.. 2406 Woodmere Dr., Pittsburgh, PA 15205
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts.. Emmaus. PA 18049
*Ranger Rubber Co.. 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown. PA 18IDS
*Snyder, M. L., Div. Boss Mfg. Co., 221 W. 1st St., Kewanee. IL 61443
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
OIL RESISTANT PAC WITHOUT SAFETY TOE
•^Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts.. Allentown, PA 18105
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear. Naugatuck. CT 06770
OIL RESISTANT PAC WITH SAFETY TOE
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc.. 9th & Greenleaf Sts.. Allentown, PA 18105
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
OTHER MANUFACTURERS of Rubber Pacs: (For addresses.
see Source Index)
Plasco
Record Industrial Co.
Servus Rubber Co., The
Converse Rubber Co.
Dorsey Co., John E.
Goodall Rubber Co.
Goodrich Co., B. F.
PAC—RUBBER—COLD INSULATION
Various types of rubber boots and pacs are available
for personnel exposed to cold weather or working condi-
tions. To insulate the feet, the footwear has an inner
liner which may be of plastic foam, nylon fleece, wool,
etc. Models generally feature anti-slip soles for added
safety.
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St.. Chattanooga, TN 37401
*La Crosse Rubber Mills Co., Dept. B, La Crosse. Wl 54601
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts.. Emmaus, PA 18049
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
Other Manufacturers: (For addresses, see Source Index)
Converse Rubber Co. Goodall Rubber Co.
Dorsey Co., John E. Servus Rubber Co., The
£S«t Advertisement ft Index to Distributors.
-------
OUR UNE OF RUBBER FOOTWEAR
HAS THE WIDEST STRETCH IK THE BUSINESS.
The Ranger line stretches all the way from
lightweight sports boots to metatarsi! guard
hip-boots with all kinds of models in between.
And there's a model for every occupation:
fire-fighting, factory work, farming, food and
beverage plants.
With and without steel toes, steel midsoles,
non-skid outsoles; suction grip bottoms.
Durability is assured with Ranger's exclusive
Poly-rubber formulation that resists cracking,
abrasion, grease and caustics. Ranger may be
tough, but they have all the needed soft touches,
too, like felt linings and cushion insoles for all
day comfort.
Your local Ranger distributor is the man to
contact for the industry's most complete line of
rubber footwear—and that's not stretching the
truth a bit. If your local distributor doesn't have
the type you need, call or write: John
O'Brien, V.P., Ranger Rubber Co.,
1100 East Main St., Endicott,
N.Y. 13760 (607] 785-9911.
RAN6ER
LA division of End'coir Johnson Corp.
Us* # 107 On Reader's Card (End of Book)
SOCK—INSULATING—COLD WEATHER
Lightweight and durable, these socks use such ma-
terials as foam or quilted synthetics to insulate the feet,
keeping mem warm in cold weather. Insulating socks can
be worn inside pacs, boots and various types of rubber
footwear. The socks are usually non-absorbent and wash-
able.
*Refrigiwear Inc., 71-T Inip Dr., Inwood. NY 11696
PAC—HIGH VISIBILITY
Heavy duty, acid resistant pacs nude with daylight
fluorescent or bright yellow pigments may be used in
conjunction with similarly made clothing to draw atten-
tion to the wearer. RECOMMENDED USES: In con-
struction, maintenance or industries where the worker
may be endangered by the actions of others.
*Saf*ty First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
OVERSHOE— RUBBER OR SYNTHETIC
Rubber overshoes, lOVi to 15 inches high, are worn
over regular dress or work shoes. Buckles, snaps, lacings
or draw strings at the top held to protect the feet and
Adv.rtis.ment I IncU* to Distributors.
lower legs from water. Rubber uppers are waterproof and
resistant to most chemicals. Synthetic rubber or plastic
uppers are recommended where oils and grease may be
encountered. RECOMMENDED USES: For miners,
pipeline and petroleum workers, chemical workers,
fanners, fishermen, dock workers, wash rack men, etc.
NATURAL RUBBER OVERSHOE
*Dors*y Safe-T-Sho. Co., 1220 Market St., Chattanooga, TN 37401
*lron Age Shoe Co., 2406 Woodmere Dr., Pittsburgh, PA I520S
*La Cross* Rubber Mills Co., Dept. B. La Crosse. Wl 54601
*L*high Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts., Emmaus, PA 18049
*Rang*r Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St.. Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts.. Allentown, PA 18105
*Snyder, M.L., Div. Boss Mfg. Co., 221 W. 1st St., Kewanee. IL 61443
*Surety Rubber Co., Th*. Box 97-G-I2, Carrollton, OH 44615
*Tingley Rubber Corp.. 280 South Ave., S. Plainfield. NJ 07080
*Uniroy*l Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
SYNTHETIC OVERSHOE
*0orsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St., Chattanooga. TN 37401
*lron Age Shoe Co.. 2406 Woodmere Dr., Pittsburgh. PA 15205
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts., Emmaus, PA 18049
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
*Snyder. M. L. Div. Boss Mfg. Co., 221 W. 1st St., Kewanee, IL 61443
*Tingloy Rubber Corp.. 280 South Ave., S. Plainfield, NJ 07080
*Wheeler Protective Apparel Inc.. 226 W. Huron St.. Chicago, IL
60610
RUBBER OVERSHOE WITH ANTI-SLIP SOLE
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts., Emmaus, PA 18049
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greanleaf Sts.. Allentown, PA 18105
•^Standard Safety Equipment Co., 431 N. Quentin RcL. Palatine, IL
60067
*Tingley Rubber Corp., 280 South Ave.. S. Plainfield, NJ 07080
•*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
243
-------
OTHER MANUFACTURERS of Rubber or Synthetic Rubber
Overshoes: (For addresses, see Source Index)
Converse Rubber Co. PU^co
Dorsey Co., John E. Record Industrial Co.
Goodall Rubber Co. Servus Rubber C^.. The
Olympic Glove Co. Inc.
OVERSHOE—HIGH VISIBILITY
Heavy duty, acid resistive overshoes made with day-
light fluorescent or bright yellow pigments may be used
in conjunction with similarly made clothing to draw at-
tention to the wearer. RECOMMENDED USES: In
construction or industries where the worker may be
endangered by the actions of others.
*Surety Rubber Co., The, Box 97-G-I2. Carrollton, OH 44615
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugaluck, CT 06770
WORK RUBBER—CLEATED
Rubbers with built-in rubber cleats give traction on wet
floor surfaces, ice and snow, or other uncertain footing.
RECOMMENDED USES: Particularly useful for dairies,
meat packing plants, and other industries where wet floors
are a common hazard.
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St., Chattanooga, TN 37401
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts.. Emmaus. PA 18049
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
*Tingley'Rubber Corp., 280 South Ave., S. Plainfield, NJ 07080
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck. CT 06770
WORK RUBBER—HEAVY DUTY
These rubbers are strongly constructed for wear over
shoes. Made in a variety of styles, the heavy duty rubber
gives protection against shallow water and underfoot
dampness. RECOMMENDED USES: For farmers, rail-
road men, construction workers, truck drivers, policemen
and industrial workers. For specially designed rubbers
suitable for linemen, see the Lineman's Clothing & Safety
Equipment section.
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St., Chattanooga, TN 37401
*lron Age Shoe Co, 2406 Woodmere Dr, Pittsburgh, PA 15205
*La Crosse Rubber Mills Co., Dept. B, La Crosse, Wl 54601
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts.. Emmaus. PA 18049
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts.. Allentown, PA 18105
*Tingley Rubber Corp., 280 South Ave., S. Plainfield, NJ 07080
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
WORK RUBBER—OIL RESISTANT
For wear over work shoes as protection against under-
foot dampness and shallow puddles, these rubbers are
made of synthetics which make them resistant to oils,
greases, and acids. RECOMMENDED USES: Suitable
for garage workers, machinists, oil workers, etc.
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St.. Chattanooga. TN 37401
*lron Age Shoe Co., 2406 Woodmere Dr., Pittsburgh, PA 15205
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
*Tingley Rubber Corp., 280 South Ave.. S. Plainfield, NJ 07080
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
*Wolverine Products, Dept. CP. Wolverine World Wide Inc.. Rock-
ford. M\ 49351
GENERAL MANUFACTURERS of Work Rubbers:
(For addresses, see Source Index)
Dorsey Co., John E. Fiasco
Goodall Rubber Co. Record Industrial Co.
-_ ..,-— . ,.„....,...._ --^_....
For Other Manufacturers, see general list below
244
RUBBER WORK SHOE
Industrial work shoes of the 6-inch style, with or with-
out safety toes are available in natural rubber, which is
waterproof, impervious to most chemicals, and provides
insulation against electricity; and in synthetic rubber,
which is highly resistant to the deteriorating effects of
oils and grease, as well as many chemicals. Rubber shoes
may have built-in metal safety toe caps and also meta-
tarsal guards. RECOMMENDED USES: Food process-
ing, creamery, bottling, washing, etc.
NATURAL RUBBER WITHOUT SAFETY TOE
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St., Chattanooga, TN 37401
*Ranger Rubber Co., 1100 E. Main St., Endicott. NY 13760
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
^Wolverine Products. Dept. CP. Wolverine World Wide Inc.. Rock-
ford, Ml 49351
NATURAL RUBBER WITH SAFETY TOE
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St., Chattanooga. IN 37401
*lron Age Shoe Co, 2406 Woodmere Dr, Pittsburgh. PA 15205
*Lehigh Safety Shoe Co., First & Minor Sts.. Emmaus. PA 18049
*On Sard Industrial Footwear. 5516 W. Cermak Rd., Cicero. IL 60650
*Ranger Rubber Co.. 1100 E. Main St., Endicott, NY 13760
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts., Allentown, PA 18105
*Snyder, Ml., Div. Boss Mfg. Co., 221 W. 1st St., Kewanee. IL 61443
*Uniroyal Protective Footwear, Naugatuck, CT 06770
^Wolverine Products, Dept. CP. Wolverine World Wide Inc.. Rock
ford, Ml 49351
SYNTHETIC RUBBER WITHOUT SAFETY TOE
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St., Chattanooga, IN 37401
*Safety First Shoes Inc.. 9th & Greenleaf Sts.. Allentown, PA 18105
SYNTHETIC RUBBER WITH SAFETY TOE
*Dorsey Safe-T-Shoe Co., 1220 Market St.. Chattanooga, TN 37401
*Knapp Saf-Test Div., ATT: E. Gravlin, I Knapp Centre, Brockton,
MA 02401
*On Sard Industrial Footwear, 5516 W. Cermak Rd., Cicero. IL 60650
*Reece Wooden Sole Shoe Co., Dept. H. Box 496. Columbus, NB
68601
*Safety First Shoes Inc., 9th & Greenleaf Sts.. Allentown, PA 18105
*S« Advertisement S Index to Distributors.
-------
MSA
Data Sheet
13-00-18
Molded
Handwear
Application
MSA" unsupported gloves are made of a
variety of specially compounded mate-
rials: natural-latex and nitrile-latex,
neoprene, milled-nitrile, (Buna-N), and
butyl synthetic-rubbers. The variety of
materials available makes it possible to
match the glove to the need for resist-
ance to chemical solutions, solvents,
abrasives, gases, and to punctures,
abrasion, tearing, etc. MSA Industrial
Gloves are widely recognized for their
durability under continuous service.
Check the MSA Glove Selection Guide
on Page 2 for the glove material best
suited to your needs.
Description
Natural-latex gloves
MSA Natural-latex Gloves are known
for their comfortable curved finger
design, their pliability and their long-
wearing characteristics. A special
treatment on the inside and outside of
the natural latex assures easy-on and
easy-off, and no tack. Natural-latex
gloves are recommended for resistance
to many acids and caustics, abrasions
occurring in sandblasting, grinding and
polishing, and for general-purpose use.
Unlined natural-latex gloves are
USDA-accepted for meat and poultry
plants.
Butyl synthetic-rubber gloves
MSA Butyl Gloves provide protection
from a variety of toxic chemicals.
Butyl compounding ensures high im-
permeability to gases, chemicals and
water vapor, and resistance to oxida-
tion and ozone attack.
Neoprene synthetic-rubber gloves
MSA Neoprene Gloves offer resistance
to oils, greases, petroleum hydro-
carbons, acids, and caustics. They
have good pliability and finger dexter-
ity, high density and tensile strength,
and high tear resistance.
Milled-nitrile (Buna-N) gloves
MSA Milled-nitrile Gloves are designed
for mechanically severe uses that re-
quire touch sensitivity and dexterity.
They are exceptionally sheer, yet they
stand up under mechanical use even
after prolonged exposure to substances
that cause other glove materials to
deteriorate.
Nitrile-latex gloves
MSA Nitrile-latex Gloves are made of
acrylonitrile synthetic rubber. They are
intended for jobs requiring dexterity
and sensitivity and good contol of
cleanliness. These green gloves have
good resistance to a broad variety of
chemicals and excellent resistance to
abrasion, puncturing, snagging, and
tearing.
Heavy-duty natural-rubber gloves
MSA Natural-rubber Gloves have three
important characteristics: maximum
pliability over a wide temperature
range; long-term resistance to indus-
trial chemicals and acids; curved
fingers for wearer comfort.
Data Sheet
13-00-18
-------
Selecting the glove
for the job
Length
Most MSA gloves arc available in sev-
eral lengths liom 11 inches lo 18
inches. Choose the length that best
suits youi pailicular needs.
Weight
Weight
Light
Medium
Heavy
Extra-Heavy
Approx.
thickness
in. (mm)
.010 to .017
(.25 to .43)
.01810.025
(.46 to .64)
.026 to .030
(.66 to .76)
.050 to .065
(1.27 to 1.65)
Heavy (thick) gloves wear longer and
resist snags, abrasions, and punctures
better than light (thin) gloves of the
same material. But because light
gloves are thin, they offer flexibility and
sensitivity to the touch for jobs in which
dexterity is important.
Finish
MSA gloves are available in smooth,
rough or embossed finishes. Smooth
finish gloves in light and medium
weights are recommended for jobs
where sensitive touch is important.
Rough or embossed gloves are rec-
ommended where a firm, nonslip grip
is necessary.
Size
MSA gloves range in size from 7 to 11.
The lighter weights are usually avail-
able in sizes 7 to 11, the heavy gaunt-
let types in 9 to 11.
Material
Gloves in individual use must resist
various chemical products and atmos-
pheres, and types of mechanical abuse.
The following charts list the physical
and chemical-resistance characteris-
tics of MSA Molded Handwear.
Lining
Lined gloves are flock lined with cotton
fibers.
Comparative
physical characteristics
Key: E excellent: G good: F f;iir; I' poor
Characteristic
Tensile sticnglh
Elongation
Tear resistance
Abrasion resistance*
Ozone resistance
Sunlight aging
Shell-life aging'
Neoprene
G
E
F
G
E
E
F
Natural
latex or
rubber
G
E
G
G
F
F
E
Milled
nitrite
F
G
F
E
P
G
E
Butyl
G
G
G
G
E
E
E
Nitrile
latex
E
G
F
E
P
G
E
' Gloves stored in original containers at
room temperature in dry location. Fluores-
cent light and exposure to ozone-
producing motors can damage gloves not
properly packaged or protected.
-------
MSA Natural-latex Gloves
36788
MSA Latex Gloves are made from nat-
ural liquid latex processed for extra-
high tensile strength. These gloves,
with their excellent wearing qualities,
pliability, and comfort are recom-
mended for use in most water solutions
of acids, alkalies and salts and in
ketones.
Cat. No.
Size
Finish
Color
Approx.
thickness,
in. (mm)
Length,
in. (cm)
Packing
Unlined
36788
36789
36790
37110
7V2
8
9
10
Embossed
Tan
.017
(-43)
12
(30)
Bulk
12 pr.
Rock-lined
37183
37978
37112
37113
7Vz
8
9
10
Embossed,
Lined
Tan
.017
(.43)
12
(30)
Bulk
12pr.
MSA Heavy-duty Natural-
rubber Gloves (acid type)
In MSA Natural-rubber Gloves, high-
quality latex rubber content ensures
maximum pliability in a broad range of
temperatures. These gloves stand up
under years of service in industrial
chemicals and acids. Curved fingers
provide comfort and flexibility.
Cat. No.
36683
36684
36685
36686
36688
36690
37180
37181
37182
Size
9
10
11
9
10
11
9
10
11
Finish
Smooth
Smooth
Smooth
Color
Tan
Tan
Tan
Approx.
thickness,
in. (mm)
.050
(1.27)
.050
(1.27)
.025
(.64)
Length,
in. (cm)
18
(46)
14
(36)
14
(36)
-------
MSA Nitrile-latex (Water
Based Compounding)
Synthetic-rubber Gloves
MSA Nitrile-latex Gloves are made of
acrylonitrile latex synthetic rubber.
which is outstanding in its resistance to
a broad range of chemical materials:
acids, alcohols, alkalies, ammonia.
animal fats, battery acid, cleaning
fluids, commercial solvents and de-
greasers, emulsifying agents, esters.
grease, hydraulic fluid, kerosene.
naphtha, oils, petroleum derivatives.
phenol, photographic solutions, plating
and pickling solutions, printing ink.
Stoddard's solvent, turpentine, vege-
table oils, wood preservatives. These
gloves, in addition to their ability to
Cat. No.
695229
695230
695232
695234
695235
695236
695237
695239
695241
695242
695243
695244
695245
695246
695247
695248
Size
7
8
9
10
11
7
8
9
10
11
9
10
11
9
10
11
Finish
Embossed
Embossed
(Flock lined)
Smooth
Smooth
Color
Green
Green
Green
Green
Approx.
thickness,
in. (mm)
.014
(.36)
.014
(.36)
.026
(.66)
.026
(.66)
Length,
in. (cm)
12
(31)
12
(31)
14
(36)
18
(46)
resist a broad range of chemical mate-
rials, are also less expensive than
Nitrile Synthetic Gloves.
These green gloves are suitable
for work situations in which cleanliness
is critical—workers and supervisors
can tell when gloves need to be
changed or cleaned. This is particularly
important where glove staining warns
of accumulation of harmful solvents
or substances such as tetraethyl lead.
MSA Milled-nitrile
(Buna-N) Gloves
36740
MSA Milled-nitrile Synthetic Rubber
Gloves have remarkable resistance to
many greases, oils, solvents, and
chemicals. These gloves give extra-
long wear with good resistance to abra-
sion and exceptionally good resistance
to punctures, snagging, and extreme
temperatures.
Cat. No.
Size
Finish
Color
Approx.
thickness,
in. (mm)
Length,
in. (cm)
Unlined
38874
38875
38876
36740
36741
38908
38909
38910
38911
38912
36750
36751
36752
36756
36757
36758
7Vz
a
9
10
11
7V2
8
9 ,
10
11
9
10
11
9
10
11
Smooth
Rough
Smooth*
Smooth'
Black
Black
Black
Black
.010
(-25)
.010
(.25)
.030
(.76)
.030
(.76)
11
(28)
11
(28)
14
(36)
18
(46)
Flock-lined
695211
695212
695213
695214
7Vz
8
9
10
Embossed
Black
.011
(.28)
12
(3D
Available in rough finish upon request
-------
MSA Butyl-rubber Gloves
38551
MSA Butyl-rubber Gloves show unusu-
ally high resistance to oxidation and
oxidizing chemicals. They are ideally
suited for use with nitric acid, sulfuric
acid, hydrofluoric acid, rocket fuels,
and peroxide. These gloves have high
abrasion resistance and remain flexible
at low temperatures.
Cat. No.
38551
38552
38553
38554
38555
38556
Size
9
10
11
9
10
11
Rnish
Smooth
Smooth
Color
Black
Black
Approx.
thickness,
in. (mm)
.017
(.43)
.032
(.81)
Length,
in. (cm)
14
(36)
14
(36)
MSA Neoprene Gloves
695210
Cat. No.
Size
Finish
Color
Approx.
thickness,
in. (mm)
Length,
in. (cm)
Unlined
36714
36715
36716
36718
36719
36720
9
10
11
9
10
11
Smooth
Smooth
Black
Black
.030
(.76)
.030
(.76)
14
(36)
18
(46)
Flock-lined *
695208
695209
695210
8
9
10
Embossed,
Lined
Black
.018
(.46)
13
(33)
Neoprene has been tested and ap-
proved by thousands of users all over
the world. Products made from this
long-wearing synthetic will not deterio-
rate from age or exposure to sunlight.
It makes an ideal protective material
for the hands because it is almost com-
* Also available in sizes 7 and 11.
pletely free of any allergens that might
irritate sensitive skin.
MSA Neoprene Gloves are highly
resistant to most of the oils, greases,
solvents, and caustics used in modern
industry. In many cases, neoprene and
natural latex gloves have almost equal
resistance qualities, but neoprene
gloves are always superior in oils,
greases, and petroleum solvents. They
provide excellent protection from paint
and varnish remover, naphtha, alcohol,
gasoline, lacquer, turpentine, acids,
and many other fluids and solutions.
-------
Comparative chemical resistance
Key: E—excellent; G—good; F—fair; P—poor; NR—not recommended; "—limited service
Chemical
A'Acetaldehyde
Acetate
Acetic acid
•Acetone
Acetylene gas
Acetylene letrachloride
Acrylonitrile
Amidol
Amine hardeners
Ammonium hydroxide
•Amyl acetate
Amyl alcohol
Anhydrous ammonia
Aniline
Aniline hydrochloride
Aniline oil
Animal fats
Animal oils
Anodex
Anthracene
•Aromatic fuels
Arsine
Asbestos
Asphalt
B Banana oil
•Benzaldehyde
•Benzene
Benzol
•Benzyl alcohol
Benzyl benzoate
'Benzyl chloride
Blacosolve
Boron tribromide
Bromine
Bromoform
Butane
2-Butanone
Butyl acetate
Butyl alcohol
•Butylaldehyde
Buiylene
C Cadmium oxide fume
Calcium hydroxide
Carbolic acid
Carbon dioxide
Carbon disulfide
•Carbon tetrachloride
Castor oil
Cellosolve
Cellosolvo acetate
Chlordane
Chlorine gas
•Chlorobenzene
•Chloroacetone
Chlorobromomethane
•Chloroform
Chloronaphthalene
Chlorophenylene diamine
Chloropicrin
•Chlorothene
Chromic acid
Chromotex
Citric acid
Coal tar pitch volatiles
Cottonseed oil
Cotton dust (raw)
Creosote
Cresol
Cupric nitrate
Cyanide
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanol
'Cyclohexanone
Neo-
prene
E
G
E
G
E
F
G
G
F
E
F
E
G
G
F
F
E
E
G
F
P
E
E
G
F
F
P
P
E
G
F
G
G
G
G
E
G
G
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
F
F
F
F
G
G
G
G
F
F
F
G
F
G
P
P
F
G
E
F
G
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
Natural
latei or
rubber
G
F
E
E
E
NR
F
E
F
E
P
E
E
F
G
G
P
F
E
P
NR
E
E
F
P
F
NR
NR
E
F
P
P
P
P
P
F
G
F
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
F
P
P
G
F
F
p
F
P
f
P
P
P
P
P
NR
P
G
E
P
G
E
G
G
G
G
F
F
E
Milled
nilrile
G
P
E
P
E
F
F
F
G
E
P
E
E
P
P
P
E
E
F
F
E
E
E
P
G
F
F
E
G
F
G
P
P
P
E
F
P
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
F
G
E
G
G
G
p
F
P
P
F
E
F
F
P
F
F
G
E
F
E
E
F
F
E
G
G
E
F
Butyl
E
G
E
E
E
F
G
E
G
E
F
E
E
F
F
F
G
G
E
p
NR
E
E
F
F
G
NR
NR
E
F
G
P
P
P
P
F
G
F
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
F
P
F
G
G
F
Q
G
F
E
P
P
F
F
F
NR
F
G
E
F
E
G
G
E
G
F
G
G
Nitrile
latei
G
P
E
P
E
F
F
F
G
E
P
E
E
P
P
P
E
E
F
F
E
E
E
P
G
F
F
E
G
F
G
P
P
P
E
F
P
E
E
E
E
E
F
E
F
G
E
G
G
G
p
F
P
P
F
E
F
F
p
F
F
G
E
F
E
E
F
F
E
G
G
E
F
Chemical
D Decaborane
Degreasing fluids
Diacetone alcohol
Diborane
•Dibenzyl ether
•Dibutyl phthalate
Dichloroethane
Dichloropropene
Diesel fuel
Diethanolaminc
Diethylamine
Oiethyltriamine
Oiisobutyl ketone
Diisocyanate
Oimethylformamide
Dioctyl phthalate
Dioxane
E Emulsifying agent
Emullhogene
EpiChlorohydrin
Epoxy resins, dry
•Esters
Ethane gas
Elhanol
Ethers
•Ethyl acetate
Ethyl alcohol
Ethyl bromide
•Ethyl elher
Ethyl butyl ketone
Ethyl formate
•Ethylaniline
Ethylenediamine
'Ethylene dichloride
Ethylene gas
Ethylene glycol
Elhylene oxide
•Ethylene trichloride
F Fatty acids
Ferrocyanide
Fluoric acid
Fluorine
Fluorine gas
Formaldehyde
Formic acid
Freon 11
Frcon 12
Freon 21
Freon 22
•Furfural
G Gasoline, leaded
Gasoline, unleaded
Glycerine
Glycerol
Glycol
Gold fluoride
Grain alcohol
H Halogens
Hexamethylenetetramine
Hexane
Hexyl acetate
Hydraulic oil
ester base
pet.-oleum base
Hydrazine
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrofluoric acid
Hydrogen gas
Hydrogen peroxide — 30%
Hydrofluosilicic acid
Hydroquinone
Neo-
prene
F
F
E
F
G
G
P
P
G
E
E
G
P
G
F
G
E
G
G
G
E
F
E
E
E
G
E
E
G
F
E
F
E
E
G
F
E
F
E
G
G
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
E
E
E
G
E
G
F
F
F
E
G
F
E
E
E
G
F
G
Natural
latex or
rubber
P
P
E
P
G
P
NR
P
P
G
G
F
F
P
F
P
G
F
F
P
E
P
G
E
G
F
E
G
F
F
G
P
G
E
F
P
P
G
G
F
F
E
E
P
P
P
P
G
P
p
E
E
E
E
E
F
G
P
P
P
P
G
G
G
E
G
G
G
Milled
nitrile
F
G
E
F
F
G
F
F
E
E
E
E
P
G
G
E
G
E
G
F
E
P
E
E
G
F
E
P
G
P
G
P
E
P
E
E
G
G
E
G
E
F
F
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
F
G
P
F
E
G
G
G
E
G
G
F
Butyl
F
P
E
F
G
G
NR
F
P
E
G
G
G
E
G
F
G
E
E
G
E
F
E
E
G
G
E
E
G
G
G
F
E
E
P
F
E
E
G
G
E
E
F
F
F
F
G
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
P
F
G
P
G
G
G
E
G
G
G
Nilrile
latei
F
G
E
F
F
G
F
F
E
E
E
E
P
G
G
E
G
E
G
F
E
P
E
E
G
F
E
P
G
P
G
P
E
P
E
E
G
G
E
G
E
F
F
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
F
G
P
F
E
G
G
G
E
G
G
F
This chart gives the relative resistance
ratings of various glove materials to
solutions commonly used in industry.
When selecting gloves for applications
not listed, write Mine Safety Appliances
Company, 600 Penn Center Boulevard,
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15235, and give as
much detailed information as possible
according to the following points:
1. Chemical composition of the solu-
tion. 2. Degree of concentration
(strength) of the solution. 3. Temper-
ature conditions. 4. Abrasive effects of
materials being handled. 5. Time
cycle of usage.
-------
Chemical
1 Inorganic salts
Iodine
Isooctane
Isopropanol
Isopropyl alcohol
K Kerosene
Kelones
L Lacquer thinners
Lactic acid
Laurie acid
Lineoleic acid
Linseed oil
M Maleic acid
Mercuric chloride
Mercury
Methane gas
Methanol
Methyl acetate
Methyl alcohol
Methylamine
Methyl bromide
Methyl cellosolve
•Methyl chloride
•Methyl ethyl Ketone
Methyl lormate
Methylene bromide
Methylene chloride
•Methyl isobutyl ketone
Methyl methacrylate
Mineral oils
•Monochlorobenzene
Monoethanolamine
Morpholine
Muriatic acid
N Naphthalene
Naphthas, aliphatic
Naphthas, aromatic
•Nitric acid
•Nitric acid, red and
white fuming
•Nitrobenzene
•Nitroelhane
Nitrogen gas
•Nitromethane
•Nitropropane
Nitrous oxide
O Octyl alcohol
Oleic acid
Oxalic acid
Oxygen, liquid
Ozone
P Paint thinners
Paint and varnish removers
Palmitic acid
•Paradichlorobenzene
Parathion
Pentaborane
Pentachloropneno!
Pentane
Perchloric acid
Perch loroethylene
PerKlene
Permachlor
Petroleum distillates
(naphtha)
Petroleum spirits
Phenol
Phenylenediamine
Phenylhydrazine
Phil-solv
Neo-
prene
E
G
F
E
E
E
G
G
E
. E '
E
E
E
G
G
E
• E
G
E
F
G
G
NR
G
G
G
. G
F
G
E
F
E
- E
E
G
E
G
G '
P
F
F
E
F
F
G
E
E
E
F
G
G
G
E '
E
P
r
F
E
E
F
E
E
G
E
E
G
G
E
Natural
latex or
rubber
E
F
P
E
E
F
E
F
E
F
P
P
E
E
G
E
E
F
E
F
F
G
NR
G
F -
G
, F
F
G
.F
P
G
E
G
F
F
P
F
P
P
P
E
P
P
G
E
F
E .
P
. P
F
F
E
F
F
P
G
G
F '
NR
NR
F
P
F
F
P
G
F
Hilled
nitrite
E
G
E
E
E
E
P
P
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
P
E
G
F
G
NR
NR
F
F
F
P
F
E
P
E
G
G
G
E
G
F
P
F
F
E
F
F
G
E '
E
E
NR
P
G
- F
E
E
F
F
G
E
G
G
• G
E
E
E
F
G
G
E
Butyl
E
G
P
E
E
F
E
F
E
E
F
F
E
E .
E
E
E
G
E
G
G
G
NR
-E
G
G
G
E
E
F
F
E
E
E
F.
F
P
F
P
F
F
E
F
F
'G
E
G
E
F
G
F
F
E
E
F
F
G
G
G
NR
NR
NR
F
G
G
G
G
Nltrile
latex
E
G
E
E
E
E
P
P
E
E
G
E
E
E
G
E
E
P
E
G
F
G
NR
NR
F
F
F
P
F
E
P
E
G
G
G
• E
G
F
P
F
F
E
F
F
G
E
E
E
NR
P
G
F
E
E
F
F
G
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
F
G
G
E
Chemical
Phosphoric acid
Pickling solution
Picric acid
Pine oil
Pitch N
Plating solutions
Potassium alum
Potassium bromide
Potassium chrome alum
Potassium dichromate
Potassium lerrocyanide
Potassium hydroxide
Printing inks
Propane gas
Propanol (iso)
Propyl acetate
Propyl alcohol
Propyl alcohol (Iso)
Propylene gas
Propyne gas
Pyrethrum
R'Red fuming nitric acid
Rhodium fume and dust
S Silver nitrate
Skydrol 500
Sodium carbonate metot
Sodium hydroxide
Sodium sutfite
Sodium thiosulfide
Solvarsol
Solvessos
Stearic acid
Stoddard solvent
Styrene
Styrene 100%
Sulfuric acid
T Tannic acid
Tetrahydroborane
Tetraethyl lead
Tetrahydrofuran
•Toluene
Toluene diisocyanate
•Toluol
Trichlor
•Trichloroethylene
•Trichloroethane
Tricresyl phosphate
Tridecyl alcohol
Triethanolamine
Trinitrotoluene
Trinitrotoluol
Triptane
Tung oil
Turco No. 2998
Turpentine
U Unsymmetrical
Dimethylhydrazlne
V Varnoline gas
Vanadium fume and dust
Varsol
Vegetable oils
W Wood alcohol
Wood preservatives
•Woodyouth
X'Xylene
•Xylol
•Xylidene
Z Zinc chloride
Noo-
prena
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
F
G
E '
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
P
E
E
P
G
E
G
G
E
P
E
E
P
P
G
E
F '
E
P
F
F
F
F
F
P
G
G
E
G
G
E
E
P
G
F
E
E
G
E
E
G
F
P
P
E
E
Natural
latex or
rubber
G
G
G
P
P
E
G
G
'G
F
G
E
G
E
•E
F .
E
E
F
F
E
P
E
G
G
G
' E
G
G
F
P
E
F
P
P-
G
E
P
F
F
P
G
P
P
F
P
F
F
G
P
P
P
P
P
F
P
F
E
F
G
E
F
P
' P
P
F
E
Milled
nltrile
. E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
F
G
E
G
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
P
E
E
P
G
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
F
F
G
E
F
E
F
F
F
F •
G
G
F
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
F
E
E
G
E
E
G
F
F
F
F
E
Butyl
E
E
G
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
P
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
F
P
E
G
P
P
G
E
F
G
F
NR
G
NR
P
P
P
F
F
G
F
F
F
F
F
F
P
F
E
F
G
E
Q
G
P
P
F
E
Nltrll*
latex
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
F
G
E
G
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
P
E
E
P
G
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
F
F
G
E
F
E
F
F
F
F
G
G
F
E
E
E
G
Q
E
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
G
F
F
F
F
E
If glove swells, remove it from serv-
ice and replace with a new one; or
rinse glove with plain water and allow
it to return to original shape.
-------
NOTE: This Data Sheet is a guide contain-
ing only a general description of the uses
and performance capabilities of MSA
Molded Handwear. For more complete in-
formation, contact MSA, 600 Penn Center
Boulevard, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15235.
Mine Safety Appliances Company
600 Penn Center Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15235
At your service: 25 branch offices in the United States:
MSA CANADA. Downsview. Ontario (Metro Toronto). Halifax.
Montreal. Winnipeg. Saskatoon. Edmonton. Calgary. Vancouver:
representatives in principal cities of the world.
Cable address—"MINSAF" Pittsburgh
Data Sheet 13-00-18
Printed in U.S.A. 781(L)
-------
MSA
Data Sheet
13-00-17
Coated
Work Gloves
Plastic
Coated Work
Gloves
37646
Application
MSA® Coated Work Gloves meet a
variety of needs. The line contains
plastic, neoprene, and natural rubber
coated types; vinyl treated types;
jersey, flannel, and thermal lined
models. Styles include knitwrist,
bandtop, safety cuff, gauntlet, mitten,
and slip-on with elastic or perforated
back. Some of the uses for Coated
Work Gloves are handling oils, acids,
chemicals, and solvents. They offer
resistance to abrasion, cutting, and
punctures.
Description
Plastic Coated Gloves
All-purpose Gloves: Bright-green, vinyl
plastic coated gloves afford positive
wet and dry grip. Two-piece pattern
jersey lining allows finger dexterity and
comfort. Fingers are curved to hand
contour. Seamless surface has excel-
lent abrasion- and chemical-resistant
qualities and is especially suited for
handling oils, acids, caustics, and many
solvents.
Utility Gloves: PVC coated dark-green
work gloves with high abrasion
resistance, and built-in flexibility which
permits dexterity. Combination of soft
jersey lining and no seams on the wear-
ing area reduces irritation.
Super Flexible Vinyl Plastic Gloves:
Pliable, yellow-coated work gloves
with curved finger construction that
permits flexibility and dexterity.
Two-piece soft jersey lining helps avoid
irritation and eliminate surface seams.
Have good abrasion resistance and
dry-gripping qualities.
Flexible Vinyl Plastic Gloves: Oil, sol-
vent, and abrasion resistant with the
flexibility and dexterity of molded
rubber gloves. Have washable interlock
lining, nonirritating seams, and two-
piece wing thumb construction. Long
wearing, maroon, vinyl plastic coated.
Glow Gloves: Have high-visibility
orange, vinyl plastic coating for hand
signaling in industrial operations;
feature positive grip, flexibility, and
comfort. Available in three lengths,
with jersey or thermal lining. Suggested
for policemen, firemen, and outdoor
workers.
Thermal Gloves: Waffle-weave lining
provides insulation while permitting air
circulation. Tan vinyl coating is abra-
sion resistant and flexible even in
subzero temperatures.
Thermal Glow Gloves: The insulating
qualities of MSA Thermal Gloves are
combined with the high-visibility
orange vinyl of MSA Glow Gloves.
Data Sheet
13-00-17
-------
Rubber and
Neoprene
Work Gloves
37996
Vinyl Treated Work Gloves
38954
38838
Rubber and Neoprene Coated Gloves
Ripple-Texture Gloves: Rugged, rubber
coating over cotton fabric with soft
comfortable lining. Rippled texture for
firm gripping. Excellent for handling
sharp wire, sheet metal, nails, glass,
tubing, or lumber. Coated palm with
knitwrist or safety cuff.
Neoprene Gloves: Smooth-finish black
neoprene with Canton flannel lining and
curved finger construction. Chemical
resistant and liquidproof. Recom-
mended where heat, acids, solvents,
caustics, snagging, or cutting is a
danger.
Python Neoprene Gloves: Black neo-
prene latex glove offers chemical
resistance and wet grip. Has soft,
absorbent, Canton flannel lining and
wing thumb design.
Vinyl Treated Gloves
Workall Gloves: Vinyl impregnated for
long wear, and silicone treated for
water repellence and flexibility. Have
nonslip grip, close fit, and last five times
as long as 8-oz canvas gloves.
Workmore Gloves: Made from soft
cotton base specially treated with a
unique vinyl compound for longer
wear, liquid repellence, launderability,
and good wet or dry gripping.
-------
Glove Selector Chart
Determine the chemical or physical
requirements of your job. Example:
Nitric 10%, or abrasion resistance and
flexibility. Then in the proper chart,
chemical or physical, select the glove
that is listed as best for your particular
needs.
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE SELECTOR CHART PHYSICAL PROPERTIES SELECTOR CHART
ALCOHOLS
Methanol/Butyl/Alcohol/
Glycerine/Ethanol/
Isopropanol
CAUSTICS
Ammonium Hydroxide 38% /
Sodium Hydroxide 50%/
Potassium Hydroxide 50%
CHLORINATED SOLVENTS
Carbon Tetrachlonde/
Perchlorethylene/
Trichlorethylene
KETONES
Methyl Ethyl Ketone/
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone/
Acetone
PETROLEUM SOLVENTS
White Gasoline/Naphtha/
Mineral Thinner/Kerosene
ORGANIC ACIDS
Citric/Formic/
Tannic/Acetic
INORGANIC ACIDS
Hydrochloric 38%/
Hydrochloric 10%/
Sulphuric 10%/
Nitric 10%/
Chromic
Sulphuric 98%/
Nitric 70%
HYDROCARBONS
Stoddard Solvent/
Toluene/Benzene/
Xylene
Coal Tar Distillate
Styrene
MISCELLANEOUS
Lacquer Thinner
Cutting Oil
Battery Acid
Phenol
Insecticides
Printing Ink
Dyestuffs
Pent*
Formaldehyde
Vegetable Oil
Animal Fat
Acrylonitrile
Steam
Aniline
Hydraulic Fluid
Turpentine
Linseed Oil
Soya Bean Oil
Carbon Disulfide
Creosote
Paint & Varnish Remover
«-
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
F
G
E
F
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
e.
G
E
E
N.R.
G
F
&
E
E
F
N.R.
G
E
E
G
G
F
F
G
F
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
F
G
F
•H
•SOS
E
E
F
N.R.
G
E
E
G
G
F
F
G
F
E
E
G
E
,
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
F
G
F
,£"».
•.am
E
E
F
N.R.
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
E
E
G
E
,
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
G
F
Sr
G
E
N.R.
G
F
E
G
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
N.R.
F
N.R.
F
G
G
F
c
E
F
E
G
G
E
E
E
F
F
N.R.
F
G
F
N.R.
tSwi MSA GLOVE "SS?" •
funic
NEOPRENE G
PYTHON NEOPRENE G
RIPPLE-TEXTURE G
E ALL-PURPOSE E N
UTILITY E N
FLEXIBLE
VINYL PLASTIC E N
SUPER FLEXIBLE
VINYL PLASTIC E N
F E Excellent G— Good
8.. -5S «« 'SiT ««, g, "j
•a wa MNf MM
E E G E G E F
E E G E G G E
E E E E F E E
.R. G F G E E E
.R. G F F E E F
.R. G F G E E E
.R. G F E E E G
F— Fair N.R. —Not Recommended
'Coated fabric gloves are generally not recommended for continual exposure
to hot objects because the heat builds up in the coating and does not
dissipate rapidly. For periodic handling of hot objects in a heat range
under 250 F, they are satisfactory.
GLOVE LENGTHS CHART
E CT"N. s'
^\ ^W- ^~X.
^^ Bt^ ~~~~^'
Fully Coated Knitwrist
G
G
i ^^
c-S>yT> ^-
V^ » ^*~ """*"
F ^ • — — "* '
Fully Coated Safety Cuff
(Band Top)
F
E
E S-T^ __^- ^
^ r~=*"*' * V '
C^ -^.^^-^
E Fully Coated 10* Gauntlet
E (10* Safety Cuff)
E
^
E r— sr~^ — • — * — c
G S^E:^ js '
E ^-Z. ^^_-"r'
E
E Fully Coated 14* Gauntlet
E
G
G ^— ^ S
G ^2- ^~* **
F ^"" -* 1 _-
Fully Coated 11" Gauntlet
E -Excellent G-Good F Fair N.R. -Not Recommended (Cadet Size)
V^i">v^ ^^,
^_-{!_' "^ "" ^}
C^^* ^^ '^
^^^ ^^JtsA — *~-S
Palm Coated Knitwrlat
-^— —*
**-^~>*.*-r— 1 -^~~~ I
Sa*"^ «jf 1 ~^"^^_-^-x-^
S^I^-3--5u| 1 ^^- _y
^ ^
Palm Coated Safety Cuff
--
' ' . ' ' ' *
<—-£T\— — v-^^"^ \
>- ^^ \^ ^1__^
^^L^^-^_J=:^^<'
Fully Coated 12" Gauntlet
c- ^~--^\/
/ ^ — "" V,
^•---^ V'
r " ^ " -J
Fully Coated 18* Gauntlet
^
f^T~Jttiif ""
/ ^ uffi ^^^s~^^
X :fp"111 — — ~^"
Fully Coated Knitwrist Mitten
-------
Ordering information
Catalog numbers (for pair; shipped 6
doz pr per case unless otherwise
indicated)
Plastic Coated Gloves
(All-purpose Gloves')
37648 Knitwrist, coated palm; case
shipping weight, 26 Ib
37650 Bandtop, coated palm; case
shipping weight, 26 Ib
37653 Ladies knitwrist, fully coated;
case shipping weight, 26 Ib
37647 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 31 Ib
37649 Bandtop, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 31 Ib
37651 Safety cuff, 10 in.; fully coated,
case shipping weight, 36 Ib
37652 Gauntlet, 12 in.; fully coated,
case shipping weight, 42 Ib
37727 Gauntlet, 14 in.; fully coated,
case shipping weight, 49 Ib
'The All-purpose Glove is not designed (or handling
extremely hot. abrasive, or sharp materials, or to
provide dielectric protection.
(Utility Gloves)
34333 Knitwrist, coated palm; case
shipping weight, 38 Ib
34335 Safety Cuff, coated palm; case
shipping weight, 38 Ib
34332 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 24 Ib
34331 Safety Cuff, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 28 Ib
34334 Gauntlet, 12 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 35 Ib
38931 Gauntlet, 14 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 42 Ib
(Super Flexible Vinyl Plastic Gloves)
37642 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 31 Ib
37643 Gauntlet, 12 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 42 Ib
(Flexible Vinyl Plastic Gloves)
37644 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 28 Ib
37646 Gauntlet, 12 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 40 Ib
37515 Gauntlet, 14 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 46 Ib
37645 Cadet, 11 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 34 Ib
(Glow Gloves)
37999 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 30 Ib
38000 Gauntlet, 12 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 40 Ib
38096 Mitten, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 34 Ib
(Thermal Gloves)
38580 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 38 Ib
38647 Gauntlet, 10 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 43 Ib
38648 Gauntlet, 12 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 49 Ib
(Thermal Glow Gloves)
38578 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 38 Ib
38645 Gauntlet, 10 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 43 Ib
38646 Gauntlet, 12 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 49 Ib
38579 Mitten, knitwrist, fully coated;
case shipping weight, 41 Ib
Rubber and Neoprene Coated Gloves
(Rubber Ripple-Texture Gloves)
695087 Knitwrist, coated palm
695086 Safety Cuff, coated palm
(Neoprene Gloves)
37726 Knitwrist, coated palm; case
shipping weight, 24 Ib
37610 Knitwrist, lightweight, fully
coated; case shipping weight,
27 Ib
34323 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 31 Ib
37611 Gauntlet, 10 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 34 Ib
34324 Gauntlet, 12 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 39 Ib
37612 Gauntlet, 14 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 40 Ib
37613 Gauntlet, 18 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 49 Ib
37616 Knitwrist, extra-heavyweight,
fully coated; case shipping
weight, 38 Ib
37617 Gauntlet, 12 in., extra-heavy-
weight, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 46 Ib
37618 Gauntlet, 14 in., extra-heavy-
weight, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 48 Ib
(Python Neoprene Gloves)
37993 Knitwrist, fully coated; case
shipping weight, 32 Ib
37996 Gauntlet, 12 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 42 Ib
37994 Gauntlet, 14 in., fully coated;
case shipping weight, 45 Ib
Vinyl Treated Gloves
(Workall Gloves—vinyl impregnated)
38651 Slip-on, medium; 12 doz pr per
case, shipping weight, 25 Ib
38652 Slip-on, large; 12 doz pr per
case, shipping weight, 25 Ib
38838 Slip-on perforated back,
medium; 12 doz pr per case,
shipping weight, 25 Ib
38839 Slip-on, perforated back, large;
12dozpr per case, shipping
weight, 25 Ib
38842 Knitwrist, medium; 12 doz pr
per case, shipping weight, 25 Ib
38843 Knitwrist, large; 12 doz pr per
case, shipping weight, 25 Ib
38846 Slip-on, Glow Glove,* medium;
12 doz pr per case, shipping
weight, 25 Ib
38847 Slip-on, Glow Glove,* large;
12 doz pr per case, shipping
weight, 25 Ib
38848 Knitwrist, Glow Glove,*
medium; 12 doz pr per case,
shipping weight, 25 Ib
38849 Knitwrist, Glow Glove,* large;
12 doz pr per case, shipping
weight, 25 Ib
•Workall Glow Gloves—the backs ol the last three
fingers are blaze orange.
(Workmore Gloves—vinyl treated)
38953 Knitwrist, Clute cut palm, full
forefinger; 12 doz pr per case,
shipping weight, 38 Ib
38954 Slip-on, Clute cut palm, full
forefinger; 12 doz pr per case,
shipping weight, 38 Ib
38959 Slip-on, perforated back, Clute
cut palm, full forefinger; 12
doz pr per case, shipping
weight, 38 Ib
Note: This Data Sheet is a guide, containing
only a general description of uses and per-
formance capabilities of certain MSA Coated
Work Gloves. Before use, refer to and
strictly follow all instructions, cautions, and
warnings on or with the products. For more
complete inlormation, contact MSA, 600
Penn Center Blvd., Pittsburgh, Pa. 15235.
Mine Safety Appliances Company
600 Penn Center Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15235
At your service: 25 branch offices in the United Stales;
MSA CANADA Downsview., Ontario (Metro Toronto). Halifax.
Montreal. Winnipeg. Saskatoon. Edmonton. Calgary. Vancouver:
representatives in principal cities of the world.
Cable address—"MINSAF" Pittsburgh
Data Sheet 13-00-17
Printed In U.S.A. 777 (L)
-------
Edmont - UUilson
i
Job-Fitted Gloves
and Protective Clothing
DISTRIBUTED BY:
>.. :.
CopyrtU O 1978 Becton, Dickinson and Company
-------
The ChemKM! Oeurailaiion Guide is profiled as an aid in Jcicrnimm^
ihe general suitabilitv of \anous Fdmoni-\Vil\(>n ^|t»\e .mil clothing ma-
terials for use ujih specific chemicals, li indicates only the deuradiny
effect uf the chemicals on ihose materials. !t does not consider pcrme-
ahiliiy of the materials, or ihe \ariable condhion.s which can influence
product performance on actual job applications. Such conditions include
chemical concentration, tempcraiure. and combmaiions. .mil ihe length
(if lime the product is in contact unli ihe chemical. In .iddiiion. products
of ihe same m.itcnal bin of different thicknesses m.t\ perlorm dillcreniK
on the same ioh
Since ihe actual use of ihe ulo\cs or cloihini: ma\ differ from ih.ii
knoun ' I-dmoni-WiKon. the suitahiliu ol ihe product for .1 specific job
should be determined b\ testing b\ the purchaser I'pun uriticn request.
i dir.iMii-\\'ilson uill |>rot!ilc a sample i>f ihe material to aid \ou in making
this deiernimaiion.
PVC FV»
NIK POlT VINTl POLV VINTL
HTCAM CHlOftlOC ALCOHOL
Butyt Alcohol
Ctironic Acid
C'tnc Ac«
Cotton S*« Oil
Creoute
Cyclotwimol
D'Dutyl Pntfialjt
DiCiiorelfi*«e
0 cl"yijm>"e
0- iiooutyl Ketor
0>-iwX»*iJIr
-c 36X Acid
iC 1 OX Acid
MydiOlluoriC 48X Ac.fl
Hydrogen Pc'onde 3C7X
lioduty" Alcohol
CHEMICAL
i JCt c ACid
L*u'.c Ac-d
L.no>e c Acid
NBR POlf VINYL I*OIT VtMTL
RUBBER NEOPRENE HTCA* CHLORIOl AlCOMOl
P'Opyl AlcOhOI
P'Opyl *cet*l*
C 9JX Acid
•c 10X Acid
: Aco
S—Fluid has no degrading effect. E—Fluid has very little degrad-
ing effect. G—Fluid has minor to moderate degrading effecl.
F—Fluid has moderate degrading effect. P—Fluid has pro-
nounced degrading effecl. NR—Noi suitable for use in fluid.
The chemicals in the above Guide highlighted in blue are known carcinogens.
Those highlighted in green have been identified as suspected carcinogens. The
Guide indicates only the degrading effect of these chemicals on product materi-
als. Permeability of the product materials by these chemicals is not considered.
Physical Characteristics
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Tear Resistance
Abrasion Resistance
Heat Resistance
Ozone Resistance
Neoprene
E
E
G
G
E
E
Rubber
E
E
G
G
F
G
NBR
E
G
G
E
E
G
Vinyl
F
F
f
G
P
E
KEY TO CHART: S—Superior E—Excellent G—Good F—Fair P—Poor.
PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE
Abrasion Resistance . .
Cut Resistance .
Dry Grip
Flenbility
Puncture Resistance
Wet Grip
HYCRON
E
G
E
E
E
F
NEOX
F
E
G
G
E
F
REOMONT
G
S
G
F
E
G
SCORPIO
F
G
G
S
F
S
GRAB-IT
F
E
E
F
E
G
SNORKEL
G
F
E
f.
G
E
GRAPPLER
S
F
G
F
G
E
MONKEY
GRIP
S
F
E
G
G
F
PVA
F
F
G
F
F
F
KEY TO CHART: S—Superior E—Excellent G—Good F—Fair f—Poor.
-------
33-105
Knft-
vinyl coated
AIR-CONDITIONED LINE
Provides the coolness of cotton, yet outwears 8 oz.
cotton at least 4 to 1 on straight abrasion. Special
knitted lining and porous coating let air come thru
to keep hands cooler and drier. Simplified construction
eliminates seams from the working areas which usually
rub fingers and knuckles. Stretches to allow unrestricted
dexterity, and for easy on and off. Excellent dry grip.
Glove is machine washable, and lining won't ball up.
"Job-fitted" for general plant use; shipping and receiv-
ing; assembly, inspection, and packaging; light fabri-
cation; general maintenance.
33-105: Slip-on. Men's M & L.
33-106: Slip-on. Women's L.
(M rize to be available 1/1/76)
22-515
KSR
vinyl coated
KNIT LINED
Extra light, flexible and comfortable, yet outwears
8 oz. cotton gloves at least 8 to 1 on straight abrasion.
Inter-lock knit lining stretches to a snug, sensitive fit,
and for easy on and off. Vinyl coating provides an
excellent grip, breathes for ventilation and is liquid
repellent (not liquidproof). Glove is machine washable,
and lining won't ball up. Replaces brown jersey, goat-
skin, light leather, cotton, and light-duty vinyl im-
pregnated gloves. "Job-fitted" for general use,
assembly, inspection, packaging, shipping, receiving
and maintenance.
22-515: Slip-on. Men's M. L, & Ex-L.
22-516: Slip-on. Women's M & L.
if ':•' .
! '
>..
Hynit
nbr impregnated
KNIT LINED
Excellent abrasion and cut resistance. Outwears light
vinyl impregnated gloves as much as 5 to 1, and light
to medium leather as much as 3 to 1, on straight
abrasion. Excellent dry grip—makes handling safer
and easier. Interlock knit lining and flexible coating
stretch to provide a snug fit. good dexterity, and easy
on and off. Repellent but not liquidproof. Glove is
machine washable, and lining won't ball up. "Job-fitted"
for general plant use; assembly, inspection, and pack-
aging; shipping and receiving; light to medium metal
fabrication; general maintenance.
32-105: Slip-on. Men's M & L.
32-106: Slip-on. Women's M & L.
PERFORATED STYLES
Same as above except backs of last three fingers are
perforated for "air-conditioned" comfort.
32-125: Slip-on. Men's M & L.
32-128: SHpon. Women's M & L.
U.S.D.A. accepted for food and meat handling.
32-105
1-114
STO
vinyl impregnated
SUPER-FLEXIBLE LINE
Provides excellent dexterity and grip. Stretches to a
snug fit, and for easy on and off. Replaces 8 oz. cotton,
goatskin and light leather gloves because it grips better,
provides greater dexterity and usually wears longer.
Vinyl impregnated, inter-lock knit fabric breathes for
coolness. Repellent but not liquidproof. Glove is ma-
chine washable, and lining won't ball up. "Job-fitted"
for general plant use, and for assembling, inspecting
and packaging small or delicate parts.
1-114: Slip-on. Men's M, L & Ex-L.
1-116: Slip-on. Women's S, M & L.
WHITE STD
"Job-fined" for clean-rooms, food plants and other
areas where white gloves are desirable. Same grip,
wear and launderability as the brown STD.
1-124: Slip-on. Men's M, L & Ex-L.
1-126: Slip-on. Women's S, M & L.
STO itovat nava colo
itKchlnt on cum for quick >lzt millnt «N«r
liundarlnf. M.n'j M tlza tin »*!lo* Itttchlnf. L hat brown, El-L h.i
black. Woman'! S tin hat froan. M hai ratf. I hat blua.
Patent No. 3050738
-------
20-115
51-153
41-141
vinyl coated
SUPER COMFORT LINE
Preferred for its superior comfort. Unique construction
puts the seams on the outside, leaves nothing but soft
jersey inside. Reinforced thumb crotch provides ex-
tended service on jobs which subject this area to exces-
sive stress and abrasion. Other benefits include an
excellent grip, good flexibility, a low cost-to-wear ratio,
and machine washability. Tough vinyl coating outwears
8 oz. cotton at least 10 to 1 on straight abrasion. It
breathes for ventilation and is liquid repellent (not
liquidproof). Replaces cotton, goatskin and lightleather
vinyl impregnated
REGULAR DUTY LINE
Replaces 8 and 10 oz. cotton, goatskin and light leather
gloves. Provides good dexterity and grip. Outwears
8 oz. cotton at least 5 to 1 on straight abrasion. Back is
perforated for "air-conditioned" comfort. Repellent
but not liquidproof. Machine washable. "Job-fitted" for
general plant use, assembling, receiving and shipping.
51-103: Perforated slip-on. Women's M & L.
Paienl No. 2913729
51-153: Perforated slip-on. Men's M & L.
P.tem No. 2913729
51-101: Slip on. Women's M A L.
51-152: Knitwrist. Men's M A L.
51-151: Slip-on. Men's M A L.
vinyl impregnated
HEAVY DUTY LINE
Gives an excellent grip, good dexterity and long service.
Outwears medium to heavy leather gloves on many
jobs, and regular jersey at least 10 to 1 on straight
abrasion. Coating is repellent (not liquidproof), oil-
resistant, and stays soft when cold. Palm is impregnated
with heavy gauge vinyl. Back is lightly coated. Machine
washable. "Job-fitted" for chemical plants, yard work,
truck driving, warehousing and general use.
gloves. "Job-fitted" for general plant use, assembly line,
shipping, receiving and maintenance.
20-112: Knitwrist. Men's M & L.
20-115: Slip-on. Men's M & L.
20-116: Slip-on. Women's M & L.
'•'LtS
Same as above except without thumb crotch rein-
forcement.
20-102: Knitwrist. Men's M & L.
20-105: Slip-on. Men's M & L.
20-106: Slip-on. Women's M & L.
LIGHT DUTY LINE
Outwears 8 oz. cotton at least 3 to 1 on straight abrasion.
Flexible and comfortable. Gives a good sense of touch
and grip. Repellent but not liquidproof. Machine wash-
able. "Job-fitted" for inspection, receiving, shipping,
assembling small parts, and general use.
41-141: Slip-on. Men's M & L.
41-171: Slip-on. Women's M.
Colon* Hitching on curti Mid coiortd knitwtiiti ptrmtt quick tin
miting after l«undtrin(. Mtn't M lilt Slip-on hn yellow Hitching.
L hn brown. Mtn't M tl» KnltwrlH ll white, L i« brown. Womtn't M
«l« Slip-on hn rid Hitching, L hn blul Womin'j M tin KnltwrM
ll white. I it MIM.
Werx was the first vinyl impregnated glove made for
industry. Today there are many imitations. The genuine
Werx is identified by this mark in the fabric. It is your
guarantee of proven performance and value.
21-704
21-700: Knitwrist. Men's size.
21-704: Driver's style with elastic wrist. Men's M & L.
21-707: Safety cuff. Men's M & L.
21-752: 12" gauntlet. Men's M & L.
Uncoated fabric back ventilates to work cooler. Same
tough coating on palm.
21-744: Driver's style with elastic wrist. Men's M & L.
21-747: Safety cuff. Men's M & L.
All Tul-Ouk ilovti, ncipt Hit Knitwriit. hivi coiortd itltchlnf on cuff!
tor quick Hit mttinf after Itundtrinf. Tht M tin hn black Hitching.
L hn gray
P«em No. 3050738
-------
Hycron
nbr coated
27-607
ABRASION RESISTANT LINE
Combines exceptional toughness and flexibility. Ex-
clusive NBR coating gives superior service handling
rough, abrasive materials. Also provides an excellent
dry grip, and high resistance to cuts, snags, punctures,
grease and oils. Soft, jersey lining is a 2-piece pattern.
It eliminates seams from the working area to prevent
hand irritation and premature wear-thru. Curved, pre-
flexed fingers and wing thumb. Excellent replacement
for leather gloves. "Job-fitted" for general use, for
handling castings, cc es, fabricated metal, and produc-
tion of fabricated milding materials such as concrete
block, brick tile, lumber, plywood, and drywall.
27-600: Palm coated knitwrist. Men's size.
27-601: Women's size. Palm coated knitwrisi.
27-602: Fully coated knitwrist. Men's size.
27-603: Women's size. Fully coated knitwrist.
27-607: Palm coated safety cuff. Men's size.
U.S.D.A. accepted for food and meat handling
Foam insulated
TOUGH COATING of vinyl
or neoprene resists abra-
sion, oils, chemicals. Stays
soft when cold.
FOAM INSULATION locks
out cold, keeps hands warm.
DEEP-FLEECE UNING helps
retain warmth, feels food
on the hand.
"Job-fitted" for winter transportation, yard and field
work, cold storage and unheated warehouses, labora-
tories, construction, and other winter jobs.
WINTER MONKEY GRIP Liquidproof vinyl coating
resists oil, acids, chemicals, and caustics. Curved
fingers, wing thumb, and general softness make this
glove very comfortable and easy to wear.
23-152: IT fatty coated gauntlet. Men's size.
23-189: Fully coated one finger mitten. Free index finger
allows more dexterity than full mitten, provides
more warmth than a glove. Men's size.
23-191: Fully coated knitwrist. Men's size.
23-193: Fully coated safety cuff. Men's size.
Patent No.. 3173150. 34*8735
WINTER FIREBALL Liquidproof vinyl coating. Fluo-
rescent fire-orange color is easier to see. Improves
safety and band signaling for transportation, traffic
control, construction, etc.
23-429: Fully coated mitten. Provides most warmth.
Extra long elastic wrist. Men's size.
23-491: Fully coated knitwrist. Extra long elastic wrist.
Men's size. p.lem ^ 3173150. swros
GOLDEN
Grab-it
rubber coated
CRINKLE-FINISHED LINE
Premium quality. Outperforms ordinary rubber coated
gloves. Provides a safer wet or dry grip, greater cut
resistance, longer wear, and improved cushioning of
WINTER TUF-DUK Vinyl impregnated to provide an
excellent grip and long wear. Sheds snow, sleet and
rain (not liquidproof).
31-790: Knitwrist style. Men's M & L.
31-791: Driver's style with elastic wrist. Men's M & L.
23-191
23-491
31-791
16-307
the hands against vibration and jolts. Crinkle-textured,
heavy-duty coating has no rubber particles to shed.
Curved, preflexed fingers and wing thumb give extra
working comfort. "Job-fitted" for handling smooth,
slippery or sharp-edged materials like glass, sheet metal,
and tin plate.
16-300: Palm coated knitwrist. Men's size.
16-301: Women's size. Palm coated knitwrist.
16-307: Palm coated safety cuff. Men's size.
16-362: 12" palm coated gauntlet. Elastic wrist and
knuckle strap. Men's size.
-------
6-620
(rrfj
cr
r:M :
rubber coated
FLOCK-FINISHED LINE
Provides an excellent grip for handling wet or dry
materials. Rough-finished rubber coating has high abra-
sion and cut resistance. 2-piece jersey lining greatly
improves puncture resistance, and eliminates seams
from the working areas to prevent hand irritation and
premature wear thru. "Job-fitted" for general use,
handling multi-wall paper bags, glass, castings, cores,
scrap metal, tile, block, lumber, logs, and veneer, and
in acids, caustics, alcohols and many solvents.
6-600: Palm coaled knitwrisi. Curved fingers, wing-thumb.
Men's size.
6-620: Palm coated safety cuff. Curved fingers, wing-thumb.
Men's size.
6-622: 12" fully coated gauntlet. Curved fingers, wing thumb.
Men's size.
6-660: Fully coated knitwrist. Men's size.
6-662: 10" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
24-362
3-312
vinyl coated
PREMIUM PVC LINE
Premium quality for heavy duty protection and long
service. Outperforms regular vinyl coated gloves as
much as 50%. Soft jersey lining, and reinforced vinyl
coating produced only by Edmont-Wilson, provide
vinyl coated
STANDARD PVC LINE
Economical for a broad range<
-------
4-412
vinyl coated
SUPER-FLEXIBLE
PVC LINE
Provides excellent wet grip, flexibility and comfort.
A dipped finish makes handling slippery materials safer
and easier. Available with jersey lining, or inter-lock
knit which works cooler, is more flexible, and won't
ball up when laundered. Jersey lining feels soft, and
insulates against moderate heat and cold. 2-piece liner
construction eliminates seams from the working areas
to prevent hand irritation, and premature wear thru.
Comfortable curved fingers and wing thumb. "Job-
polyvinyl alcohol
coated
ORGANIC SOLVENT
RESISTANT LINE
"Job-fitted" for handling in strong organic solvents
such as aromatics, and chlorinated ... the types which
quickly deteriorate rubber, neoprene and polyvinyl
chloride coated gloves. PVA coating is nearly inert to
neoprene coated
KNIT LINED
SUPER-FLEXIBLE LINE
Excellent dexterity and comfort. An inter-lock knit
lining and flexible coating stretch to provide a snug
fit, and easier on and off. 2-piece lining construction
r
-•> [
neoprene coated
HEAVY DUTY LINE
Premium quality for maximum protection in oils, acids.
caustics, alcohols and solvents. Reinforced neoprene
fitted" for handling materials coated with grease or oil
film, and in acids, caustics and many solvents.
4-452: Knit lined. 12" fully coated gauntlet.
Men's M & L.
4-454: Kntt lined. 14" fully coated gauntlet.
Men's M & L.
4-404: Jersey fined. Fully coated knitwrist. Men's size.
4-405: Jersey fined. Women's size. Fully coated knitwrist.
4-412: Jersey lined. 12" fully coated gauntlet.
Men's M & L.
4-414: Jersey fined. 14" fully coated gauntlet.
Men's M & L.
4-460: Jersey fined. 10" fully coated gauntlet.
Men's M & L.
15-554
these solvents. There is no absorption to cause swell-
ing, and almost no extraction to cause shrinking. Very
comfortable and provides excellent dexterity. Weighs
only half as much as a neoprene coated gauntlet.
Curved, preflexed fingers and wing thumb.
15-552: 12" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
15-554: 14" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
15-561: 12" fully coated gauntlet. Women's size.
CAUTION
PVA coating is water soluble. Do not use in water or
water based solutions.
eliminates seams from the working areas to prevent
hand irritation and premature wear thru. Reinforced
neoprene coating protects against abrasion, cutting,
and a broader range of chemicals than any other glove
coating. A dipped finish makes handling wet, slippery
materials safer and easier. Curved, preflexed fingers
and wing thumb. "Job-fitted*' for handling in oils, acids,
caustics, alcohols, and solvents.
8-352: 12" fully coated gauntlet. Sizes S, M, L, & Ex-L.
U.S.D.A. accepted for food and meat handling
coating has a dipped finish which gives an excellent
wet grip. Outwears regular neoprene coated gloves as
much as 30%. Fabric lining substantially increases snag
and puncture resistance. Curved fingers and wing
thumb provide extra comfort.
19-930: 10" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
19-932: 12" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
19-934: 14" fully coaled gauntlet. Men's size.
19-938: 18" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
8-352
19-932
-------
9-922
neoprene coated
STANDARD LINE
Reinforced neoprene coating protects against abrasion,
cutting and a broader range of chemicals than any other
glove coating. Fabric lining greatly improves snag and
puncture resistance. Knitwrist styles have 2-piece lin-
ings. All styles have curved fingers and wing thumbs
for a natural fit and greater comfort. "Job-fitted" for
handling in oils, acids, caustics, alcohols and solvents.'
9-022: Hi-Lo Temperature glove. 12" fully coated gauntlet.
Quilted cotton liner insulates against heat or cold.
Men's size.
9-909: Fully coated knitwrist. Men's size.
9-920: 10" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
9-922: 12" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
9-924: 14" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
9-928: 18" fully coated gauntlet. Men's size.
9-430: 31" fully coated gauntlet. Protects to shoulder. Avail-
able in pairs or single hands. Men's size
STYLES
Same compound but a lighter coating for extra flexi-
bility.
9-908: Fully coated knitwrist. Men's size.
9-912: 12" fully coaled gauntlet. Men's size.
29-865
UNSUPPORTED LINE
Provides excellent protection in a broad range of
chemicals, and against abrasions, cuts and punctures.
Case hardened to increase chemical and abrasion re-
sistance over other neoprene gloves. Comfortable
curved fingers and contoured palm. Available smooth,
or with embossed or dipped finish for better gripping.
Smooth finish gloves have ribbed backs to provide air
circulation and eliminate tightness over knuckles when
hands are closed. Improves comfort and reduces hand
fatigue. "Job-fitted" for handling in oils, acids, caustics,
alcohols and solvents, and for food processing.
xl.£GLlL^] DUTY STYLSS
Made from latex neoprene compound.
29-840: .015" gauge, 11 "length. Smooth: Rolled cuff.
Sizes 8-9-10-11.
29-845: .017" gauge, 12" length. Embossed. Rolled cuff.
Sixes 7-7'/i-8-8'/5-9-10-Il.
29-870: .018" gauge. 11" length. Smooth. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 7-8-9-10-11.
29-875: .019" gauge. 12' length. Embossed. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 8-9-10-11.
STYLE
Made from latex neoprene compound.
Soft, cotton-flock lining absorbs perspiration and feels
good on the hand. The lining, plus generously pro-
portioned wrist, make the glove easier on and off.
Embossed finish gives a good wet grip.
29-865: .018" gauge, 12" length. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 7-8-9-10-11.
U.S.D.A. accepted
for food and meat handling.
37-175
Sd-Vax
unsupported
SOLVENT RESISTANT
NBR (BUNA-N) LINE
Exclusive NBR compound is far superior to natural
rubber and neoprene in aromatic, petroleum and chlo-
rinated solvents. Protects against abrasion, cuts, snags
and punctures better than any other type of unsupported
glove. Case hardened to give extra chemical and abra-
sion resistance. Comfortable curved fingers and con-
toured palm fit the hand naturally. Embossed finish
provides better gripping. "Job-fitted" for handling in
solvents, oils, grease, fats, acids, caustics and alcohols.
and for food processing.
37-145: .011" gauge. 12" length. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 7-8-9- 10-11.
37-155: .015" gauge, 12" length. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 7-8-9- 10-11.
37-165: .022" gauge. 14" length. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 9-10-11.
37-185: .022" gauge, 18" length. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 9-10-11.
STYLc
Soft, cotton-flock lining absorbs perspiration, feels good
on the hand, and makes the glove easier on and off.
37-175: .015" gauge, 12" length. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 7-8-9-10-11.
U.S.O.A. accepted for food and meat handling
8
-------
unsupported
PREMIUM LINE
Case hardened for greater chemical and abrasion resis-
tance. Gives longer service than regular rubber gloves.
Curved fingers and contoured palm provide an easy-
working fit. Available smooth, or with sprayed or em-
bossed finish for better gripping. The smooth and
sprayed finish gloves have ribbed backs to provide air
circulation and eliminate tightness over knuckles when
hands are closed. Improves comfort and reduces hand
fatigue. "Job-fitted" food processing, electronics manu-
facturing, and handling in acids, alkalies, salts and
ketones.
26-640: .015" gauge, 11" length. Smooth. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 7y,-8-8'/i-9-9V,-10-ll.
26-641: .015" gauge, 11" length. Smooth. Finked cuff.
Sizes 7'/,-8-8'/,-9-10-11.
26-645: .015" gauge. 11" length. Sprayed. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 7V4-8-SH-9-9V1-10-11.
26-646: .015" gauge, 11" length. Sprayed. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 7-7M-8-8M-94K-10-11.
26-670: .018" gauge, 11" length. Smooth. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 7V4-8-8'/4-9-9Vi-10-ll.
26-675: .018" gauge, 11" length. Sprayed. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 8-9-10-11.11.
26-680: .021" gauge, 11" length. Smooth. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 8-9-10-11.11.
26-685: .021" gauge, 11" length. Sprayed. Rolled cuff.
Size* 8-9-10-11.11.
SOFT-LliyED STYLE
Soft, cotton-flock lining absorbs perspiration and fed*
good on the hand. The lining, plus generously propor-
tioned wrist, makes the glove easier on and off. Em-
bossed finish gives a good wet grip.
26-665: .018- gauge. 13" length. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 7-8-9-10-11.
U.S.O.A. accepted for food and meat handling
Lonq Service Rubber
"^_x
unsupported STANDARD LINE HEAVY DUTY STYLE
Caw hardened for greater resistance to chemicals and
abrasion. Comfortable curved fingers and contoured
palm are easy to work in. Choice of sprayed or em-
bossed finish. Sprayed finish gloves have ribbed backs
to provide air circulation and eliminate tightness over
knuckles when hands are closed. Improves comfort
and reduces hand fatigue. "Job-fitted" for food process-
ing and handling in acids, alkalies, salts and ketones.
36-124: .018" gauge, 12" length. Generously proportioned
wrists make on and off easier. Embossed. Pinked
cuff. Sizes 7-7U-&8M-9-9U-10-11.
KAjyRY-TEX
Has 37% thicker rubber on ringers. Extends glove life
on jobs where fingers are subjected to excessive wear.
Sprayed finish gives an excellent wet grip.
36-555: .016"-.022" gauge, 11" length. Pinked cuff. Sizes
7V4-8-9-10.
For plywood gluing and heavy duty liquidproof pro-
tection. Made of tough, heavy gauge-rubber for extra
abrasion and puncture resistance. Embossed finish
gives a good wet grip.
36-755: MO" gauge, 14" length. Pinked cuff. Sizes 10-11.
U.S.D.A. accepted for food and meat handling.
36-124
-------
46-320
A premium quality, surgeon's-type rubber glove de-
signed for industrial use. Strong, yet thin and snug-
fitting. Provides superior dexterity and sensitivity. Re-
sists acids, alkalies, salts and ketones. Curved fingers
and contoured palm give extra working ease. Available
smooth, or with sprayed finish for safer gripping. "Job-
fitted" for electronics manufacturing, research labora-
tory work and assembling small pans.
46-320: .009" gauge, ll1/," length. Smooth. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 61/,-7-7'/>-8-8'/>-9-9'/,-10.
46-321: .009" gauge, ll'/T length. Sprayed. Rolled cuff.
Sizes 6'/,-7-7'/,-8-8'/,-9-91/,.
46-710: .0075" gauge, 1IV," length. Smooth. Flat cuff.
Sizes 6'/,-7-7'/,-8-9. Bulk packed 12 doz. per case,
rights and lefts separated.
Case hardening toughens the glove surface for in-
creased chemical and abrasion resistance.
46-322: .017" gauge. 11" length. Smooth. Pinked cuff.
Sizes7-7'/,-8-8'/,-9-10.
46-323: .017" gauge. 11" length. Sprayed. Pinked cuff.
Sizes 7-71/,-8-8'/,-9-10.
46-322 and 46-323 arc
US DA accepted for food and meat handling.
35-125
Tru-Touch
POLYETHYLENE LINE
The POLY-D GLOVE gives low-cost product protec-
tion for food and precision parts handling. Superior
touch sensitivity. Powderless and sulphur-free — can't
mark delicate materials. Fits either hand. Disposable.
35-112 Roll: 100 gloves, .00125" gauge, no paper. S, M, L,
35-119 Box: 1000 gloves, .00125" gauge, no paper. S.M.L
35-122 Roll: 100 gloves, .00125" gauge. Sizes S, M, L.
35-125 Disponur: 100 gloves, .00125" gauge. Sizes S. M, L.
35-126 Ditponior: 1000gloves, .00125" gauge. Sizes S. M. L.
35-129 Roll: 1000 gloves, .00125" gauge. Sizes S, M, L.
DISPOSABLE OR REUSABLE
ECONOMICAL. Replace rubber gloves and reduce
costs for hand or product protection where glove con-
tamination is high.
REUSABLE OR DISPOSABLE. Tough enough to
reuse. Inexpensive enough to use once and throw
away.
LIQUIDPROOF ... no seams to split and leak.
EXCELLENT SENSITIVITY . .. the thin vinyl pro-
vides a keen sense of touch and great dexterity.
FIT EITHER HAND .. . makes issuing easier — no
need to pair lefts and rights.
PREMIUM RUBBER
Select the thickness to fit the Job:
SHEER . . . for light-duty use where sensitive touch
is needed.
REINFORCED ... for general-duty use. Medium
thickness with reinforced work surface.
Available in 3 thicknesses and 4 slam.
35-137 Roll: 25 gloves, .00175" gauge. 32" length. Size L.
35-150 Roll: 50 gloves, .00175" gauge, 22" length. Size L.
35-152 Roll: 100 gloves, .00175" gauge. Sizes S, M, L.
35-159 Roll: 1000 gloves. .00175" gauge. Sizes S. M, L.
The POLY-D-BOOT is ideal for clean rooms, food
processing and poultry plants. Liquidproof, chemical
resistant and fits either foot. Available in .00175" and
.003" gauges, S, M and L sizes. S fits men's shoes thru
size 9-1/2, M 10 to II, L II thru 12. Order size Sfof.
women.
35-300 Roll: 50 boots. .00175" gauge.
35-350 Roll: 50 boots. 003" gauge.
U.S.O.A. accepted for food and meat handling.
Available in 3 styles
Tru-Touch Featherweight: .004" thick. "Job-Fitted"
for handling very small parts, precision assembly,
scientific research, and food processing.
34-600 Dispenser: 100 gloves. Sizes S, M, L.
Tru-Touch Sheen .005" thiuk. "Job-Fitted" for scien-
tific research, inspecting and assembling small parts.
34-550 Disponur: 50 gloves. Sizes S. M, L, Ex-L.
Tru-Touch Ambi: .0065" thick. "Job-Fitted" for
small parts handling, laboratories, painting, polishing,
equipment clean-up.
34-100 Disponur: 100 gloves. Sizes S, M, L, Ex-L.
34-300 Disponsor: 300 gloves. Sizes S, M, L, Ex-L.
45-060 Box: I gross, sheer, .0035" gauge, 2>/«" length. Sizes
1-2-3.
45-600 Bag: 10 gross, same as 45-060 except bulk packed.
45-610 Bag: 10 gross, sheer, powderless. .0035" gauge, 2>,"
length. Size 1-2-3.
45-070 Box: I gross, reinforced, .007"-.013" gauge, 2V
length. Sizes 1-2-3.
45-770 Box: I gross, reinforced. .OI2"-.016" gauge, 2W
length. Sizes 1-2-3-4.
45-070 45-060
10
-------
\
^
LAB COAT
SHIRT
•-v-
SMOCK
PANTS
LAB COAT Ideal for lab and process technicians.
Buttons in front. Two sewn-on utility pockets.
59-430: Splash resistant. Sizes S, M, L, XL.
55-440: Air conditioned. Sizes S, M, L, XL.
SMOCK Collarless, wrap-around style. Ideal for pro-
duction and processing line jobs where product pro-
tection is important.
55-330: Splash resistant. Sizes S, M. L. XL.
SHIRT Buttons in front.
55-130:Splash resistant. Sizes S, M, L, XL.
PANTS Elasticized waist.
55-230: Splash resistant. Sizes S. M, L, XL.
SPLASH RESISTANT - Protects against moderate
splash and spray. Also ideal for clean room use. and
high dust level applications.
H.wyOuty
(•*»)
Regular-Duty
Shop Coal
UfcCoa*
poiyolefin
AIR-CONDITIONED-Has thousands of tiny perfora-
tions which ventilate the garments.
Moony Duly
REUSABLE OR DISPOSABLE - . . tough enough to
launder and reuse. Inexpensive enough to wear once
on messy jobs and throw away.
LIGHTWEIGHT COMFORT ... JFA garments weigh
less than 6 ounces—cotton garments are as much as
10 limes heavier.
EASY TO WEAR . . . generous sizing and raglan
sleeves permit free and easy movement.
STRONG POLYOLEF1N FABRIC ... has excellent
resistance to snags, tears, punctures, and many chemi-
cals. Il is also splash, stain, and perspiration resistant,
anti-static, lint free, and biologically and chemically
inert.
OVERCAST STITCHING . . . provides extra seam
strength.
EASY SIZE ADJUSTMENT . . . garment length and
sleeves are easily shortened without ravelling, using
scissors.
HIGH OPACITY . . . prevents show thru and allows
wearing without other clothing underneath.
(WMfc)
COVERALL Aluminum zipper
Mandarin-style collar.
Reinforced crotch.
55-510: Splash resistant. Sizes S, M. L. XL.
55-520: Air conditioned. Sizes S, M, L. XL.
Slie
S
M
L
XL
SUM
Con
Smock
Che*
48"
51"
55"
58"
CkcM
45-
48"
51"
SA"
Coverall
W.ij|
45"
48"
51"
5h"
Incam
26"
26"
27"
29"
P.r
Wate
36"
.18"
40"
42"
it*
tnstm
30"
11"
ar
.13"
Makes size sorting after laundering quicker and easier.
Small size has red stitching, medium blue, large yellow,
and extra large white.
11
-------
(Continued)
REUSABLE OR DISPOSABLE . . lough enough (o
launder and reuse. Inexpensive enough to wear once
on messy jobs and throw away.
LIGHTWEIGHT COMFORT . . .collon garments are
as much as 10 times heavier.
EASY TO WEAR . . . generous sizing and raglan
sleeves permit free and easy movement.
STRONG POLYOLEFIN FABRIC ... has excellent
resistance to snags, tears, punctures, and many chemi-
cals. It is also splash, stain, and perspiration resistant,
ami-static, lint free, and biologically and chemically
inert.
OVERCAST STITCHING . . provides extra seam
strength.
EASY SIZE ADJUSTMENT . . . garment length and
sleeves are easily shortened without ravelling, using
scissors.
HIGH OPACITY . . . prevents show thru and allows
wearing without other clothing underneath.
HOOD
SHOP COAT Extra long for extra protection. Ideal
for supervisory personnel and plant visitors. Two utility
pockets. Buttons in front.
55-415: Sizes S, M. L. XL
HOOD Slips on and off easily. T; >e lies hold ii snugly
in place. One size for all.
55-908: One size.
WRIST CLOSURE Elastic with rusl-resistanl metal
tip and slide for size and tension adjustment.
55-909
SHOP COAT
Stackable. side-dispensing box simplifies stor-
age and issuing. Requires less than one cubic
f
-------
It
POLYETHYLENE
• A
MONOTEX
USDA ACCEPTED
LOW COST PROTECTION ... for light-duly food
processing, laboratory, and general clean up uses. Can
be reused or worn once and thrown away.
ONE-PIECE DESIGN . . . eliminates folds, hems, and
seams that can trap bacteria, dirt, or liquids.
LIQUIDPROOF . . . resists many chemicals, fats.
grease, oils.
EMBOSSED FINISH . . . helps prevent heat build-up
and static "cling."
COMPACT DISPENSER BOX . . . issues aprons one
at a time. Keeps them handy at work station.
54-290: 100 per dispenser
"MONOTEX" 1 PIECE
DESIGN
No folds, h«m, or
Minis to trip
bacteria, dirt, or
liquids.
TOUGH 7M-MIL VINYL - . . semiopaque virgin ma-
terial (not reprocessed) for greatest flexibility and
resistance to abrasion, oils. fats, chemicals, and
punctures.
36" WIDE . . . provides wrap-around protection.
REVERSIBLE/LAUNDERABLE ... for extended
service.
"MONOTEX" STYLE . . . unique, 1-piece design*
eliminates folds, hems, and seams which can trap
bacteria.
Available in 2 colors and 3 lengths.
54-613: White, 36" length.
54-621: Blue. 40".
54423: White, 40".
54-631: Blue, 45"
54-633: White, 45"
HEMMED EDGE
PLAIN EDGE
STRONG . . . virgin material (not reprocessed) pro-
vides greatest flexibility and resistance to abrasion.
oils. fats, chemicals, and punctures.
Semiopaque.
NYLON NECK & WAIST TIES . . . extra long, and
pre-attached for immediate use. Plastic lips prevent
fraying. Chrome-plated sieel grummets resist rusting.
KERTlMED EDGE STYLES
Edges are hemmed with continuous-filament nylon
thread. Available in 2 colors and 4 lengths for men
and women.
54-421: Blue, 40"
54-431: Blue, 45"
54-433: White, 45"
54-441: Blue. 50".
54-443: White, 50".
54-451: Blue, 55".
EDGE STYLES
Entire apron, including edges, is easily wiped clean.
Available in 2 colors and 45" length.
54-531: Blue, 45".
54-533: White, 45".
•Paienl Nos. .17*191*. .WI5IM
13
-------
Regular
^•^ /rVftntinn*
(Continued)
COAT/APRON Elasticized wrists give a snug fil. Ideal
for extra wet. messy jobs such as poultry killing, metal
degreasing. spraying, and finishing. Available in .1 sizes.
94-161: Blue, sizes S, M. and L.
TROUGH APRON Bottom edge folds up to catch
liquid running down the front and channel it to ihe
side for run-off. Trough is held in place with PVC
snaps, and unfolds completely for easy cleaning. Extra
long nylon lies cross over and tie in back to provide
easy size adjustment and greater comfort.
54-973: White. 45"
SLEEVE/LEGGING Uquidproof seam is electroni-
cally sealed. Sewn-in elastic ties, with rust-resistant
metal tips, permit size and tension adjustment at both
ends. 54-103: While. 18" length.
TOUGH, VIRGIN VINYL ... for longer service and
extra protection against oils, fats, chemicals, and punc-
tures. .%" wide. Opaque.
ECONOMICAL . . . replace heavy neoprene and
rubber aprons for food processing, plating, melal fabri-
cating, and general clean-up.
PLAIN EDGES . . . eliminate bacteria and dirt traps.
Entire apron is easily wiped clean.
NYLON NECK & WAIST TIES . . . extra long and
pre-altached for immediate use. Plastic tips keep ends
from fraying. Chrome plated steel grommets resist
rust.
"Job-Fined" for: Metal fabricating • Foundry work
• Food processing.
54-733: White. 45".
54-742: Green. 50".
HEAVY DUTY
with
PANEL
Same as above except with a 24" x 17" panel, electroni-
cally welded at mid-section, to provide extended ser-
vice. When worn thru, panel can be removed to expose
new surface underneath.
54-932: Green, 45".
54-933: White. 45".
COAT/APRON
HEAVY DUTY
HEAVY DUTY
WITH PANEL
C-1
Du%
hycar coated
EXTRA TOUGH . . . heavy-duty fabric is coaled
on both sides to provide extended service. Wears up
to 20% longer than neoprene on straight abrasion.
EXCELLENT PROTECTION far superior to
natural rubber and neoprene for protection against
abrasion, cuts, snags, punctures, and animal fals.
STAYS FLEXIBLE . . . even when cold.
WIDE BIB . . provides extra splash protection for
upper chest.
COMFORTABLE NECK STRAP ... is adjustable
for proper fit. Buckle snaps on. and off for quick
release.
"Job-Fitted" for: Meat packing and processing •
Canning plants • Chemical plants • Fishing indus-
try • Plating • Foundries • Metal fabricating • Bat-
tery reclamation • General clean-up.
54-365: White, 35" wide x 47" long.
54-367: Yellow
'
I I
-------
CLOTHBWG FOR WET WEATHER & CHEMICAL PROTECTION
MADE IN THE U.S.A. TO RIGID STANDARDS OF QUALITY!
1.
K
Lightweight Fabric
Comfortable yet tough. No stiff.
restricted feeling. Made with nylon
netting bonded between layers of vinyl.
Won't let punctures tear and spread.
Has excellent resistance to oil, caustics.
alcohols, oxidation and mildew.
Non-corrosive,
Non-conductive Snaps
You get both safety and
convenience with, quick
release and protection from
electric shock. Snaps won't
rust and can be opened
ven while wearing gloves.
3.
Dielectrically Welded Seams
Weak and split seams are
obsolete with Wet-Wear 600.
Using the most advanced
dielectric welding equipment
seams are uniformly bonded.
Generous Sizing
Roomy proportions permit
free and easy movement for
bending and stretching. More
space in crotch, waist, and
chest. No need to stock
many different sizes to
accommodate workers.
Batwing Sleeves
Provide unrestricted arm
movement. Won't bind when
you reach or stretch.
PANTS
Elasticized waistband gives ex-
tra comfort. Can be matched
with any Wet-Wear 600 jacket
to make a suit.
65-827: Sizes S, M, L, XL, XXL
Velvet-lined Collar
Puts extra comfort around the
neck. On velvet-collar jacket,
and raincoat.
Storm-fly Front
Helps keep rain and
chemicals out. On
hooded and velvet-collar
jackets, and raincoat.
n Elasticized Suspenders
"Give and take" with body movements
to prevent binding and provide extra
comfort. On overalls.
ECONOMY JACKET
Simple styling provides eco-
nomical protection. Combine
with the pants to make a basic
suit.
65-620: Sizes S, M. L, XL. XXL.
(Continued on next page)
LVJ. •
.
'
Comfort is the reason so many
are choosing Wet-Wear 6OO
1»
-------
BIB OVERALLS
Elasticized suspenders with
non-corrosive slides for length
adjustment. Available with or
without one-snap fly.
85-605: SizesS. M, L. XL, XXL.
65-615: With fly front.
RAINCOAT
49" long. Velvet-lined,
mandarin-style collar. Storm-
fly front. Two patch pockets
with flaps.
65-602: Size. S, M, L, XL.
HOODED JACKET
Full sized hood, with nylon
drawstring, is dielectrically
welded to jacket. Storm-fly
front.
65-600: Sizes S, M. L, XL, XXL.
VELVET COLLAR JACKET
Velvet-lined, mandarin style
collar. Storm-fly front. Hood
(shown at left) attaches with
non-corrosive snaps.
65-610: Sizes S, M, L, XL, XXL.
-
Extra-small size and
accessories . . . available on
special order
Ask your Wet-Wear 600 distributor for detail-.
and prices, or cont.cl Edmonl-Wflion 1300 Walnut
Street, Coshocton, Ohio 43812. Phone: (614)
622-4311.
EXTRA-SMALL SIZE JACKET
Sized and tailored to fit women and men under
5'5" and 130 Ibs. Has storm-fly front and velvet-
lined collar.
EXTRA-SMALL SIZE OVERALLS
Sized and tailored to fit women and men under
S'5" and 130 Ibs. Has elasticized suspenders with
non-corrosive slides for length adjustment.
CONCEALED SNAP FASTENERS
ON HOODED AND VELVET
COLLAR JACKETS
Special cover flap on jacket front
helps prevent fasteners from becom-
ing entangled in fishing nets and
other equipment. Available on all
sizes.
8" INNER SLEEVE ON HOODED
JACKET
Doubles the liquid-protection for
hand and forearm. Elastic at wrist
provides a snug fit to help keep splash
and spray out. Available on all sizes.
Perma-Bond
Stenciling
Trademarks and special designs, as well
as block lettering can be silk-screened
on any style Wet-Wear 600 garment.
Inks used are formulated to resist chemi-
cals and abrasion.
DETACHABLE HOOD
For velvet collar jacket. At-
taches with non-corrosive
snaps. Nylon drawstring. 85-611.
SOU'WESTER HAT
Four piece crown with soft cot-
ton lining, ear flaps, and chin
ties. 65-60*: Sizes M * L.
16
Edmom-WiIson, Coshocton, OH 43812
Division of Becton, Dickinson and Company
Fireball, Grab-it, Grappler, Hycron. Hynit, JFA, Job-Fitted,
Kanry-Tex, Knit-Rite, Monotex, Neox, Poly-D, Seams-Rite,
Snorkel, STD, Tru-Touch, Tuf-Duk, Werx, Wet-Wear, Edmont,
B-D are registered trade marks.
FORM 3078 MFGR'S. CODE 697514 Printed in U.S.A.
-------
fp-A • , .. .
dmont-UJifeon /
ir\o r-iTTim
JOB-FITTED
AND
i^jpSrSi'i 'LI jr^TTii tc?
PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING
• i.^:^-y f.-Tv^ >•:-<• • . • -:•/. .';.
PL-128
consumer
price list
EFFECTIVE June 1,1979
Products are arranged in numerical sequence. Gloves and
related items are listed on Pages 2 to 9. Clothing items are
listed on Pages 10 to 13.
DISTRIBUTED BY
-------
STYLE
NO.
STOCK
NO. SIZE DESCRIPTION
• NET/02.
CASE LOT
02.
CASE
LBS.
CASE
STD - SUPER FLEXIBLE VINYL IMPREGNATED
1-114
1-116
1124
1-126
01000 Mcn'i M Slip-on style
01001 Mcn'i L
01002 Mcn'i ExL
OM26 Wom«n'iS Slip-on ttyle
01127 Women'i M
01128 Women', L
01241 Men'i M Slip on stylo
01242 Men'i L
01243 Mcn'i ExL
01305 Women'i S Slip-on style
01306 Women'i M
01307 Women'i L
S 16.50
16.20
17.00
16.65
12
12
12
12
19
IS
19
16
MONKEY GRIP - STANDARD PVC LINE
3303
3-312
3314
3318
3360
4 404
4405
4-412
4-414
4-452
4-454
4460
10000 Men'i Fully coated knitwriit
10322 Mcn'i Fully coated 12" gauntlet
10464 Men'i Fully coated 14" gauntlet
10534 Mcn'i Fully coated 18" gauntlet
10744 Men'i Fully coated 10" gauntlet
SNORKEL • FLEXIBLE PVC LINE •
10074 Men't Fully coaled knitwriit
11064 Women'i Fully coated knitwritl
11134 Men'i M Fully coated 12" gauntlet
11135 Mcn'i L
11229 Mcn'i M Fully coated 14" gauntlet
11230 Mcn'i L
11431 Men'i M Knit lined fully coated 12" gauntlet
11433 Mcn'i L
11504 Men'iM Knit lined fully coated 14" gauntlet
11505 Mcn'i L
11577 Men'i M Fully coated 10" gauntlet
11578 Men'i L
S 19.40
28.50
30.75
49.15
22.75
ROUGH FINISH
$ 18.40
18.10
27.05
29.00
27.05
29.00
21.80
6
6
6
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
34
42
50
35
38
30
24
35
44
33
42
32
GRAB-IT - RUBBER COATED FLOCK FINISH LINE
6600
6620
6622
6660
6G62
8352
02125 Mpn't Palm coaled knitwrnt
02385 Men'i Palm coaled safely cut)
02475 Men'i Fully coated 12" gauntlet
02775 Men'i Fully coaled knitwnit
02865 Men'i Fully coated 10" gauntlet
SCORPIO • NEOPRENE COATED
17450 S Fully coated 12" gauntlet
l?451 M
12152 L
12453 ExL
$ 22.10
26.00
33.45
23.40
30.10
• KNIT LINED
S 26.90
33.45
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
30
33
48
36
41
25
29
STYLE
NO.
9022
9-430
9-908
9909
9-912
9920
9922
9-924
9-928
13-102
13-152
13-158
13402
13452
15-552
10-554
15-561
STOCK
NO.
12340
12471
12812
12895
12997
13129
13200
13290
13321
13823
139G3
13965
13997
14046
14116
14246
14306
14366
SIZE
Men's
Men'i
Mcn'i
Mcn'i
Men's
Men's
Men's
Men'i
Men'i
Men'i
Men'i M
Men'i L
Men's
Men'i
Men's
Men'i
Men'i
Women's
• NET/DZ.
DESCRIPTION CASE LOT
NEOX • NEOPRENE COATED - STANDARD LINE
HiLo 12" gauntlet $ 77.95
Fully coated 31" shoulder length 17.50 pr.
Flexible weight fully coated knitwnst 23.70
Standard weight fully coated kmtwrist 26.10
Flexible weight fully coated 12" gauntlet 32.80
Standard weight fully coaled 10" gauntlet 32.80
Standard weight fully coated 12" gauntlet 36.65
Standard weighl fully coated 14" gaunllel 40.00
Slandard weight fully coated 18" gauntlet 63.70
EVER-FLEX - SUPER FLEXIBLE PVC LINE
Fully coaled knilwriit S 18.90
Fully coated 12" gauntlet 27.40
Fully coated 18" gauntlet 48.65
Fully coated knitwrisl. fluorescent 20.20
Fully coated. 12"gauntlel. fluorescenf 29.00
PVA - ORGANIC SOLVENT RESISTANT LINE
Fully coaled 12" gauntlet S 97.95
Fully coated 14" gauntlet 101.80
Fully coaled 12" gaunllel 97.65
DZ.
CASE
6
1
6
6
6
6
6
6
3
6
6
3
6
6
6
6
6
LBS.
CASE
55
13
31
33
34
35
40
43
28
29
35
38
29
37
26
28
22
GOLDEN GRAB-IT • RUBBER COATED CRINKLE FINISH LINE
16300
16301
16307
16-362
03145
03215
03285
03355
Mcn'i
Women'!
Men'i
Men's
Palm coated knitwiilt $ 23.55
Palm coated knitwrin 23 20
Palm coaled safety cuff 26.75
Palm coaled 12" gauntlet 32.20
6
6
6
6
25
20
26
32
REOMONT - NEOPRENE COATED - HEAVY DUTY LINE
19930
19-932
19934
19-938
14796
14876
14956
15026
Men's
Men's
Men's
Men's
Fully coated 10" gauntlet S 37.00
Fully coaled 12" gaunllel 40.80
Fully coated 14" gauntlet 45.30
Fully coated 18" gauntlet 66.40
6
6
6
3
40
44
46
30
SEAMS-RITE - SUPER COMFORT VINYL COATED
20102
20-105
20-106
20-112
20-115
20-116
03425
03426
03549
03550
03611
03612
03673
03674
03724
03725
03775
03776
Mcn'i M
Mcn'i L
Mcn'i M
Mcn'i L
Women'i
Women'i
Mcn'i M
Men's L
Men'i M
Men'i L
Women'i
Woman's
Knitwrin ilyle S 21.30
Slip-on itylo 18.10
M Slip-on ilyle 17.80
L
Reinforced knilwrilt ilylc 23.05
Reinforced Ilip-on ityle 20.20
M Reinforced ilip-on style 19.90
L
12
12
12
12
12
12
38
36
36
38
38
34
-------
STYLE
NO.
STOCK
NO.
SIZE
DESCRIPTION
• NET/OZ.
CASE LOT
DZ.
CASE
LBS.
CASE
TUF-DUK • NON-SLIP VINYL IMPREGNATED
21-704
21 707
21-747
22-515
22-516
04305
04306
04390
04391
04609
04GIO
03938
03939
03940
04000
04001
Men's M
Men's L
Men's M
Men's L
Men's M
Men's L
Men's M
Men's L
Men's Ei
Women's
Women's
Driver's
Safety cull
Palm style safety cuff
KSR - VINYL COATED •
Slip-on style
L
M Slip-on style
L
S 32.35
35.70
37.15
KNIT LINED
S 16.50
16.20
6
6
6
12
12
28
32
30
22
19
WINTER MONKEY GRIP • FOAM INSULATED
23152
23189
23-191
23193
23429
23-491
04828
04888
0)968
05059
05199
05309
Men's
Men's
Men's
Men's
Men's
Men's
Fully coated 12" gauntlet
Fully coaled one linger mitten
Fully coated knitwrist
Fully coated safety cuff
Fully cooled mitten, fluorescent
Fully coated knitwrist, fluorescent
S 63.45
41.60
41.60
4385
45.60
46.25
3
6
6
6
S
6
27
38
38
36
39
35
GRAPPLER • HEAVY DUTY PVC LINE
24-360
24-362
24-363
24364
24-366
26-640
26641
26645
05379
05459
05539
05619
05679
15266
15267
15268
15269
15270
15271
15272
15340
15341
15342
15343
15345
15346
15397
15398
15399
15400
15401
15402
Men's
Men's
Men's
Men's
Men's
7)4
B
8)4
9
914
10
11
7)4
8
814
9
10
11
714
B
8)4
9
9)4
10
Palm coated knitwritt
Palm coated safety cuff
Fully coated 12" gauntlet
Fully coated 14" gauntlet
Fully coated knitwrist
TAN RUBBER
.015". 11". imooth.rolled ,
.015", 11", smooth, pinked
.0.1 5", 11", sprayed, rolled
S 23.20
2800
35.20
37.80
24.00
S 14.90
17.16
13.00
14.90
15.40
17.60
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
6
6
30
35
50
48
36
10
14
It
15
15
18
STYLE
NO.
26646
26-665
26-670
26-675
26-680
26-685
27-600
27-601
27-602
27-603
27-607
29840
29-845
29-865
STOCK
NO.
154B7
15488
15489
15490
15491
15492
15493
15494
15601
15603
15605
15607
15608
15675
15676
15677
15678
15679
15680
15681
15807
15809
15811
15812
15938
15940
15942
15943
15995
15997
15999
16000
05809
05889
05959
06029
06099
16166
16168
16170
16171
16237
1623B
16239
16240
16241
16243
16244
16311
16312
16313
16314
16315
SIZE
7
7)4
8
BY,
9
9V4
10
11
7
8
9
10
11
7)4
8
8)4
9
914
10
11
8
9
10
11
8
9
10
11
8
9
10
11
Men's
Women's
Men's
Women's
Men's
8
9
10
11
7
714
8
814
9
10
11
7
8
9
10
11
DESCRIPTION
TAN RUBBER (Continued)
.015", 11", sprayed, pinked
.018", 13", soft-lined, embossed. pinked
.018". 11". smooth, rolled
.018", 11", sprayed, rolled
.021". 11". smooth, rolled
.021". 1 1", sprayed, rolled
HYCRON • NBR COATED
Palm coated knitwrist
Palm coated knitwrist
Fully coated knilwrist
Fully coated knitwrisl x
Palm coated safety cull
BLACK NEOPRENE
.015". 11". smooth, rolled
.017". 1 2", embossed, rolled
.018", 12", soft-lined, embossed, pinked
• NET/DZ.
CASE LOT
S 13.30
15.40
15.40
19.20
17.60
19.70
17.92
20.20
18.40
21.30
18.75
21.60
$ 23.20
23.05
23.70
23.40
27.52
S 16.80
21.15
17.15
21.60
17.00
20.65
DZ.
CASE
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
0
6
6
G
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
LBS.
CASE
10
14
15
19
13
15
12
16
14
17
13
19
21
18
24
20
22
13
19
18
20
16
22
nine will ln< iuMM fu< !'•'•* linn r.vr lol
-------
STYLE
NO
29-870
29-875
STOCK
NO. SIZE
16379 7
16381 8
16383 9
16385 10
16386 11
16438 8
16440 9
16442 10
16443 11
•
DESCRIPTION
BLACK NEOPRENE (Continued)
.018", 11 ", smooth, rolled
.019". 12". embossed, rolled
NET/UNIT
CASE LOT
S 20.20 Oi.
22.60
20.35
23.05
UNITS
CASE
6
6
6
6
LBS.
CASE
15
20
17
24
WINTER TUF-DUK • FOAM INSULATED
31 790
31-791
32105
32 106
32-125
32-126
06279 Men'sM
06280 Men's L
06353 Men's M
06354 Men's L
08002 Men's M
08003 Men's L
08000 Women's
08001 Women's
08021 Men's M
08030 Men's L
08025 Women's
08028 Women's
Knitwrist
Driver's
HYNIT • NBR IMPREGNATED
Slip-on style
M Slip-on style
L
Slip-on style, perforated
M Slip-on style, perforated
L
$ 51.2002.
51.20
$ 22.10DZ.
21.80
23.20
22.90
6
6
12
12
12
12
32
32
18
14
18
14
KNIT-RITE - VINYL COATED - BREATHABLE
33-105
33-106
34-100
34-300
34-550
34-600
09000 Men's M
09005 Men's L
09008 Women's
09010 Women's
25000 S
25001 M
25002 L
25003 E»L
25053 S
25054 M
25055 L
25056 E.I
25163 S
2S164 M
25165 L
25166 ExL
25167 S
25IG8 M
25169 L
Slip-on style
M Slip-on style
L
TRU-TOUCH PVC LINE
.0065". 100 gloves per dispenser
.0065". 300 gloves (bulk padtl
.005". 50 gloves per dispenser
.004". 100 gloves per dispenser
S 14.7502.
14.40
S 10.55 Disp.
30.30
4.35
7.15
12
12
4
1
20
10
30
30
14
12
24
17
* An jddiuon.li charge will hfl added for leu than case lot purchases.
STYLE
NO.
35-112
35-119
36-122
35-124
35-125
35-126
35-129
35-137
35-152
35-159
35-300
35-350
36-124
36-555
36-755
STOCK
NO.
25267
25268
25268
25277
25278
25279
25284
25285
25286
25631
25316
25317
25318
25368
25369
25370
25420
25421
25422
25472
25227
25228
25229
25241
25242
25243
25572
25573
25574
25624
25625
25626
16625
16626
16627
16628
16029
16630
16631
16632
16776
16777
16779
16781
16832
16834
SIZE
S
M
L
S
M
L
S
M
L
L
S
M
L
S
M
L
S
M
L
L
S
M
L
S
M
L
S
M
L
S
M
L
7
7»
8
8tt
9
9%
10
11
7V4
8
9
10
10
11
•
DESCRIPTION
POLY-D POLYETHYLENE LINE
.00125". 100 gloves per dispenser box
(no pa perl
.00125", 1000 gloves per case
(no pa perl
.001 25". 100 gloves per roll
.00125". 50 gloves per diso. • 22" lono
.00125", 100 gloves per dispenser box
.001 25", 1000 gloves per dispenser box
.00125". 1000 gloves per roll
.00175". 25 gloves per roll - 32" long
.00175". 100 gloves per roll
.00175". lOOOgtoves per roll
.00176". 50 Boots per roll
.DOT'. 50 boots per roll
"LONG SERVICE" RUBBER
.018". 12", natural, embossed, pinked
.016X122". It", natural, sprayed, pinked
.040", 14", amber, embossed, pinked
NET/UNIT
CASE LOT
S 1.85 Disp.
16.25 Case
2.65 Roll
4.10 Diso.
2.35 Disp.
20.95 Disp.
19.60 Roll
3.15 Roll
3.00 Roll
24.00 Roll
2.75 Roll
4.00 Roll
S 10.25 Dt.
12.35
15.85
17.80
42.40
UNITS LBS.
CASE CASE
10 9
1 9
10 10
10 14
10 11
1 10
1 10
10 11
10 14
1 11
10 16
10 20
6 13
6 17
6 13
6 16
1 8
" An additional charqn will ho added lor less tlvin C.HP Ini
-------
STYLE
NO-
37-145
37-155
37-165
37-175
37-185
41-141
41-171
45060
45600
45610
45070
45-7/0
STOCK
NO.
17073
17074
17075
17076
17077
17141
17142
17143
17144
17145
17209
17310
17211
1/273
17274
17275
17276
172/7
17300
17301
17302
06487
06488
OG599
65001
05002
65003
65214
65215
65216
65267
65268
657G9
65053
65054
65055
653/4
65375
653/8
65377
SIZE
7
8
9
10
11
7
8
9
10
11
9
10
11
7
8
9
10
It
9
10
It
Men's M
Men'i L
Women's M
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
• NET/UNIT
DESCRIPTION CASE LOT
SOL-VEX - NBR LINE
.01 1 ". 1 2", emboiied, pinked S 1 5.85 Di.
20.65
.015". 12". emboiied, pinked 19.85
21.80
.022", 14", emboiied, pinked 44.35
.015", 12". loll -lined, embotied, pinked 17.45
21.80
.022". 1 8", emboiied, pinked 60.35
WERX-LITE • VINYL IMPREGNATED
Slip-on itvlo S 13. 80 Di.
Slip-on itylt 13.45
FINGER COTS - RUBBER
.0035". 2V, white. 1 gross per bo> $ 2.40 Grosi
.0035", 2K". white. 10 Broil per bag 2.00
.0035". 2 K". white. 10 grouper Dag 2.15
(Powder leu)
.007-013", 2K". white 1 groii per box 5.60
.012016". 2K", white 1 groi! per box 15.05
UNITS LBS.
CASE CASE
6 11
8 13
6 12
6 17
6 31
6 12
6 15
1 6
12 17
12 14
100 23
100 18
100 Ib
24 17
6 6
STYLE
NO
STOCK
NO. SIZE
DESCRIPTION
NET/UNIT
CASE LOT
UNITS
CASE
LBS.
CASE
PREMIUM • WHITE RUBBER
46-320
46-321
46-322
46-323
46-710
51-101
51-103
51-151
51-152
51-153
92-450
92-660
25923 6%
25924 7
25925 7X
25926 8
25927 8*
25928 9
25929 9K
25930 10
25981 6%
25982 7
25983 7M
25984 8
25985 8)4
25986 9
25987 9%
26039 7
26040 7K
26041 8
26042 8%
26043 9
26045 10
26097 7
26098 7K
26099 8
26100 BV,
26101 9
26103 10
26281 6H
26282 7
26283 7V,
26284 8
26286 9
06659 Women'. M
06660 Women'i L
06783 Women's M
06784 Women', L
06897 Men' M
06898 Men' L
06959 Men' M
06960 Men' L
07021 Men' M
07022 Men' L
65477
65577
.009". 1 1 Y,". imoolh, rolled $ !2.35Di. 6 8
14.10 6 9
.009". 11 X". iprayed. rolled 13.15 6 7
14.72 6 8
.017", 11". imoolh, pinked 13.00 0 10
15.55 6 14
.017". It", tprayed. pinked 13.75 6 10
16.35 6 14
.0075". 11)4". disposable, imooth. 10.40 12 Ibulkl 11
Hat cull
WERX • VINYL IMPREGNATED
Slip-on ttyle S 15.70Oi. 12 23
Perforated back ilip-on ityle 17.00 12 23
Slip-on ityle 16.00 12 28
Knilwriit nyle 17.00 12 30
Perforated back ilip-on nyle 17.30 12 27
HANDLES and BLADES
Handle, plaitic $ 4. 35 each 3o
Bladei. 2-7/8" length (150 per boxl 70.10 box 21
SINGLE HAND GLOVES ONLY - Add 10%. minimum order ii 144glOvos.
Specify quantity by total number of gloves instead ol clozrni.
LESS THAN CASE LOTS - * An additional charge will he added lor less than CJSP lot purch.iir).
-------
STYLE
NO.
STOCK
NO.
SIZE DESCRIPTION
APRONS
NET/UNIT
CASE LOT
UNITS
CASE
LBS.
CASE
SLEEVE /LEGGING • COAT / APRON
54-103
54-161
72010
72030
72031
72032
18"
S
M
L
.0075". sieve/legging, white
.0075". coal/apron, blue
S 18.00 Di. Pr.
86.70 Di.
4
2
16
38
POLYETHYLENE "200" LINE - Dispenser Pack
54-290
72155
Med.
28"x45". embossed. 100/dispenier
$ 15.35 Disp.
6
45
REINFORCED HEAVY DUTY - HYCAR COATED
54-365
54-367
54421
54431
54433
54.441
54443
54451
54-531
54-533
54-573
72260
72261
72305
72310
72340
72315
72345
72320
72410
72440
72470
47"
47"
40"
45"
45"
50"
BO-
SS"
45"
45"
45"
.023". white. 35"x47"
.023". yellow. 35"x47"
REGULAR DUTY - HEMMED EDGE
.0075". blue
.0075". blue
.0075". white
.0075". blue
.0075". white
.0075". blue
REGULAR DUTY - PLAIN EDGE
.0075". blue
.0075". while
.0075". irough, while
S 89.10DI.
89.10
S 20.7501.
21.30
21.30
22.60
22.60
23.95
S 19.30 Di.
19.30
21.35
1
1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
20
20
36
40
40
44
44
47
40
40
43
MONOTEXLINE • NARROW SHOULDER PANELS
54 613
5.1-621
54-631
54633
54-733
54742
54932
54-933
72530
72505
72510
72540
72640
72615
72810
72840
36"
40"
45"
45"
45"
50"
45"
45"
.0075". while
.0075". blue
.0075". blue
.0075". whre
PREMIUM LINE • HEAVY DUTY
.0200". while
.0200". green
PREMIUM LINE • WITH PANEL
.0200". green
.0200". white
S 13.100;.
13.90
14.80
14.80
S 36.0001.
28.95
S 44.20 Di.
44.20
6
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
37
40
42
42
17
19
22
22
* An uf'ditionn1 clurqu will tw a dried 'or ln« ihjn case lot purchase.
STYLE
NO.
55-130
55-230
55-430
55440
55-530
55-540
55-415
55510
55-520
55-755
STOCK
NO. SIZE
75060
75061
75062
75063
75160
75161
75162
75163
75390
75391
75392
75393
75400
75401
75402
75403
75472
75473
75474
75475
75487
75488
75489
75490
75335
75336
75337
75338
75420
75421
75422
75423
75428
75429
75430
75431
75534
75535
75536
75537
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
S
M
L
XL
PER DISPENSER
DESCRIPTION PRICE
JFA APPAREL
WHITE /BLUE TRIM
1-9
DisO.
Shirt, splash reiistanl $ 36.50
40.00
Pants, tplaih resistant 36.25
39.75
Lab Coal, splash resistant 46.50
51.50
Lab Coat, air conditioned 49.25
54.00
ECONOMY WHITE / BLUE TRIM
Coverall, splash resistant S 69.75
76 75
Coverall, air conditioned 72.00
79.25
HEAVY DUTY /BLUE
Shop coat, splash resistant 5 52.25
57.50
Coverall, splash resistant 76.25
84.00
Coverall, air conditioned 79.75
87.75
"EXTRA SERVICE" / GOLD
Utility suit J 55.75
61.25
10 Plus
Diso.
$ 34.75
38.00
34.50
37.75
44.25
49.00
46.75
51.25
$ 66.50
73.00
68.50
75.50
$ 49.75
54.75
72.50
80.00
75.75
83.50
S 53.00
58.25
QUANTITY LBS.
Per
Disn.
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
10
10
L°V
5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
8
B
9
9
9
9
8
8
ACCESSORIES
55-908 75822 ONE SIZE Hood, splash resistant
55-909 75823 Wrist closuie. elastic
$ 12.25 $ 11.75
8.BO 8.40
25 1
25 pr. 1
-------
STYLE STOCK
NO. NO.
65-000
05 002
05 005
05000
05010
05 C M
05015
05 620
05627
/3200
73202
73203
7.1204
73205
7320C,
73207
73208
73200
73^11
7.1212
73213
.'3214
73215
71216
73238
73217
73218
73219
mm
J'J'J?\
/:i?22
7:122:1
71224
/•J225
73220
M227
M228
73229
73230
73231
73232
73233
73234
7373D
73230
73237
SIZE DESCRIPTION
WET-WEAR
GENERAL DUTY WET-WEAR
S J.ickct. hooded ityle, norm flap, yellow
L
XL
XXL
S Raincoat, yellow
M
L
XL
XS Bib Overalls, yellow
M
L
XL
XXL
M Sou'Mi:i!cr hat. (lined)
L
XS Jacket, velvet collar, yellow
S
M
L
XL
X/L
(J'JC SIZE IkiiKl. yi.'lhjw
:', Bib overall, lly Ifont. yellow
M
L
XL
XXL
S Jacket, yellow
M
L
XL
XXL
S P'inu. claih/cd wain, yellow
M
L
XL
XXL
• PRICE QUANTITY LBS.
EACH PER CASE CASE
• 600
S 12. BO Garment 5 10
13.75 5 10
15.10 6 12
1020 5 12
10.75 6 9
11.75 6 9
4.20 6 2
11.55 5 9
12.00 5 9
2.75 5 2
11.80 5 9
12 95 5 9
8.95 5 9
9.50 5 9
8.30 5 8
8.90 5 8
STYLE STOCK
NO. NO.
65-700 73300
73301
73302
73303
65705 73304
73305
73306
05-710 73440
73441
73442
73443
05711 73444
65-715 73430
73437
73438
73433
outline description.
PRICE QUANTITY
SIZE DESCRIPTION EACH PER CASE
ALL WEATHER WET-WEAR • 700
S Jacket. Hooded ityle wilh Fly Front S 15.15Gafment 5
M
L
XL 1670 5
S Bill Overall, No Fly Front 13.20 5
M
L
XL 14 55 5
S jar.Vr.-t. Velvet Collar with Snap", lor Oelachaljl" Hood 1345 5
M
L
ONE IWI Iw cli-m- J»->vi 3.15 5
S Bil, Overiln, Fly Frw.l 14.20 5
M
L
/L 1565 5
t The
price bnd delivery.
LBS
CASE
9
9
8
8
9
7
8
8
-------
Job-Fitted Personal Safety and Protection
dmont - UJilson
DIVISION OF BECTON, DICKINSON AND COMPANY
COSHOCTON, OHIO 43812
SUPERCEDES ALL PREVIOUS PRICE LISTS AND QUOTATIONS
ALL PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
STD, Werx. Seams-Rite, Tuf-Duk, Hycron, Grab-it, Grappler, Edmont Fireball, Kanry-Tex. Snorkel, Neox, Tr'u-Touch, Poiy-D, JFA, Wet-Wear,
Monotex, Job-Fitted, Hynit, Edmont and B-O are registered trademarks of Becton, Dickinson and Company
14
PL-12&679
-------
Industrial
Gloves
Goodrich
-------
Index
Design details 2
Chemical comparison chart . 3
BFGoodrich lightweight
natural latex 4
BFGoodrich lightweight
neoprene nitrile .... 5
BFGoodrich heavy duty
industrial gauntlets . . . 6-7
Hood neoprene coated gloves 8-9
Hood Magnet® gloves ... 10
Hood Koroseal® gloves . . . 10
Hood PVC coated gloves . .10
Hood rubber coated gloves . 11
Hood Ruf-N-Tuf coated gloves 11
Design Details
Tensile strength
High quality and dependability
are maintained through modern
technical equipment and
experience. Special instruments
test the tensile strength and
stretchability of the latex-coated
gloves. This assures the utmost in
flexibility, long wear, depend-
ability and economy.
Careful inspection
Famous for high manufacturing
standards and workmanship.
These standards have been
maintained not only through
continuous research, but through
frequent and careful inspections
during production. They also
undergo rigid inspection when
completed.
Natural latex—Neoprene
Natural rubber gloves are made
by a special process that assures
uniform gauge, high tensile
strength and excellent resistance
to tearing and snagging. They will
withstand the action of most acids
except the strong oxidizing acids.
Not recommended for use with oil
or grease. Neoprene gloves have
high resistance to acids, alkalies,
oil and grease, long aging quali-
ties, good flexibility, high tensile
strength.
Reinforced thumb crotch
Reinforced
cuff band
Curved fingers
Gauntlet
Palm coated
Grip-All
Band cuff
34" shoulder length gauntlet
Knit wrist
-------
BFGoodrich chemical comparison chart
Natural
Neo- Rubber Nitrile
Naluial
Neo- Rubbei Nilrile
Natural
Neo- Rubber Nilrile
A
B
C
D
E
F
chemical prene or Lalei (Buna — HI PVC
- AcetaldehyOe F G f G
Acetate
Acetic Acid
Acetone
Acetylene Gas
Acetylene Tetrachlonde
Acrylonitrile
Amidol
Amme Hardeners
Ammonium Hydroxide
Amyl Acetate
Amyl Alcohol
Anhydrous Ammonia
Aniline
Aniline Hydrochlonde
Aniline Oil
Animal Fats
Animal Oils
Anodex
Anthracene
Aromatic Fuels
— 8anana Oil
Benzaldehyde
Benzene
Benzyl Alcohol
Benzyl Benzoate
Benzyl Chloride
Blacosolve
Butane
Butyl Acetate
Butyl Alcohol
Butylaidehyde
Bulylene
— Calcium Hydroxide
Carbolic Acid
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Disulphide
Carbon Tetrachlonde
Castor Oil
Cello-Solve
Cello-Solve Acetate
Chloroohenylene
Oiamine
Chlorine
Chlorine Gas
Chloro Benzene
Chloroacetone
Chloroform
Chloronaphilhalene
Chloropicrin
Chlorothene
Chromic Acid
Chromolex
Citric Acid
Cotton Seed Oil
Creosote
Cresol
Cupric Nitrate
Cyclohexane
Cyclohcxanol
Cyclohexanone
— Decaborane
Oegreasing Fluids
Oiacetone Alcohol
Diethyltiamine
Oi-lsocyanate
Diborane
Oibenzyl Ether
Oibutyl Phthalate
Dichioretiiane
Dichloroporopene
Diesel Fuel
Oiethanolamine
Dielhylamine
Oiisobutyl Ketone
Dimethyl Formamide
Oioctyl Phthalate
Oiosane
— Emulsifying Agent
Emulthogene
Epichloro
Epoxy Resins. Dry
Esters
Ethane Gas
Ethanol
Ethers
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Alcohol
Ethyl Ether
Ethyl Formate
Ethylanihne
Ethylenediamrne
Elhylene Dichlonde
ElhyleneGas
Ethylene Glycol
Elhylene Trichloride
Ferrocyanide
Fluoric Acid
G
E
G
E
F
G
G
F
E
F
E
G
G
F
F
E
E
G
F
P
F
F
P
E
G
F
G
E
G
E
G
E
E
E
E
F
F
F
F
G
G
G
G
F
E
G
F
P
P
F
G
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
F
F
E
G
G
F
G
G
P
P
G
E
E
p
F
G
E
G
G
G
E
F
E
E
E
G
E
E
G
F
E
F
E
E
F
f£
F
E
F
E
E
E
NR
F
E
F
E
p
E
£'
F
P
P
P
F
E
P
NR
p
f
NR
E
f
P
P
f
f
E
G
G
E
E
E
F
P
P
G
F
P
F
F
P
E
p
p
P
NR
P
G
E
P
G
G
G
F
F
E
P
P
E
F
p
P
G
P
NR
P
P
G
G
F
F
P
G
F
F
P
E
P
G
E
G
F
E
G
F
F
G
p
G
E
P
p
G
G
G
f.
F
E
G
F
G
G
E
F
E
G
G
F
F
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
E
G
G
G
E
F
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
G
E
P
G
F
G
G
p
F
G
F
P
F
F
G
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
F
G
E
E
F
F
G
G
F
G
G
E
E
P
p
G
G
G
G
p
E
F
E
G
E
F
G
E
G
F
E
F
E
E
G
r£
F
C
P
E
F
G
p
F
E
F
E
p
G
E
G
F
G
G
G
E
F
F
F
F
F
G
F
G
F
P
P
G
G
F
E
G
E
F
F
G
F
F
F
F
F
p
F
P
F
G
p
G
G
E
G
G
G
G
F
F
F
P
P
P
F
F
P
F
P
p
F
F
E
F
P
G
P
P
F
F
F
E
P
G
G
P
p
G
P
p
P
F
P
G
G
P
Q
F
F
chemical |
Fluorine
Fluorine Gas
Formaldehyde
Formic Actd
Freon 1 1
Freon 12
Freon 21
Freon 22
Furlural
G - Gasoline. Leaded
Glycerine
Glycerol
Glycol
Gold Fluoride
Gram Alcohol
H — Halogens
Hexamethylene
Tetramme
Hexane
Hexyl Acetate
Hydraulic Oil
Petroleum Base
Ester Base
Hydrazine
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid
Hydrogen Gas
Hydrogen
Peroxide — 3O%
Hydro-Ouinone
HydrafluOSiliC Acid
1 — Inorganic Salts
(so -octane
isopropanol
tsopropyl Alcohol
K — Kerosene
Ketones
L — Lacquer Thinners
Lactic Acid
Laurie Acid
Lineoleic Acid
Linseed Oil
M - Maleic Acid
Mercuric Chloride
Mercury
Methane Gas
Methanol
Methyl Acetate
Methyl Alcohol
Metnylamme
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Cellosolve
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Formate
Melhylene Bromide
Methylene Chloride
Methyl isobutyl Ketone
Methyl Meihacylate
Mineral Oils
Monochlor benzene
Monoethanolamme
Morpholine
Muriatic Acid
N- Naphthalene
Naphthas. Aliphatic
Naphthas Aromatic
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid. Red &
White Fuming
Nitrobenzene
Nitroethane
Nitrogen Gas
Nitromethane
Nitrooropane
Nitrous Oxide
O — Octyl Alcohol
Oleic Acio
Oxalic Acid
Oxygen Liquid
P— Paint Thinners
Paint and Varnish
Removers
Palmitic Acid
Paradichlorobenzcne
Paralhione
Ponta Borane
Penlachlorapnenol
Penlane
Perchloric Acid
Percmcrelhylenf
Permachlor
Petroleum Spirits
Phenol
Phenylene Diamine
Phil-solv
Phosphoric Acid
G
G
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
F
E
E
E
G
E
G
F
F
F
G
E
F
E
E
E
G
G
F
E
F
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
G
E
F
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
E
F
E
E
e
G
£
G
G
p
c
f
E
F
f
G
£
F.
e
F
G
G
£
E
P
F
r
F.
E
F
E
e
E
G
f-
E
'--
e
F
e
E
P
P
p
P
G
p
p
E
E
E
E
E
F
G
P
p
P
P
G
E
E
E
G
G
F
E
G
E
E
E
F
G
E
E
E
E
E
G
P
E
G
G
G
G
G
E
G
F
F
G
G
F
G
E
p
E
E
E
F
F
p
F
p
p
p
E
p
P
G
E
F
E
P
F
F
E
F
F
P
G
G
F
NR
F
F
F
P
Q
F
G
G
G
F.
E
f
f
F
f
F
G
£
F.
E
E
G
G
G
F
E
F
E
G
G
G
G
E
G
G
G
E
p
E
E
F
E
F
E
F
p
P
E
E
G
E
E
F
E
F
F
G
G
G
F
G
F
G
G
F
P
G
E
G
G
E
G
F
P
F
F
E
F
F
G
E
E
E
F
G
G
E
G
F
F
F
E
F
E
E
E
G
F
G
E
L
N| PVC
F
F
F
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
E
E
E
E
G
F
G
F
F
F
P
E
G
F
G
F
F
F
G
p
G
G
F
F
F
G
G
G
F
G
F
F
G
G
p
G
F
P
P
P
NR
F
P
P
NR
F
G
P
G
G
G
G
P
P
F
P
P
P
G
p
p
F
F
F
G
P
F
P
G
E
P
p
F
P
P
NR
NR
p
G
P
F
G
chemical prene or Latei (Buna - N) PVC
Pickling Solution G G G G
Picric Acid EG E F
Pine Oil E P E G
Pitch E P E F
Plating Solutions E E E E
Potassium Alum G G G E
Potassium Bromide G G G E
Potassium Chrome
Alum G G G G
Potassium Dichromate F F F G
Potassium Hydrozide E E EG
Printing Inks EG E F
Propane Gas E E EG
Propanoi-iso E E EG
Propyl Acetate G F G F
Propyl Alcohol E E EG
Propyl Alcohol ISO E E E G
Propylene Gas E F EG
Propyne Gas E F EG
R- Red Fuming Nitric Acid P P P P
S — Silver Nitrate EG G F
Skydrol 500 P G P P
Sodium Carbonate
Metol G G G G
Sodium Hydroxide E E EG
Sodium Sulphite G G G G
Sodium Thiosulphide G G G F
Solvarsol E F E F
Solvessos P P E P
Stearic Acid E E EG
Stoddards Solvent E F E F
Styrene P P F P
Styrene 1OO% P P F P
Sulphuric Acid G G G F
T-TannicAcid E E E E
Tetra Hydro Borane F P F P
Tetraethyl Lead E F E P
Tetrahydroluran P F P F
Toluene Di-isocyanate F G F p
Toluol F P E P
Trichlor F p G P
Tnchlorethylene F p G P
Trichloroethane P P F P
Tricresyl Phosphate G F F NR
Tridecyl Alcohol G F E F
Triethanolamine EG EG
Trinitrotoluene G P EG
Trinitrotoluol G P EG
Triplane E P E P
Tung Oil E P E F
Turco NO 2998 P P P P
Turpentine G F EG
U — Unsymmetncal
Dimethyl Hydrazine F p G P
V- Varnoline Gas E F E F
Varsol G F G F
Vegetable Oils EG EG
W - wood Alcohol E E G G
Wood Preservatives G F G F
Woodyouth F P E P
X — Xylene P P E P
Xylidene E F E P
Z— Zinc Chloride E E E F
PHYSICAL
CHARACTERISTICS
Tensile Strength E E E F
Elongation E E F F
Tear Resistance G G F F
Abrasion Resistance G G EG
Heat Resistance E F G P
O/one Resistance EG G E
Sunlight Aging E F G F
Shelf Life Aging E E E F
KEY:
E- Excellent G-Good F-Foir P- Poor
NR — Not Ro com mended
This comparison chart shows the relative re-
sistance ratings of various glove materials to
solvents commonly used in industry We rec-
ommend rotation of gloves >n service according
to prevailing conditions if excessive swelling
occurs change to another pair allowing swollen
gloves to dry
in general gloves should be cleaned immedi-
after use particularly when using acidsor other
chfmtcais This information is based on room
lure should be watched as to .ts effect on gloves
Proper care will insure longer life
3
-------
lightweight
natural
latex
Each of these gloves has an
embossed design on the palm and
fingers to insure a comfortable,
firm, easy grip. And all these
gloves are U.S.O.A. approved, and
meet OSHA standards.
2937
Gauge Sizes Length Color
2938
Gauge Sizes Length Color
2940
litentuf glove
Light
(.018) 7-9V2,10,11
Maximum
resistance to tear
and puncture.
Pinked cuff.
12"
Natur.l
Gauge Sizes Length Color
//
Light
(-015)
7-91/2,10,11 12" Amber
(.015) 7-9
-------
lightweight
neoprene
gloves
2941
f lexiprene glove
Gauge
Sizes Length Color
lightweight
nitrile (nbr)
gloves
2942
nitrite (nbr) gloves
powdered PVC
disposable
gloves
3000
Gauge
Size* Length Color
Light
(.015) 7,8,9,10,11 11" Black
Combining the resistance of
neoprene with the sensitivity of
latex by utilizing natural latex on
the inside and neoprene on the
outside. Grip design palm.
Recommended for work requiring
resistance to oils,
acids, alcohols
and solvents.
Also has many
applications
in food
processing.
Gauge
Sizes Length Color
2942
Light
(.015) 7,8,9,10,11 11" Ivory
Resists abrasion, puncture and
chemicals better than any other
glove. Nitrile gloves are especially
suitable for use in chlorinated
solvents. They are also
well suited for use in
the food processing
industry. Grip
design palm.
.005 S, M.L.X-L 10" Sheer
U.S.O.A. approved. Sheer, seam-
less, extra-sensitive construction.
Excel lent for food handling,
meat packing and clean
room environments.
Applicable for the
electronic, ••'
pharmaceutical
and printing
industries.
3000
-------
natural
latex
2911
Gauge
2912
Sizes Length Color
Gauge
Sizes Length Color
The gloves on this page are made
by a special process that assures
uniform gauge, high tensile
strength and excellent resistance
to tearing and snagging.
BFGoodrich rubber gloves will
withstand the action of most acids
except the strong oxidizing acids.
Not recommended for use with
oil or grease.
2921
Gauge Size* Length Color
Medium
(.045) 9,10,11
Curved fingers.
Molded non-slip
palm and fingers.
Recommended
for heavy
industrial use.
Extra Heavy
(.055) 9,10,11
14"
Black
Smooth finish. Curved fingers.
Recommended for
heavy industrial
use. Excellent for,
sandblasting.
Heavy
(.040) 9,10,11
Smooth finish.
Curved fingers.
Recommended
for heavy
industrial use.
14"
Black
14
BFGoodrich
heavy duty
industrial
-------
heavy duty
neoprene
Service: for assembly operation,
leather and textile processing,
polishing, paint spraying, photo
engraving, dye manufacturing,
electroplating, petroleum refining,
lithography and soap
manufacturing.
Features: Neoprene gloves have
high resistance to acids, alkalies,
oil and grease, long aging
qualities, good flexibility, high
tensile strength. Gauges indicated
are nominal.
2920
2935
Gauge Sizes
Length Color
Gauge Size*
Length Color
Medium
(.035) 9,10,11,12
Smooth finish.
Curved fingers.
14"
Black
Medium
(.035) 10,11
Smooth finish.
Curved fingers.
Black
2920
2930
Gauge
Sizes
Length Color
Medium
(.045) 9,10.11
Curved fingers.
Molded non-slip
palm and
fingers.
14"
Black
007
Gauge
Light
(.018) 7, 8, 9.10V6
Curved fingers.
Ribbed gripping
surface. Straight
edge.
2935
Size* Length Color
11"
Black
-------
7701-P 7703
4710
No.
Style
Weight Color
No.
Style
Weight Color
7701-P 12" gauntlet Standard Black
7703 14Vt"gauntlet Standard Black
with cuff band
Reinforced thumb crotch gives
extra protection where the wear
occurs. Tough and durable
standard weight. Gives economy
through cut and tear resistant
features. Neoprene
coated to resist
oils, grease,
chemicals and
abrasion. Coated
fabric cuff.
4710 Knit wrist Heavy Black
Palm coated with acid and oil-
resistant Neoprene for additional
protection. Heavyweight,
knit wrist glove.
for use where
all-over pro-
tection is not
necessary.
4700
4702 4703
No.
Style
Weight Color
4710
4700 Knit wrist Standard Black
4702 Knit wrist Heavy Black
(straight
fingers)
4703 Knit wrist Heavy Black
Industrial heavyweight and
Neoprene coated. Highly resistant
to acids, caustics, oils, grease
and abrasion. Especially
recommended in industries
where knit wrist protective
gloves are needed,
such as, automotive,
fishing, mining,
steel and
chemical.
7701-P
4703
Hood
neop
t.
-------
4749
No. Style
Weight Color
4749
Knit wrist
Standard Black
7700
7701 7705
7702 7706
No.
Style
Weight Color
A standard weight, fully Neoprene
coated, jumbo mitten with knit
wrist. Made extra large to allow a
woolen glove to be worn inside
for warmth. Particularly
recommended for commercial
fishermen, firemen, policemen,
lumbermen and for all outdoor
work that involves handling large
objects in
stormy or
cold
weather.
4749
No.
7700
7701
7705
10"
12"
12"
Style
gauntlet
gauntlet
gauntlet
Weight
Standard
Standard
Heavy
Color
Black
Black
Black
A standard weight, fully Neoprene
coated, 12" gauntlet. Highly
resistive to chemicals, oils,
grease and abrasion. Offers
complete wrist protection against
sharp objects. Also
made in 10"
gauntlet
styles.
7701
7702 14%" gauntlet Standard Black
7706 141/2" gauntlet Heavy Black
A standard weight, fully coated
141/2" gauntlet. Ideal for jobs that
require prolonged submersion of
the hands in chemicals, oils and
other liquids. Also comes in a
heavier weight which
is highly abrasion
and cut-resistant.
7702
7799
No.
Style
Weight Color
7799 34" shoulder Standard Black
length gauntlet
A standard weight, fully coated,
34" shoulder length gauntlet.
Especially recommended for use
in cleaning large vats where
maximum protection
and acid resistance
are necessary.
-------
Hood
magnet
gloves
M-500 M-501
M-502 M-503
Product
No.
M-500
M-501
M-502
M-503
Cuff Style
Knit wrist
12" gauntlet
141/2" gauntlet
10" gauntlet
Color
Black
Black
Black
Black
Made of Neoprene. Resists oil,
sunlight and ozone. A non-slip
glove that will not scratch or
leave ugly marks.
Long wearing.
Lined with
Canton flannel.
M-500
Excellent for handling hose, pipe,
metals with oily or wet surfaces.
Recommended for usage when a
non-slip, firm grip glove is
required. Standard weight and
fully coated,
Comes in most
. used
Hood
koroseal
gloves
K-200 K-201
K-202 K-203
Product
No.
K-200
K-201
K-202
K-203
Cuff Style
Knit wrist
12" gauntlet
14 1/2 "gauntlet
Safety cuff
Color
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Made with premium quality PVC
compound. Industrial weight,
fully coated with cotton jersey
liner. Greater resistance to
destructive solvents, caustics, and
light oils. Longer wearing because
its two-piece
jersey shell
has no seams
on wearing
surfaces.
K-200
Remains flexible at low tempera-
tures. Leaves no odors on the
hands. Especially recommended
for jobs that require resistance
to caustics, solvents,
salts, ofls, greases,
soaps, detergents,
dye staffs and
other destructive,
chemicals.
Hood
pvc coated
gloves
PV-96 PV-97
PV-98 PV-99
No.
Cuff Style
Color
PV-96
PV-97
PV-98
PV-99
Knit wrist
2" band cuff
12" gauntlet
14 '/2" gauntlet
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Fully plastic coated with Vinyl
over Cotton Jersey
for maximum wear.
Standard weight.
Very resistive to
abrasion. Ideal for
use in greases,
oils and in handling
abrasive materials
such as glass and
cinder blocks.
Entirely liquid
proof.
-------
I
I
I
Hood
ruf-n-tuf
gloves
5000
5003
5005
50015002
5004
Hood
rubber
coated gloves
5043
No.
Cuff Style
Color
5043
Knit wrist
Tan
No.
Cuff Style
Color
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
Knit wrist
Fully coated
Palm coated
Safety cuff.
Elastic wrist
Knit wrist
Palm coated
10" gauntlet
Fully coated
12" gauntlet
Fully coated
Palm coated
12" gauntlet.
Elastic wrist
Tan
Tan
Tan
Tan
Tan
Tan
A standard weight glove, fully
coated with natural rubber latex
over Cotton Jersey shell offers
complete leak-proof
protection. Very flexible.
Has a wide range of
uses in most industries
where greases and oil
are not used. Ideal for
commercial fisherman
because of flexibility.
5043
Coated with natural rubber latex,
crinkle finish which offer excellent
resistance to slipping — plus long
wear. Enable the wearer to have a
stronger, firmer grip. Very flexible
and heavyweight. Can be worn on
most wet or dry jobs where oil or
grease is non-existant. Especially
recommended for use in
industries that require
handling of glass,
.sheet metals or other
sharp materials.
-Cxcdjent gripping
.qualities for lifting
jjw typesof heavy
materials.
t cuts and
-------
measure BF Good rich products
by the work they do.
you'll find they're
a bargain.
BFGOODRICH INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS DISTRICT OFFICES
Akron District Dallas District Minneapolis District
500 South Main Street 1111 W. Mockingbird Lane 12805 W. Highway 55
Akron, Ohio 44318 Dallas, Texas 75247 Plymouth, Minn. 55441
216—379-3056 214—630-5601 612—559-0535
Atlanta District Denver District Philadelphia District
2301 Parklake Drive, N.E. 2500 West 8th Avenue 3433 Marshall Lane
Atlanta, Georgia 30345 Denver, Colorado 80201 Cornwells Hts., Penn. 19020
404—934-4021 303—825-7671 215—628-3000
Boston District Detroit District San Francisco District
Framingham Industrial Park Bldg. 26211 Central Park Blvd. One Peninsula Place
1661 Worcester Road Southfield, Mich. 48076 1700So. Amphlett Blvd.
Framingham, Mass. 01701 313—357-3939 SuiteSOS
617—873-7408 San Mateo, Calif. 94402
415—573-0500
Chicago District
10701 W. Belmont Avenue
Franklin Park, Illinois 60131
312—455-6600
Goodrich
Engineered Systems Division
Dept. 0716
500 S. Main Street
Akron. Ohio 44318
Litho in U.S.A. PC77.PC.I^6P!:v
-------
RECEIVED
DEC 0 8 1979
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH And
Granet
Leader in Hand Safety
-------
Hand Safety is Our Business
There is no all-purpose form of hand
protection. The material used for
gloves depends largely upon what is
being handled. Granet glove coatings
are designed to give protection from a
variety of hazards. These coatings sur-
pass leather, canvas and cotton in
wearing ability depending on the job
application. Some gloves have granules
or rough materials incorporated in the
base coating for better gripping ability.
Several Granet glove models are coated
with rubber, synthetic elastomers and
plastics which offer protection against
all types of petroleum products, caustic
soda, tanmc acid and hydrochloric acid.
These gloves are available in varying
coatings and styles to meet individual
conditions.
How to select the proper
Granet Glove
Matching specific gloves to the many
materials, conditions and operations
requiring some degree of hand pro-
tection is a complex and often times,
confusing job. The majority of accidents
involving hands and arms can be clas-
sified under four major hazard factors:
Chemicals. Abrasion, Cutting and Heat.
To facilitate Granet glove selection, each
model's performance in one or more
major hazard category is identified as a
symbol and resistance rating. The
symbols and recommendations made
herein relate only to products depicted
in this catalog.
SYMBOLS:
CHEMICALS ABRASION CUTTING HEAT
RESISTANCE RATING:
S - Superior, E-Excellent,G-Good, F-Fair
NOTE: Many Granet Glove models offer
superior and excellent resistance in
more than one hazard category. These
multiple benefits per glove model, keep
glove costs down by reducing glove
inventories.
To select the proper glove for hand pro-
tection against a specific chemical...
see Physical Properties and Chemical
Resistance Charts on the back cover.
ROYALTON
600
O, 9. ©.
Plastic impregnated cotton
ROYALTON "600" is a standard weight, 6-
ounce cotton flannel sheeting impregnated
with our own long wearing plastic compound.
Replaces goatskin and light leather gloves.
Outwears 8-ounce cotton gloves.
Recommended for inspection work, handling
small parts, truck driving, warehouse han-
dling, metal fabricating, maintenance and
general work inside and out.
Features:
• Tailored design.
• Slip-on style available with perforated back
for coolness.
• Finger dexterity.
• Nonslip grip.
• Liquid repellent. (Not liquid proof)
• Can be laundered repeatedly.
No. Style Size
604 Women's Knitwrist M.L
605 Women's Slip-on perforated back M.L
606 Women's Slip-on M.L
654 Men's Knitwrist M.L
655 Men's Slip-on perforated back M.L
656 Men's Slip-on M,L
657 Men's Slip-on Glo-Gluv M,L
658 Men's Knitwrist Glo-Gluv M,L
659 Women's Slip-on Glo-Gluv MJ.
Color stitching on cuff allows for size matching after
laundering.
Women's Medium Red
Large Blue
Men's Medium Yellow
Large Black
ROYALTON
700
Plastic impregnated cotton
Heavy weight
ROYALTON "700" is a rugged work glove,
made from cotton fabric finished with a
special heavy-weight plastic, and incorpo-
rates the same excellent features of the
ROYALTON "600".
Features:
• Liquid repellent (not liquid proof).
• Cool and comfortable.
• Good grip wet or dry.
No. Style _
701 Men's Knitwrist.- clute cut, "600"
back cloth binding
702 Men's Slip-on, clute cut, "600"
back cloth binding
754 Men's Knitwrist
756 Men's Slip-on
657
756
-------
ROYALTON
900 & 1000
O, @E ©.
Plastic impregnated/Stretch gloves
ROYALTON "900" and "1000" stretch gloves
are made of a stretchable interlock lining, im-
pregnated with an exclusive plastic com-
pound. Their finger dexterity, grip, fit and
comfort excels characteristics of goatskin,
capeskin and cotton at lower cost per man
hour of use.
These gloves are ideal for jobs involving as-
sembly, inspection, machining and pack-
aging small sensitive parts. ROYALTON
"1000" is white, USOA accepted. Ideal for
food processing, pharmaceutical, TV manu-
facturing and clean room operations where
cleanliness is vital.
Features:
• Tailored—has snug fit of goatskin and
capeskin leather gloves.
• Fully launderable.
• Maximum dexterity and "feel".
• Cool and comfortable.
Mo. Style Size
906 Women's Slip-on
956 Men's Slip-on
1006 Women's Slip-on
1056 Men's Slip-on
S.M.L
M.L.XL
S.M.L
M.L.XL
Color stitching on cuff allows for size matching after
laundering.
Women's Small Green
Medium Red
Large Blue
Men's Medium Yellow
Large . Black
Extra Large White
1006
OYNAGRIP
Plastic coated/Wet grip
OYNAGRIP is an abrasion resistant work glove,
superior for handling oil, acids, caustics and
many solvents. Made with a 2-piece jersey
shell and special plastic overcoating, DYNA-
GRIP offers double thickness protection with
the comfort and flexibility of one. This
model features a wet grip that lasts for the
life of the glove.
Features:
• Nonslip wet grip finish.
• Curved fingers— fit natural contour of the
hand.
• No seams on wearing surface.
• Superior flexibility.
• Color choice — green or yellow*.
No. Style Size Coated
52
53
510
520
512
514
518
522
Knitwrist
Knitwrist
Band Top
10" Gauntlet
12" Gauntlet
14" Gauntlet
18" Gauntlet
Women's Knitwrist
M.L
M.L
M.L
Fully
Palm
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
*lf yellow color is desired—specify "Y" after style
number.
512Y
GRANFLEX
Plastic coated/Washable lining
GRANFLEX is an abrasion resistant glove for
handling oil and many solvents. This model
has an interlock fabric lining coated with
Granet's own special plastic compound, offer-
ing the flexibility and dexterity of a molded
rubber glove. GRANFLEX gloves outwear ordi-
nary rubber and most coated gloves on
similar operations without cracking or peeling.
Features:
• Two-piece wing thumb construction.
• Curved fingers— fit the natural contour of
the hand.
• Invisible seams.
• Nonslip grip finish.
• Lining will not "ball up" from perspiration
or laundering.
Ho. Style _ _ Coated
92
920
902
912
914
Knitwrist
10" Gauntlet
11" Gauntlet Cadet
12" Gauntlet
14" Gauntlet
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
-------
GRANECON
GLO-GLUVS
NEOPRENE
Plastic coated/Super flexible
GRANECON is an excellent general purpose
work glove with exceptional pliability, per-
mitting finger dexterity not possible in most
work gloves. Its soft jersey lining, formed out
of two separate pieces, eliminates seams on
the wearing surface and helps eliminate irri-
tation from within.
GRANECON offers abrasion resistance with
excellent gripping qualities.
Features:
• Economical general purpose glove.
• Curved fingers— fits natural shape of hand.
• Abrasion resistant.
• Good gripping qualities.
• Available with a thermal lining for cold
weather applications.
No. _ Style _ Coated
82 Knitwrist
820 10" Gauntlet
812 12" Gauntlet
WITH THERMAL LINING
2082 Knitwrist
2084 10" Gauntlet
2086 12" Gauntlet
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Plastic coated/Blaze orange
Highlight safety in your plant with GLO-
GLUVS® that afford maximum visibility, posi-
tive grip, flexibility and comfort. A jersey
lining, coated with a Blaze Orange plastic
compound, makes them liquid-proof,
and abrasion resistant.
Regular GLO-GLUVS are recommended
where worker safety and "spot" identification
are imperative.
Thermal-lined GLO-GLUVS feature a soft
napped, waffle weave thermal liner for
warmth and comfort. Ideal for outdoor
workers, policemen and firemen in cold
weather.
Features:
• Abrasion resistant
• Maximum visibility for signaling and safety.
• Excellent gripping qualities.
• Two types of lining available.
No.
Style
Coated
1002
1012
1027
Knitwrist
12" Gauntlet
Knitwnst-Mitt
WITH THERMAL LINING
2002 Knitwrist
2020 10" Gauntlet
2012 12" Gauntlet
2027 Knitwrist-Mitt
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Cross section of
waffle weave
thermal
liner
Liquid proof/Heavy duty
Granet NEOPRENE work gloves are made
with a neoprene latex bonded to a soft cotton
shell.
NEOPRENE gloves are liquid-proof and resist-
ant to most chemicals. Recommended where
acids, solvents and caustics are used.
Features:
• Excellent cut and chemical resistance.
• Smooth finish.
• Curved fingers—natural fit.
• Full size—wing thumb.
• Superior bonding between fabric and
coating.
• Some models available with heavy palm or
thumb patch.
No. Style Cort»d
101 Knitwrist
104 Knitwrist
123 Knitwrist Lightweight
212 12" Gauntlet Extra Heavy
214 14" Gauntlet Extra Heavy
610 10" Gauntlet
612 12" Gauntlet
714 14" Gauntlet
714P 14" Gauntlet with thumb patch
718 18" Gauntlet
731 31" Gauntlet
PYTHON
Neoprene/Wet grip
PYTHON gloves have all the chemical resist-
ance of neoprene latex plus a "wet-grip"
finish.
No.
Style
Coated
2101 Knitwrist Fully
2612 ir Gauntlet Fully
2714 14" Gauntlet Fully
2718 18* Gauntlet Fully
-------
ROYALTON
900 & 1000
O,
Plastic impregnated/Stretch gloves
ROYALTON "900" and "1000" stretch gloves
are made of a stretchable interlock lining, im-
pregnated with an exclusive plastic com-
pound. Their finger dexterity, grip, fit and
comfort excels characteristics of goatskin,
capeskm and cotton at lower cost per man
hour of use.
These gloves are ideal for jobs involving as-
sembly, inspection, machining and pack-
aging small sensitive parts. ROYALTON
"1000" is white, USDA accepted. Ideal for
food processing, pharmaceutical, TV manu-
facturing and clean room operations where
cleanliness is vital.
Features:
• Tailored— has snug fit of goatskin and
capeskin leather gloves.
• Fully launderable.
• Maximum dexterity and "feel".
• Cool and comfortable.
Ho. Style
Size
906 Women's Slip-on
956 Men's Slip-on
1006 Women's Slip-on
1056 Men's Slip-on
S.M.L
M,L,XL
S,M,L
M.L.XL
Color stitching on cuff allows for size matching after
laundering.
Women's Small Green
Medium Red
Large Blue
Men's Medium Yellow
Large . Black
Extra Urge White
1006
DYNAGRIP
Plastic coated/Wet grip
DYNAGRIP is an abrasion resistant work glove,
superior for handling oil, acids, caustics and
many solvents. Made with a 2-piece jersey
shell and special plastic overcoating, DYNA-
GRIP offers double thickness protection with
the comfort and flexibility of one. This
model features a wet grip that lasts for the
life of the glove.
Features:
• Nonslip wet grip finish.
• Curved fingers—fit natural contour of the
hand.
• No seams on wearing surface.
• Superior flexibility.
• Color choice—green or yellow*.
No. Style Size Coated
52
b3
510
b20
b!2
b!4
b!8
b22
Knitwrist
Knitwrist
Band Top
10" Gauntlet
12" Gauntlet
14" Gauntlet
18" Gauntlet
Women's Knitwrist
M.L
M,L
M,L
Fully
Palm
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
"If yellow color is desired—specify "Y" after style
number.
512Y
GRAN FLEX
Plastic coated/Washable lining
GRANFLEX is an abrasion resistant glove for
handling oil and many solvents. This model
has an interlock fabric lining coated with
Granet's own special plastic compound, offer-
ing the flexibility and dexterity of a molded
rubber glove. GRANFLEX gloves outwear ordi-
nary rubber and most coated gloves on
similar operations without cracking or peeling.
Features:
• Two-piece wing thumb construction.
• Curved fingers — fit the natural contour of
the hand.
• Invisible seams.
• Nonslip grip finish.
• Lining will not "ball up" from perspiration
or laundering.
Ho. Style _ _ Coated
92 Knitwrist
920 10" Gauntlet
902 11" Gauntlet Cadet
912 12" Gauntlet
914 14" Gauntlet
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
-------
GRANECON
Plastic coated/Super flexible
GRANECON is an excellent general purpose
work glove with exceptional pliability, per-
mitting finger dexterity not possible in most
work gloves. Its soft jersey lining, formed out
of two separate pieces, eliminates seams on
the wearing surface and helps eliminate irri-
tation from within.
GRANECON offers abrasion resistance with
excellent gripping qualities.
Features:
• Economical general purpose glove.
• Curved fingers— fits natural shape of hand.
• Abrasion resistant.
• Good gripping qualities.
• Available with a thermal lining for cold
weather applications.
No.
Style
Coated
82
820
812
Knitwrist
10" Gauntlet
12" Gauntlet
WITH THERMAL LINING
2082 Knitwrist
2084 10" Gauntlet
2086 12" Gauntlet
FuHy
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
GLO-GLUVS
01
Plastic coated/Blaze orange
Highlight safety in your plant with GLO-
GLUVS18' that afford maximum visibility, posi-
tive grip, flexibility and comfort. A jersey
lining, coated with a Blaze Orange plastic
compound, makes them liquid-proof,
and abrasion resistant.
Regular GLO-GLUVS are recommended
where worker safety and "spot" identification
are imperative.
Thermal-lined GLO-GLUVS feature a soft
napped, waffle weave thermal liner for
warmth and comfort. Ideal for outdoor
workers, policemen and firemen in cold
weather.
Features:
• Abrasion resistant.
• Maximum visibility for signaling and safety.
• Excellent gripping qualities.
• Two types of lining available.
No. Style Coated
1002 Knitwrist Fully
1012 12" Gauntlet Fully
1027 Knitwrist-Mitt FuHy
WITH THERMAL LINING
2002 Knitwrist
2020 10" Gauntlet
2012 12" Gauntlet
2027 Knitwrist-Mitt
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
2002
Cross section of
waffle weave
thermal
liner
NEOPRENE
Os @E <2>s
Liquid proof/Heavy duty
Granet NEOPRENE work gloves are made
with a neoprene latex bonded to a soft cotton
shell.
NEOPRENE gloves are liquid-proof and resist-
ant to most chemicals. Recommended where
acids, solvents and caustics are used.
Features:
• Excellent cut and chemical resistance.
• Smooth finish.
• Curved fingers—natural fit.
• Full size—wing thumb.
• Superior bonding between fabric and
coating.
• Some models available with heavy palm or
thumb patch.
No. Style Corted
101 Kmtwrist
104 Knitwrist
123 Knitwrist Lightweight
212 12" Gauntlet Extra Heavy
214 14" Gauntlet Extra Heavy
610 10" Gauntlet
612 12" Gauntlet
714 14" Gauntlet
714P 14" Gauntlet with thumb patch
718 18" Gauntlet
731 31" Gauntlet
Fully
Palm
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
FU"
PYTHON
Neoprene/Wet grip
PYTHON gloves have all the chemical resist-
ance of neoprene latex plus a "wet-grip"
finish.
No. Style Coated
2101
2612
2714
2718
Knitwrist
12" Gauntlet
14' Gauntlet
18" Gauntlet
Fully
Fully
Fully
Fully
-------
GUTLESS'
SLIP-NOF
NYGRAN
Natural rubber coated
Wet or dry grip
GUTLESS is a ripple-textured work glove
which provides excellent protection against
cuts, punctures, and slivers. A soft, comfort-
able lining with a rugged natural rubber
coating makes the GUTLESS an excellent
replacement for leather gloves.
Recommended for handling wire, tin, sheet
metal, nails and glass.
Features:
• Tough crinkle finish.
• Cut and puncture resistant.
• Hand heat dissipates through uncoated
back.
• Firm Grip.
Ho. Style Coated
2404
2411
2413
2421
2424
Knitwrist
Safety Cuff
12" Gauntlet
Women's Safety Cuff
Women's Knitwrist
Palm
Palm
Palm
Palm
Palm
2411
Natural rubber coated
Wet or dry grip
SLIP-NOT is a rugged, general purpose glove
for handling rough or slippery material.
A rough-finish latex coating over a soft cotton
lining provides thousands of gripping edges'
for excellent holding power. Easily outwears
canvas and leather gloves on the same job.
Recommended for cutting and fabricating tin
and sheet metal; glass cutting and handling;
moving lumber, brick and concrete blocks;
handling scrap metal and steel drums.
Features:
• Curved fingers and thumb for natural fit
and comfort •
• Natural rubber coating impregnated with
"rubber dust" for extra wear and positive
grip
• Extreme resistance to abrasion and cutting.
• Also available without rubber dust. Specify
"B" for BALD.
No. Style Coated
Nitrile rubber coated/Multi-purpose
NYGRAN gloves coated with nitrite rubber, a
synthetic latex made from butadiene and
a£j3uarulrile._ Recommended for protecting
hands exposed to hazardous liquids,
operations involving cutting or abrasives,
handling oily or greasy materials. Excellent
dry grip on extremely smooth-finish surfaces.
NYGRAN gloves with their superior coating,
soft cotton lining, curved fingers and wing
thumb offer a premium quality product for
the toughest jobs.
Features:
• Superior cut, snag and chemical
resistance.
• Nitrile rubber coating.
• 8-ounce cotton lining.
• Excellent adhesion of coating to fabric.
• Curved fingers—minimum hand fatigue.
• Full size wing thumb.
No.
Style
Coated
401
404
409
411
420
412
413
424
Knitwrist
Knitwrist
Band Top
Safety Cuff
10" Gauntlet
12" Gauntlet
12" Gauntlet
Women's Knitwrist
Fully
Palm
Palm
Palm
Fully
Palm
Patm
Nl
N4
N9
*N11
N13
N24
Knitwrist
Knitwrist
Band Top
Safety Cuff
12" Gauntlet
Women's Knitwrist
Fully
Palm
Palm
Palm
Palm
*N11J - Jersey Lining
N11F - Flannel Lining
' \ % '••• V -i
V .]
-------
SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS
SLIP-NOT®
Natural rubber coated
USDA accepted for poultry, meat packing,
canning operations and food processors.
Curved fingers and thumb for natural fit
and comfort. Excellent abrasion and cut
resistance.
No.
Style
Coated
SPECIAL
APPLICATIONS
TRAPPERS GLOVE
Heavy duty neoprene
Shoulder length neoprene; good chemical,
cut and abrasion resistance and liquid proof.
Recommended for deep tank cleaning and
dipping operations. Also used by tanners and
trappers.
No. Style Coated
401B
Kmtwrist
Fully
731
31" Gauntlet
Fully
PYTHON NEOPRENE
Wet-Grip with Thermal Lining
This model has all the characteristics and
quality features of neoprene latex plus a
"wet-grip" finish and a thermal lining. The
ideal glove for outdoor workers handling
smooth or slippery materials in cold weather.
Ho. Style Coated
2201
Kmtwrist
Fully
731
NITRILE
Unsupported
If the job calls for hand protection ... check
the advantages you get with Granet's Nitrile
Unsupported Gloves.
• Superior chemical resistance to most
solvents, acids, bases, animal fats and alco-
hols. The Butadiene Acrylonitrile compound
offers better chemical resistance than neo-
prene and natural latex gloves.
• Excellent resistance to punctures,
snags, cuts and abrasions. This tough,
rugged glove outwears ordinary rubber
gloves.
• Embossed palm. Grip surface is molded
(not etched), for good wet and dry grip quali-
ties.
• Hand-contoured fit. Comfortable, flexible
and sensitive, this glove is ideally suited for
many applications requiring dexterity.
USDA accepted. Ideal for poultry, meat
packing, fish, canning, cleaning parts, and
electronics industries.
Size Chart: Small: 6-6'/2; Medium: 7-7'/i; Large: 8-
S1/?; Ex.Large: 9-9'/i>; Super Ex. Large:10-10'/i
Style No. 490 Style No. 492
Color: Green Same as No. 490
Length: 12'/i>" but flock-lined
Thickness: .015"
Unlined
490
-------
NATURAL
LATEX
Unlined
Nature! latex with firm gripping surface. Un-
lined smooth inner surface provides comfort,
easy wash and dry characteristics. Has
t excellent tensile strength for jobs such as
poultry processing. Also good for many jobs
in Atomic energy, pharmaceutical and
chemical plants.
'SiyteHo. Ml
Gator Natural
Sizes Sm, Med.,
ll.fM.lt
•
SYNTHETIC
LATEX
Flock-lined
Composed of synthetic bayprene latex and
natural latex. Has firm gripping surface and
flock-lined for easy on and off. It has bacterio-
static treatment. This special compound of
latex was formulated to add the mechanical
resistance of natural rubber and the chemical
resistance of bayprene.
Style No. 2444
Color: Orange
Sizes: SM., Med.,
Lg., Ex. Lg.,
Super Ex. Lg.
Length: 1214"
Thickness: .020
2444
USDA accepted for
Food & Meat Handling
Size Chart: Small: 6-6l/2; Medium: 7-7!*; Large: 8-81/?; Ex. Large: 9-9!*; Super Ex. Large: 10-10!*
SYNTHETIC
LATEX
Flock-lined
Synthetic bayprene latex with a rough surface
for gripping wet and greasy objects. Flock-
lined for easy on and off. Has bactenosiatk
treatment Recommended for: chemical,
mechanical, building, metal cleaning,
automotive, bleaching, dairy, food and
pharmaceutical industries.
Style No. 2002
Color: Black
Sizes: Sm., Med.,
U-, Ex. Lg.,
Super Ex. Lg.
length: UW
Thickness: .028
Bo. 2005
w.
Ftocfc-lintd
Natural latex with firm gripping surface.
Flock-lined for easy on and off comfort. HM
-tecterwtate; -treatment. Good tensile
strength and resistance to household deter-
gents and tight acids. Used bytedd pro-
cessors, laboratories, maintenance, etc.
Same as No. 2002
tat 16fc* Length
2002
USDA accepted for
. food » Meat Handling
GRANET
3 POINT HAND
PROTECTION
PROGRAM
Just starting to organize a hand safety
program? Looking for a simplified method of
matching the proper work glove to a J9b?
Seeking "fresh", new, safety motivation
material for inplant display?
Outlined in Granet's latest Safety folder is a
simplified 3 step procedure for developing a
plantwide hand safety program through...
#1 Investigation...suggestions for making a
self-evaluation of all "trouble" areas
requiring some degree of hand protection.
#2 Selectron...new system of symbols,
representing the 4 major hazard factors, for
matching the proper glove to the job.
#3 Promotion... material for promoting
greater worker awareness of their hands and
the importance of wearing the correct glove
on the job.
Send for your copy today. Granet's 3 Point
Hand Protection Program, could be the
answer to your hand protection problem.
-------
Find the right glove for each job
Select the coating with the highest rating in the Physical Properties Chart, then check the Chemical
Resistance Chart
CHEMICAL
RESISTANCE
CHART
ALCOHOLS
Methanol / Butyl Alcohol /
Glycerine / Ethanol / Isopropanol
CAUSTICS
Ammonium Hydroxide 38% /
Sodium Hydroxide 50% /
Potassium Hydroxide 50%
CHLORINATED SOLVENTS
Carbon Tetrachloride /
Perchlorethylene / Trichlorethylene
KETONES
Methyl Ethyl Ketone / Methyl Isobutyl
Ketone / Acetone
PETROLEUM SOLVENTS
White Gasoline / Naphtha / Mineral
Thinner / Kerosene
ORGANIC ACIDS
Citric / Formic / Tannic / Acetic
INORGANIC ACIDS
Hydrochloric 38% / Hydrochloric 10% /
Sulphuric 10% / Nitric 10%
Chromic
Sulphuric 98% / Nitric 70%
HYDROCARBONS
Stoddard Solvent / Toluene / Benzene /
Xylene
Coal Tar Distillate
Styrene
MISCELLANEOUS
Lacquer Thinner
Cutting Oil
Battery Acid
Phenol
Insecticides
Printing Ink
Dyestuffs
Penta
Formaldehyde
Vegetable Oil
Animal Fat
Acrylonitrile
Steam
Aniline
Hydraulic Fluid
Turpentine
Linseed Oil
Soya Bean Oil
Carbon Disulfide
Creosote
Paint & Varnish Remover
E E
E E
E G
G G
S E
E E
S E
S E
G F
G G
S E
G F
E E E E E
F F F NR F
NR NR MR G NR
G G
E E
G
G
E
G
G
E
E
G
G
NR
NR
F F
F F
G G
G NR
G NR
G F
G S
E E
E S
G S
G G
F G
F S
G G
NR
E G
E NR
F NR
G NR
E NR
F F
G
S
S
S
S
S
S
E
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
E
S
S
F
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
NR
G
F
F
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
C
E
E
E
G
G
NR
G
F
F
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
t
G
G
G
F
G
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
|
E
E
•-fr
G
F
NR
F
G
G
F
F
E
F
E
G
G
E
E
F
F
NR
F
G
NR
F
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
G
G
F
G
F
G
S
S
S
S
S
S
E
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
E
S
S
F
E
E
F
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
S
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
NR
G
F
NR
F
G
G
F
F
E
F
E
G
G
E
E
E
F
NR
F
G
F
NR
DIGICAP
Finger guards
High density, plastic finger caps help protect tips
against "pinch points" and minor blows. Worn inside
work gloves. Stay in place until removed. Reusable
when gloves wear out. Packaged six to a unit for index,
middle and ring fingers, or, in bulk for one finger on
each hand.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES CHART
How to order:
For faster service, contact your nearest Granet distri-
butor with the style number and quantity you desire. If
a Granet distributor is not listed in your area, write: The
Granet Division, ESB Inc., Framingham, MA 01701.
Glove control:
Work glove cost can be reduced by glove control (1)
Use the right glove for the job and standardize on as
few glove styles as possible. (2) Granet distributors can
do a "glove survey" in your plant. (3) Issue new gloves
only when the worn out ones are returned by the
wearer. (4) Check and see if one hand wears out faster
than the other. If so, order and issue one hand only.
Glove care and replacement:
To add life to coated gloves being heavily exposed to
solvents and acids it is always a good idea to alternate
the wearing of two pairs. Wear one pair for half the work
shift and the other pair for the other half. Rinse outer
surface with water after each wearing.
Replacement of gloves is dependent on the wear factor
created by the job application. Check gloves frequently
for cracks, tears, splits, wear points, leakage and the
like. Be sure to use a gauntlet glove long enough for the
job application.
There is no such thing as maximum hand protection.
Lower glove costs:
Make your own evaluation of protection and economy
by testing glove recommended by your Granet trained
representative.
Granet 3 Point Hand Protection Program:
A simplified 3-step procedure for developing a
plantwide hand safety program is contained in a FREE
folder. Send for your copy today
COATING
NYGRAN
NEOPRENE
PYTHON
SLIP-NOT
DYNAGLUV
DYNAGRIP
GRANFLEX
NECON
S
G
G
G
E
E
E
E
S
E
E
E
NR
NR
NR
NR
S
E
E
E
E
G
G
G
G
G
G
E
F
F
F
F
E
E
E
E
NR
NR
G
E
G
G
G
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
If
G
F
E
E
F
E
G
E
Main Plant — Sales Headquarters (U.S.A.)
P.O. Box 588
25 Lormg Drive, Framingham, MA 01701
Phone: (617) 873-3521
North Carolina Plant — Snow Hill, NC 28580
GRANET DIVISION
ESB INCORPORATED
i — Superior E — Excellent G - Good F — Fair NR - Not Recommended
Granet
Form 845 Printed in U.S.A.
-------
AO/Goggles
American Optical Corporation, Safety Products Division
14 Mechanic Street, Southbridge, MA 01550
FLEXIBLE MASK GOGGLES
482B Impact Goggle
• For impact protection on chipping,
metal cutting, light grinding
operations
• Fits over personal glasses
• Anti-fog DURAFON ™ lenses avail-
able
• Comfortable flexible vinyl masks
offer maximum ventilation
• .050" thick polycarbonate lenses
in clear or green
• Elastic headband
Cat. No. Code No.
Clear Mask
482B 4081 1
482B 40812
Anti-Fog. Clear Mask
482BAF 40838
482BAFG 40839
Transparent Green Mask
487B 40819
487B 40820
Anti-Fog, Transparent Green Mask
487BAF 40779
487BAFG 40780
Replacement Parts
209C 44613
209CAF 44621
210C 44615
210CAF 44625
213 23139
Description
Clear Lens
Green Lens
Clear DURAFON Lens
Green DURAFON Lens
Clear Lens
Green Lens
Clear DURAFON Lens
Green DURAFON Lens
Clear Lens
Clear DURAFON Lens
Green Lens
Green DURAFON Lens
Elastic Headband
4MB Chemical Splash Goggle
• For protection against splashing
liquids, dusts, flying particles
• Fits over personal glasses
• Anti-fog DURAFONTMLenses
available
• 4 vents help prevent fogging in
normal atmospheres
• .050" thick polycarbonate lenses
in clear or green
• Rubber headband
Cat. No.
Code No.
Description
Clear Mask
484B 40815
484B 40816
Anti-Fog, Clear Mask
484BAF 40832
484BAFG 40780
Transparent Green Mask
499 40906
499 40937
Anti-Fog Transparent Green Mask
499AF 4O934
499AFG 40936
Replacement Parts
209C 44613
209CAF 44621
210C 44615
210CAF 44625
251 23155
Clear Lens
Green Lens
Clear DURAFON Lens
Green DURAFON Lens
Clear Lens
Green Lens
Clear DURAFON Lens
Green DUHAFON Lens
Clear Lens
Clear DURAFON lens
Green Lens
Green DURAFON Lens
Rubber Headband
710B Deluxe Chemical Splash Goggle
i For protection against splash,
dusts, impact
i Fits over personal glasses
i Fully vented rim keeps goggle
fog-free twice as long as standard
splash goggles
• DURAFON anti-fog lenses avail-
able
• .050" thick polycarbonate lenses in
clear or green
• Rubber headband
Cat. No.
Clear Mask
710B
710B
Anti-Fog
710BAF
710BAFG
Replacement Parts
259P
259GP
259AF
259GAF
Code No.
40978
40981
40989
40990
44679
44680
44677
44678
Description
Clear Lens
Green Lens
Clear DURAFON Lens
Green DURAFON Lens
Clear Lens
Green Lens
Clear DURAFON Lens
Green DURAFON Lens
These goggles meet requirements of ANSI 287.1 • 1968 Standard.
-------
MSA
Data Sheet
06-01-01
V-Gard®
Slotted Cap
Application
The V-Gard Slotted Cap provides head
protection from impact hazards in
industrial and general use as specified
in the performance requirements of
ANSI Z89.1—1969 and ANSI Z89.2—
1971, and, at the same time, provides
capability for wearing hearing protec-
tion devices, and faceshields or weld-
ing helmets. Widely used in construction
industry, government, utilities, manu-
facturing plants.
Description
The V-Gard Slotted Cap consists of a
shell and suspension working together
as a protection system.
The rigid shell is lightweight and
balanced for all-day wearing comfort.
It is one-piece injection molded of high-
density polyethylene and has high
dielectric strength (non-conduction of
electrical current). The V-Gard design
features advanced styling, and the cap
is available in seven molded-in colors
that will not fade: white, blue, yellow,
orange, green, red, and gray.
The Staz-on™ Suspension has two
major components—adjustable head-
band, and double crown straps. Four
plastic clips slide into recessed slots in
the shell to hold the suspension in place
eliminating pressure points around the
headband. The suspension supports the
shell away from the head to provide a
minimum 1 V4 inches of crown clearance
between top of head and shell. This
allows both the shell and the suspen-
sion to work together as a system to
absorb energy in case of a blow.
Approximate weight of shell and
suspension: 12 oz
(For additional information on the
Staz-on Safety Helmet Suspension,
refer to MSA Data Sheet 06-00-12.)
Data Sheet
06-01-01
-------
Systems III Kits
The V-Gard Slotted Cap accommodates
the Systems III Adapter Kit for Hearing
Protection (Catalog No. 463695), and
Systems III Adapter Kit for attaching
Faceshield or Welding Helmet (Catalog
No. 463694).
See MSA Data Sheet 06-02-01 for
details.
Approvals and standards
The V-Gard Slotted Cap complies with
all the test requirements of ANSI
Z89.1—1969 Class A (Industrial Head
Protection), and ANSI Standard Z89.2—
1971 Class B (Industrial Protective
Helmets for electrical workers).
Inspection and maintenance
V-Gard Slotted Caps should be regularly
inspected for signs of deterioration,
damage, or wear. In accordance with
ANSI Z89.1 and ANSI Z89.2, all compo-
nents, including the shell, suspension,
headband, sweatband, and any acces-
sories should be visually inspected
daily for signs of dents, cracks, penetra-
tion, or any other damage due to impact,
rough treatment, or wear that might
reduce the degree of safety originally
provided. Any industrial helmet that
requires replacement should be
removed from service.
Inspection should be accompanied by
a program of properly cleaning the
helmets and keeping them in good
condition. Most stains or dirt can be
removed from V-Gard Slotted Caps with
the use of warm water and MSA
Cleaner-Sanitizer solution.
The suspension should be routinely
replaced at least twice a year under
normal wear conditions. It should be
examined closely for cracking, torn
adjustment slots, fraying of material, or
other signs of wear, especially at the
suspension clips. The suspension can
be cleaned with MSA Cleaner-Sanitizer
and warm water using a sponge or soft
brush to remove most dirt, perspiration,
and skin oils. Do not use heat in drying.
If other material such as tar or grease
is on the suspension, it should
be replaced.
Ordering information
Catalog numbers
V-Gard Slotted Cap
463942
463943
463944
463945
463946
463947
463948
464852
Color
White
Blue
Yellow
Orange
Green
Red
Gray
Gold
V-Gard Hat (non-slotted)
A hat, with all the design and construc-
tion features of the V-Gard Slotted Cap
except the slots, is available for those
who prefer full-brim head protection.
V-Gard Hat
(non-slotted): Color
454730 Yellow
454731 Gray
454732 Blue
454733 White
454734 Orange
454735 Green
454736 Red
Note: This Data Sheet is a guide, containing
only a general description of the uses and
performance capabilities of the V-Gard
Slotted Cap and V-Gard Hat. Before use,
refer to and strictly follow all instructions,
cautions, and warnings on or with the
products. For more complete information,
contact MSA, 600 Penn Center Blvd.,
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15235.
AA5A
Mine Safety Appliances Company
600 Penn Center Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15235
At your service: 25 branch offices in the United States;
MSA CANADA, Downsview, Ontario (Metro Toronto), Halifax,
Montreal, Winnipeg, Saskatoon, Edmonton, Calgary, Vancouver;
representatives in principal cities of the world.
Cable address-"MINSAF" Pittsburgh
Data Sheet 06-01-01
Printed in U.S.A. 783 (L)
-------
MSA
Data Sheet
06-02-01
Systems III
Adapter Kits
for use with
MSA Slotted
Headwear
Application
Used in conjunction with MSA slotted
head wear, the Systems III Adapter Kits
permit workers to wear hearing protec-
tion devices and/or faceshields and
welding helmets with their head protec-
tion. The combination provides head
and face protection against certain
specific hazards encountered in the
construction industry, government,
utilities, manufacturing plants, and
other industrial applications.
Description
The basic component of the Systems III
adapter is a pair of mounting brackets
with tension springs and lock tabs to
retain the brackets firmly in two head-
wear slots, one on each side of the cap.
Two Adapter Kits are available for
attaching accessories—one for hearing
protection and one for a faceshield or
welding helmet. The mounting brackets
are of rugged Oelrin* plastic, and fea-
ture a quick-release mechanism that
allows the attached faceshield or weld-
ing helmet to be detached without
removing the mounting brackets from
the slots.
The mounting brackets are designed to
accommodate ear muffs and welding
helmet or faceshield simultaneously.
And the welding helmet can be worn
with the peak of the Slotted V-Gard Cap
in the normal forward position instead
of having to reverse the cap to accom-
modate the accessory. The welding
helmet can be adjusted both in and out
as well as up and down for individual fit
and best downward vision.
The new Systems III Adapter Kits for
Slotted Headware will accommodate
almost all MSA standard welding
helmets and the Super-Card® or
Sightgard'" faceshield frames.
•Trademark of E.I du Pont de Nemours & Co. (Inc.)
-------
Approvals and standards
MSA Welding Helmets, with appropriate
plates, and MSA Faceshield Assemblies
used with the Systems III Adapter Kit,
meet the requirements of ANSI Z87.1—
1968.
Ordering information
Catalog numbers
463695 Systems 111 Adapter Kit for
Hearing Protection, complete
with ear muffs (includes 2
mounting arms, 2 earcups with
cushion and damping pad, 2
spring washers, one right
bracket, and one left bracket).
463694 Systems III Adapter Kit for
Faceshield and Welding
Helmet (includes one right
bracket, one left bracket, 2
mounting bolts, 4 plastic
washers, 2 thumb nuts, 2
mounting arms, 2 clutch rings,
2 lock nuts, 2 screws 1/4"-20,
and 2 rubber washers)—face-
shield or welding helmet
not included.
Note: For ordering information on Welding
Helmets, see MSA Data Sheet 06-00-17 and
refer to "Shell Only" column for part num-
bers. For ordering information on Face-
shields, see MSA Data Sheet 06-00-16 and
order either Super-Card (shell only) or Sight-
gard (shell only) with proper visor. Slotted
U-Gard Caps are available in seven colors
—see MSA Data Sheet 06-01-01.
Clutch ring of Faceshield/Welding Helmet
mounting arm can be adjusted to hold
shield in any desired position.
Note: This Data Sheet is a guide, containing
only a general description of the uses and
performance capabilities of the Systems III
Adapter Kits. Before use, refer to and strictly
follow all instructions, cautions, and warn-
ings on or with the product. For more
complete information, contact MSA, 600
Penn Center Blvd., Pittsburgh, Pa. 15235.
Quick-release mechanism on mounting
bracket permits detaching shield without
removing bracket itself from cap, and with-
out disturbing ear muffs if worn with shield.
Systems III Adapter Kit for Faceshield/
Welding Shield
Mounting arm (2)
Clutch ring (2)
Mounting bolt (2)
Rubber washer (2)
Mounting bracket (pr)
Systems III Adapter Kit lor Hearing
Protection
Mounting arm/spring (pr)
Rubber
spring
washer (2)
Earcup with cushion
and damping pad (2)
MSA
Mine Safety Appliances Company
600 Penn Center Boulevard
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15235
At your service: 25 branch offices in the United States;
MSA CANADA, Downsview, Ontario (Metro Toronto), Halifax,
Montreal, Winnipeg, Saskatoon, Edmonton, Calgary, Vancouver;
representatives in principal cities of the world.
Cable address-"MINSAF" Pittsburgh
Data Sheet 06-02-01
Printed in U.S-A. 771 (L)
-------
MSA
Data Sheet
06-00-15
Foldback
Faceshield
Description
The Foldback Faceshield provides limited
eye and face protection for wearers of MSA
industrial head protection and the Topgard-"
Fireman's Helmet.
The faceshield is available in two models:
1. Hat (full brim) model—will fit all MSA and
most other protective hats.
2. Cap ("peak" or "visor" partial brim)
model—will fit all MSA and most other wide
peak caps and, when worn with an optional
cap spacer, will fit most small peak caps.
Both models have two components, the
faceshield adapter which attaches to the hat
or cap, and the faceshield protective visor
(window).
Faceshield Adapter: Has an aluminum
U-shaped channel that fits over the front of
the hat brim or the peak of the cap (a cap
spacer is needed to fit the channel to the
brim of small peak caps).
A metal spring attaches to each end of the
channel and stretches around the back of
the helmet above the brim area to hold the
channel firmly in place.
An aluminum L-shaped visor support is
attached to the channel with a position-stop
friction joint that holds the visor in the raised
position or in the protective (down) position.
The visor support folds back over the crown
of the helmet when not in the protective
position. In the protective position, the
support seats completely on the top of the
channel, without gaps or open spaces be-
tween the hat or cap and the visor support
to which the visor is attached.
The support accommodates the protective
visor with two end spring clips and three
male snap studs.
Faceshield Protective Visor (window):
Protective visors are available in three ma-
terials: wire screen mesh, polycarbonate,
and cellulose acetate.
Wire screen visors are 24 mesh, black
lacquer-coated for work involving high heat
exposure. A partial visor, 4" x 8'.' (10.16 cm x
20.32 cm) of dark green cellulose acetate
and a visor spacer are available for addi-
tional glare protection when used behind
the wire screen visor.
Polycarbonate (plastic) visors are stronger
and more heat resistant than cellulose
acetate. Cellulose acetate (plastic) visors are
more scratch resistant and generally less
expensive than polycarbonate visors.
Both the polycarbonate and cellulose
acetate visors are clear plastic, and the cel-
lulose acetate visors also are available with
a green tint to reduce effects of nuisance
glare.
The protective visor is furnished in a 6"
(15.24 cm) length. It also is available in an
8" (20.32 cm) length if additional protection
is desired or if work is being performed
above eye level. To provide full 180° pro-
tection, plastic visors are 17V'z" (44.45 cm)
wide and the wire mesh screen visor is 18"
(45.72 cm) wide. Plastic visors are furnished
in .040" (.1016 cm) thickness or .060"
(.1524 cm) thickness for heavier duty.
-------
Application
ANSI Standard Z87.1-1968 for eye and face
protection states that the faceshield is
designed to provide protection to the face
(i.e., the front part of the head including
forehead, cheeks, nose, mouth, chin) and
neck, where required, from flying particles
and sprays of hazardous liquids and, in
addition, to provide antiglare protection
where required. The faceshield should be
worn over suitable basic eye protection de-
vices. The following recommendations are
based on the selection chart in this
ANSI Standard.
For Severe Exposures: The Foldback Face-
shield (with suitable protective visor), when
used with appropriate head protection, is
recommended for eye and face protection
as follows:
• In chemical handling operations involving
splash, acid burns, and fume hazards
(when worn over appropriate goggles).
• In furnace operations involving glare,
heat, and molten metal hazards (when
worn over appropriate welding goggles).
• In heavy grinding operations involving
flying particle hazards (when worn over
appropriate goggles or chippers' goggles).
For Other Than Severe Exposures: The
Foldback Faceshield (with suitable protec-
tive visor), when used with appropriate head
, protection is acceptable (though not
preferred) for eye and face protection as
follows:
• In chemical handling operations involving
splash, acid burns, and fume hazards.
• In light grinding operations involving
flying particle hazards.
• In laboratory operations involving
chemical splash and glass breakage
hazards (when worn with sideshield
spectacles).
• In machining operations involving flying
particle hazards.
• In molten metals operations involving
heat, glare, sparks, and splash hazards
A formed metal channel clamps around the
front brim of the hat, while a retaining spring
fits across the back above the brim to hold
the Foldback Faceshield in place.
FRICTION JOINT:
Holds visor in raised or
protective position
RETAINING SPRING:
Fits across back of hat to
hold assembly in place
Cap model is shown above. (For small
peak caps, an optional cap spacer is
needed.) Mat model is similar.
VISOR SUPPORT:
Holds protective visor
CHANNEL:
Clamps around
hat brim
VISOR:-
Protects eyes and face
(when worn with sideshield spectacles
with tinted lenses).
• In spot welding applications involving
flying particle and spark hazards.
Approvals and Standards
The Foldback Faceshield Assembly and all
protective visors (windows) comply with
regulations of the Occupational Safety and
Health Act, Part 1910-Safety and Health
Standards, which require that these products
be in accordance with ANSI Standard
Z87.1 -1968 Practice for Occupational and
Educational Eye and Face Protection. Use
of the Foldback Faceshield with approved
head protection meets the requirements of
ANSI Z87.1-1968 for eye and face protection
and ANSI Z89.1 -1969 for industrial head
protection.
Polycarbonate visors are self extinguishing
when tested according to ASTM D 635.
Inspection and Maintenance
The Foldback Faceshield should be routinely
inspected for signs of wear at the friction
joints, for any bending of the aluminum
channel which would affect its correct fit at
the brim, for proper resilience of the retain-
ing spring, and for any scratching or signs of
cracking in the visor. Replace damaged
parts immediately.
In keeping with the ANSI Standard Z87.1-
1968, daily cleaning of the visor is recom-
mended because continuous vision through
a dirty visor can cause eye fatigue and
become a contributory factor to accidents.
The entire assembly should be cleaned after
each use with warm water and MSA Cleaner-
Sanitizer solution using a sponge or soft
brush. Rinse thoroughly and let dry at room
temperature.
Caution
Do not allow the Foldback Faceshield and
protective helmet to come in contact with
energized electrical conductors (live wires).
Never alter or modify the Foldback Face-
shield in any way. Never use the faceshield
or its components for anything other than its
intended purpose.
Never use the Foldback Faceshield if it has
been damaged in any way; replace damaged
parts immediately.
Ordering Information
457908 Foldback Faceshield (hat model)
459749 Foldback Faceshield (cap model)
459975 Cap Spacer (for use with small
peak caps)
457409 Visor, wire-mesh screen,
18 in. x 8 in.
457406 Visor, glare, dark green, 4 in. x 8
in., cellulose acetate, .040 in. thick
457402 Visor Spacer (for use with glare
visor and wire-mesh screen
combination, only)
458973 Visor, polycarbonate, 17Vz x 6 x
.040 in., clear
458976 Visor, polycarbonate, 17V4 x 6 x
.060 in., clear
458967 Visor, polycarbonate, 17Va x 8 x
.040 in., clear
458970 Visor, polycarbonate, 17Vi x 8 x
.060 in., clear
458972 Visor, cellulose acetate, 171/z x 6 x
.040 in., clear
458975 Visor, cellulose acetate, 17Vz x 6 x
.060 in., clear
458971 Visor, cellulose acetate, 17
-------
APPENDIX B
EPA MEDICAL MONITORING GUIDELINES
-------
€QUITADL€
€NVIRONM€NTAL
H€ALTH
INC
. D.C.
A Subsidiary of The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States
EEH/WC-79L-356
October 25, 1979
TO: Don Webb, Project Officer, EPA Contract, #68-03-2789
FROM: Gordon S. Siegel. M. D. Project Director
SUBJECT: Comments on Medical Services and Medical Monitoring-- Hazardous
Waste Sites
Hazardous waste sites, by definition, have potential for adverse
health effects on the workers who may be required to conduct operations
there. The determination of the probability of adverse effect—risk
assessment—is often complex and difficult.
The safe conduct of investigations and operations at such sites
involves multiple factors, including waste identification, the condition
of stored materials, the nature of the storage site, use of appropriate
equipment and devices, training of personnel, etc.
Medical services and the medical monitoring of personnel can contri-
bute to both the safety and efficiency of hazardous waste site work. Such
medical services can be considered under four general classifications or
types:
o Assessment of the heath status of individuals prior to work.
o Support of the health of workers at work.
o Evaluation and care of individuals with work-related injuries
and illnesses.
o Monitoring of workers for evidence of post-work adverse health
effects and suitability for future assignments.
A particular medical examination or procedure may contribute to the
goals or requirements of more than one class. It is important to note that
the evaluation of human health, and an assessment of adverse health effects
in relation to occupational factors, is an inexact science. The judgment
of informed and experienced health professionals must often be relied
upon, rather than recourse to formal "standards".
It is also important to maintain perspective about the "ideal" and the
"practical" in regard to health suitability for work. The imposition of
stringent, rigid medical standards for any work is rarely justified,
rather the application of general principles of medical services should be
6000 Executive Boulevard, Fourth Floor, Rockville, Maryland 20852 • Telephone: 301/770-1500
-------
CQUrTAOie
€NVIRDNM€NTAl
HCAITH
INC
Page 2 - Don Webb
carefully fitted to individual workers and particular work situations.
Very little of the world's work is performed under ideal conditions by
ideal workers. However, this fact cannot be a justification for occupa-
tional health and safety abuses.
1. Assessment of the health status of individuals prior to work.
A thorough pre-employment or pre-placement medical examination
for hazardous waste site workers provides:
an evaluation of suitability, physically and psychologically,
for the kinds of work that may be required.
identification of health factors that may preclude or require
modification of certain assignments.
assessment of capability for proper use of necessary personal
protective equipment.
determination of base-line or reference data to help evaluate
the significance of findings on future examinations.
The examination should consist of a detailed medical and occu-
pational history, a thorough physical examination with particular
attention to the cardiopulmonary systems, general physical fitness, skin,
blood forming, hepatic, renal and nervous systems. Tests should include
chest X-ray, electrocardiogram, simple ventilatory pulmonary function,
urinalysis, a complete bood count, and a blood chemistry profile.
Additional tests and procedures may be indicated in the judgment of the
examining physician, based on knowledge of the work to be performed.
2. Support of the health of workers while working.
There must be provision of adequate first-aid services and
supplies, and planning, where possible, for first-aid services appropriate
to the work engaged in, for example, treatment of chemical burns.
An emergency medical transport plan and services, to an
identified medical care facility, is necessary.
Medical consultation services to advise on health and medical
questions and problems arising in the course of work should be identified
and made available.
-------
CQUrTAOte
€NVIRONMCNTAI.
HCALTH
INC
Page 3 - Don Webb
3. Evaluation and care of individuals with work-related injuries
and illness.
Appropriate medical care providers for evaluation and treatment
of workers with suspect or definite occupational illnesses and injuries
should be identified. The planning for such services should include pro-
vision for transmittal of pertinent work condition and exposure infor-
mation to assist the medical care providers in their evaluation, diagnosis
and treatment.
4. Monitoring workers for evidence of work-related adverse health
effects and continued suitability for work.
A program of periodic medical examination and health status
evaluation of workers should be established to:
assist in early detection of work-related adverse health
effects in individual workers.
assess the health status of individual workers as to fitness
for assignments and their use of protective equipment.
provide individualized occupational health guidance and coun-
seling.
assemble group data useful for epidemiological purposes.
The scope and content of such periodic examinations will be
influenced by the kinds of work and exposures encountered in the intervals
between examinations. They will usually include an interval medical and
occupational history, a physical examination, and selected blood, urine,
and pulmonary function tests. Periodic cardiograms and chest X-rays, as
well as other special tests,may be recommended by the examining physican in
certain circumstances. The periodicity of such examinations is influenced
by the work performed, but an annual examination is common.
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
FY 1980-81
MEDICAL MONITORING PROGRAM GUIDELINES
The following information and attachments are intended for use by
Agency components that conduct occupational medical monitoring programs.
These guidelines outline the minimum essential elements for such a program
and should not be regarded as being comprehensive. Some Agency workplaces
may have potential exposure hazards that will require medical monitoring
procedures not covered in this basic description; however, it is essential
that each local program include at least the elements described herein. As
more Federal regulations and recommendations appear for employees
potentially exposed to toxic chemical and physical agents, program updates
and modifications are to be expected. When such changes occur, they will
be presented by the Agency's Office of Occupational Health and Safety.
Who should be included in a medical monitoring program?
This medical monitoring program is designed basically for laboratory
and field workers whose work regularly poses the possibility of exposure to
toxic materials. In addition, the program should meet the needs of other
diverse groups of employees whose jobs require preplacement and/or
periodic health assessment. Generally, administrative, fiscal,
secretarial, statistical, and other support personnel who are exposed to
toxic materials indirectly, infrequently, or inconsequentially should not
be included. Representative job categories that should have medical
monitoring made available on exposure include chemists, microbiologists,
toxicologists, physical scientists, and the technical personnel who
support these disciplines. Employees who collect various types of
polluted samples should be included if the sampling requires exposure to
pollutants significantly in excess of ambient concentrations. Maintenance
personnel normally should be included, since they are occasionally exposed
to toxicants at unexpectedly high concentrations, as should those who
perform custodial services in actual laboratories or in areas where toxic
materials are stored. Part-time and temporary employees should be
included if their jobs are similar to the categories previously mentioned.
The decision as to which employees are nominated should rest with the
program director or supervisor most familiar with the possible hazards
involved.
Is the program voluntary?
Employees whose jobs justify inclusion in the program have the option
to participate or not, with the exception of those few persons whose jobs
require such examinations as a condition of employment. Future Agency
policy may expand the number of job categories that will require
-------
preplacement and periodic health assessment. Experience indicates that
about 85% of nominated employees will elect to participate in the program.
A written record of those deferring or declining participation should be
kept to protect the Agency against accusations that such a program was not
made available. A simple notation to the effect that an individual has
declined is sufficient. Declining employees should be reinvited to
participate regularly if they remain eligible for the program. Each
facility should review its entire roster periodically to assure the
inclusion of all "at-risk" personnel.
Who wil | pay for the program?
Medical monitoring is the responsibility of the employer, and the
Agency must bear the entire cost. When a preexisting or non-job-related
condition is detected in the course of a health monitoring examination, the
individual is to be referred to his/her private physician for further
evaluation, treatment, and followup. The individual must bear these addi-
tional costs. When a condition appears to have resulted from employment,
the employee may seek compensation and the payment or recovery of medical
expenses from the Department of Labor, Office of Workers' Compensation
Programs.
Consultation is available from the Agency Office of Occupational
Health and Safety when job-related illness is detected or suspected.
>
How are physician services obtained?
The fact that most EPA operations are able to use purchase orders to
obtain local physician services simplifies this procurement. Ideally, the
physician chosen should be board certified in occupational medicine; how-
ever, this is unrealistic because the number of such physicians available
is quite small and most serve as full-time program directors for large
industrial corporations.
For the purpose of this program, a local physician in a practice of
internal medicine or in general practice will usually suffice. A physician
who belongs to the American Occupational Medical Association or a local
occupational health society is preferred; the names of these physicians
may be obtained from the American Occupational Medical Association, 150
North Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606 (312/782-2166).
The important requirements are that the physician is capable, is
equipped to conduct a thorough physical • examination, and has a high
interest in the program. A local physician is in the best position to
provide a continuity of service over the years and to handle referrals when
non-job-related conditions are detected. On occasion, local U.S. Public
Health Service facilities are willing to perform this service. The use of
a Federal facility generally offers an economic advantage and is
encouraged whenever such services are offered.
-------
How are related laboratory services obtained?
These services must be performed by a clinical laboratory that is
competent, is licensed, participates in a proficiency testing program(s),
and maintains rigorous quality control. It should be licensed by the
Federal government. A number of large interstate laboratories provide
satisfactory service, rapid turnaround, and reasonable fees. These labo-
ratories usually provide their own collection and mailing containers at no
extra cost, and most have government "rates" that are competitive. Since
these are large laboratories, they can provide, at a reasonable additional
cost, special tests that may be essential for those employees who have been
exposed to specified chemicals. Many hospital and local laboratories can
supply only a portion of the laboratory tests that may be needed; also, in
performing more complex tests, these hospitals and laboratories may be
less reliable than the large interstate laboratories that routinely carry
out such procedures.
The local examining physician will be responsible for requesting, in-
terpreting, and evaluating laboratory reports. A laboratory of the physi-
cian's choice is preferable, provided that it meets quality and cost rea-
son ability standards.
How often should examinations be offered?
Ideally, the periodicity and content of monitoring examinations should
be determined by an evaluation of the occupational risk; i.e., the proba-
bility of adverse effects of exposure. When the program was initiated, it
was recommended that an annual examination suffice for most participants.
Until better criteria are developed from a study of EPA operations and
monitoring findings, an annual evaluation is still recommended.
The first, or baseline, examination offered to each participant should
consist of a complete medical examination. This examination will be useful
in providing reference information for the evaluation of subsequent
periodic examination findings. Subsequent monitoring examinations, for
most EPA operations, can be of more limited scope.
Is the program a substitute for "general checkups"?
Participants should be advised that this program of medical monitoring
examinations is not a direct substitute for "general checkups" or other
periodic examinations designed to monitor or promote general health. The
occupational medical monitoring program is designed to screen for evidence
of adverse effects of occupational exposure, particularly exposure to
toxic substances. The examinations do not provide a comprehensive health
evaluation; neither do they provide significant screening for many of the
common nonoccupational chronic disorders.
-------
Medical examination content recommendations
Current FY 1980-81 recommendations are to continue to provide a
comprehensive baseline examination for new participants in the program and
to provide periodic screening examinations for other participants.
Periodic monitoring should include, as a minimum, an interim medical
and occupational history review, a screening physical examination, basic
blood and urine laboratory tests (as discussed below), and a physician's
evaluation. The monitoring examination should be supplemented by proce-
dures and special tests only as warranted by exposure to specific signifi-
cant hazards or stresses.
What are the basic laboratory tests to be included for each participant?
Each individual should receive a .basic panel of blood counts and
chemistries to evaluate blood-forming, kidney, liver, and endo-
crine/metabolic function. The following blood tests are considered to be
the minimum desirable:
o White blood cell count and differential cell count
o Hemoglobin and/or hematocrit
o Albumin, globulin, and total protein
o Total bilirubin
o Serum glutamic oxalacetic transaminase (SCOT)
o Lactic dehydrogenase (LDH)
o Alkaline phosphatase
o Calcium
o Phosphorus
o Uric acid
o Great inine
o Urea nitrogen
o Cholesterol
o Glucose
Each employee should have a routine urinalysis that consists of the
following:
o Specific gravity
o pH
o Microscopic examination
o Protein
-------
o Acetone
o Glucose
What other tests are recommended?
A baseline chest X-ray should be a standard 14- x 17-inch P-A
(posterior-anterior) exposure. The lateral view is not necessary for
routine screening purposes. The X-ray may be obtained from the examining
physician, a local radiologist, or a local hospital. The film should be
read or reviewed by a board-certified radiologist or other competent
medical specialist. Subsequent periodic chest X-rays should be performed
only when clinically indicated and not as a routine measure.
Electrocardiogram
An electrocardiogram should be included in the baseline examination.
It ordinarily should be of the standard 12-lead resting type and inter-
preted by an internist or cardiologist. Subsequent periodic electrocar-
diograms should be obtained only when recommended by the examining
physician, and not as a routine measure.
Pulmonary function
Pulmonary function testing is desirable as a part of the baseline
examination. It may be indicated periodically for employees at respira-
tory system risk, such as those with significant exposure to toxic dusts
and irritants. As a minimum, it should consist of simple tests of lung
ventilation: forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV,) and forced vital
capacity (FVC). i
Other special tests
Workers who are significantly exposed to certain designated materials
may require additional special procedures in addition to the basic panel of
tests. These tests are listed in Table 1 and are obtainable at an addi-
tional cost. The physician should determine who is in need of special
tests after reviewing the history forms and after consulting with super-
visors and/or medical monitoring coordinators and health and safety
designees. Provision should be made for repeating tests when necessary.
Consultative assistance is available from the Office of Occupational
Health and Safety regarding special tests.
Tests dropped from 1977 guidelines
The following tests, recommended in the 1977 guidelines, are no longer
recommended as routine tests for occupational monitoring, either baseline
or periodic:
-------
o VDRL or other serologic test for syphilis
o Serum specimen for freezing and storage
o Female cervical cytology test (Pap test)
o Serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase (SGPT)
o Serum triglycerides
o Serum sodium, chloride, and potassium
o Carcino-embryonic antigen
What medical monitoring records and forms are required?
Forms
To provide uniformity of data collection and to expedite analysis, it
would be desirable to have an EPA standard form(s) for use in medical
monitoring examinations. However desirable, this goal does not appear
possible in the immediate future. Private medical examiners use a variety
of forms and automated systems to obtain and record medical information.
The scope and quality of information-gathering and recording systems used
should be at least equal to that of the forms discussed below.
Participants should be advised that the medical monitoring examina-
tions are voluntary and that they are not required to answer any specific
questions.
Medical history
The medical history will normally be obtained by having each partici-
pant fill out a medical and occupational history form before seeing a
physician (Attachment 1 provides an EPA-developed sample). Usually, this
is done several days preceding the date of the physical examination. All
programs are urged to adopt this form, or its equivalent, since most
"standard" medical history forms are too sketchy, especially in terms of
occupational history and exposure. The occupational exposure information
may be reviewed by occupational health and safety personnel to assist the
examining physician in performing an examination of appropriate scope.
When completed, the form should be turned over to the physician or physi-
cian's designee in a manner safeguarding privacy and confidentiality of
the participant.
Physical examination form
The physical examination should be recorded on a standard form such as
Government Standard Form 88 (Attachment 2). This form is available in
quantity and is used by nearly all governmental health providers. Although
the local physician may have similar forms that he or she uses routinely,
all workplaces are urged to adopt S.F. 88 to achieve Agencywide uniform-
ity. Sections 60-63, 66-69, and 70-72 are not normally carried out as part
-------
of monitoring physical examinations and may be omitted. Audiometry,
item 71, is indicated for all employees regularly exposed to high noise
levels; i.e., over 85 dB.
Privacy Act
Since the Health Monitoring Program will establish a set of records on
individual citizens, it must meet the requirements of the Privacy Act of
1974 (P.L. 93-579). Each participant is required to read and sign a copy
of the Privacy Statement (Attachment 3), which explains the authority for
collecting the information, uses to be made of the information, rules of
confidentiality, and disclosure information. The original of this state-
ment should be made part of the employee's medical monitoring records, and
a copy should be provided to the employee. Written requests for release of
this information may be made by the employee, and such requests should also
be made a permanent part of the record. Each Agency program area will be
responsible for seeing that the provisions of this Act are met.
Required reports and actions
The examining physician must communicate all examination findings and
opinions to the examinee. In addition, the examining physician should
furnish the Agency a written report on any examinee with findings that, in
the physician's opinion, indicate an adverse effect of occupational expo-
sure. This report should detail the occupationally related findings and
the basis for the physician's opinion. The physician should be instructed,
however, not to reveal any specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to
occupational exposure in the report to the Agency.
On receipt of such a report, the local medical monitoring coordinator
shall promptly send a copy to:
Manager of Medical Monitoring
Office of Occupational Health and Safety (PM-273)
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20460
Local management, safety officers, and supervisors should take prompt
investigative and remedial action after being alerted to a possible occu-
pational health and safety problem by a medical report. Technical assist-
ance is available from the Office of Occupational Health and Safety.
-------
TABLE 1
SPECIAL TESTS
An annual monitoring examination will be satisfactory for most
workers. Additional special tests may be indicated for those workers who
have significant exposures to chemical or physical agents, in accordance
with OSHA or other applicable standards.
Substance
Special Tests
Acrylonitrile
Inorganic arsenic
Asbestos
Benzene
Coke oven emissions
Cotton dust
Dichlorobromopropane
Inorganic lead
Noise (above 85 dB)
Organophosphate pesticides
Chest X-ray, fecal occult blood, procto-
sigmoidoscopy
Chest X-ray, sputum cytology
Chest X-ray, pulmonary function
Reticulocyte count
Chest X-ray, pulmonary function, sputum
cytology, urinary sediment cytology
Pulmonary function
Sperm count (male), serum follicle
stimulating hormone, serum luteinizing
hormone, serum total estrogen (female)
Blood lead, peripheral blood smear
morphology, blood zinc protoporphyrin
Audiometry
Blood cholinesterase
Primate handlers should have an annual HB Ag (hepatitis B surface
antigen) test and a tuberculin test (unless known to be tuberculin posi-
tive).
-------
EPA OMQ-1 Attachment 1
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
OCCUPATIONAL MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRE
For Medical Use Only
Date
Name
(Last) (First) (Middle)
EPA Organizational Unit
Location
Regular Workplace
(Building and Room Number)
Job Title and GS Series Years in Present Job
Male [ ] Female [ ]
Age Date of Birth
(Month, Day, Year)
Marital Status: Married [ ] Single [ ] Separated [ ] Divorced [ J Widowed [ ]
Please answer the following questions by checking the applicable blocks:
Have you ever been hospitalized? No [ ] Yes [ ]
If yes, give details and dates:
Have you ever had an operation(s)? No [ ] Yes [ ]
If yes, give details and dates:
Have you ever been a resident outside the United States? No [ ] Yes [ J
If yes, please list location(s) and date(s):
Indicate any job-related illnesses or injuries you have experienced
since being employed by EPA:
-------
EPA OMQ-2
In your work are you now or have you been erposed to any of the following
agents?
Exposure Present Past
Inorganic fluorides [ ] [ ]
Lead [ ] [ ]
Benzene [ J [ ]
Coke oven emissions [ ] [ ]
Inorganic arsenic [ ] [ ]
Methylene chloride [ ] [ ]
Vinyl chloride [ ] [ J
Toluene diisocyanate [ ] [ ]
Excessive noise [ ] [ J
Nitrogen oxides [ ] [ J
Crystalline silica [ ] [ ]
Nitric acid [ ] [ J
Ammonia [ J [ J
Beryllium [ J [ ]
Phosgene [ ] [ ]
Allyl chloride [ ] [ ]
Asbestos [ J [ ]
Suspect or known carcinogens [ ] [ ]
Pesticides [ ] [ ]
Bacteria or viruses [ J [ ]
Primate animals [ ] [ ]
Vibrating tools [ ] [ ]
Radiation [ ] [ J
-------
EPA OMQ-3
Please make a list of those substances that you handle in your work.
Star those that particularly concern you from a health standpoint.
Do you have any suggestions to reduce potential exposures?
Indicate any symptoms that you have experienced that might be due to
exposure at work and indicate the suspected cause.
-------
EPA OMQ-4
Do you have or are you concerned about any of the following? If so, please
check the appropriate box or boxes.
[ ] Allergies [ ]
[ ] Back pain [ ]
[ ) Blood in urine, sputum, or stool [ ]
[ ] Blood pressure [ ]
[ ] Bowel problems [ ]
[ ] Cancer [ ]
[ ] Chest pain [ ]
[ ] Chronic cough [ ]
[ ] Cold or painful fingers [ ]
[ ] Constipation [ ]
[ ] Dental or gum problems [ ]
[ ] Depression or excessive worry [ J
[ ] Diabetes [ ]
[ ] Diarrhea [ ]
[ ] Difficulty in sleeping [ ]
[ ] Dizziness [ ]
[ ] Ear or hearing problems [ ]
[ ] Edema (foot or leg swelling) [ ]
[ ] Eye trouble (other than glasses) [ ]
[ ] Fainting spells or unconsciousness [ ]
[ J Fever [ ]
[ ] Frequent or severe headaches [ ]
[ ] Frequent indigestion [ ]
[ ] Heart condition [ ]
[ ] Heart murmur
Hemorrhoids (piles)
Hives -
Hot flashes
Kidney problems
Joint pains
Leg cramps
Liver problems
Loss of memory
Lung or breathing difficulty
Menopause
Muscle aches or pains
Nervousness
Sexual problems
Sickle cell disease or trait
Skin disease
Stomach pain
Swollen glands
Thyroid gland problem
Tremor of hands or head
Tumors or cysts
Unexpected weight gain
Unexpected weight loss
Unusual weakness
Venereal disease
-------
EPA OMQ-5
FAMILY HISTORY
Indicate any blood relatives who have or have had any of the following:
Disease
Anemia
Allergy (asthma,
eczema, hay fever)
Alcoholism
Arthrit.Ls
Bleeding disorders
Cancer
Congenital malformations
Diabetes
Emphysema
Epilepsy
Glaucoma
Gout
Heart attack
High blood pressure
Kidney disease
Kidney stones
Gallbladder disease
Mental illness
Mental retardation
Sickle cell disease
Stomach ulcers
Stroke
Tuberculosis
Relationship to Me
Mother Father Grandparent 'Brother or Sister My Children
[ J [ ] f ] [
[ ] [ 1 [ ] [
[ ]
[ J
[ ]
[ J
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
I 1
[ J
[
I
[
J
J
J
}
j [ ] [
[ i
j
j
i
j
t
i
[
[
i
r
]
]
L
'
.
r j
[ ]
[ 1
[ 1
I J
r j
r j
r j
[ ]
t
»
i
i
i
i
i
[
i
i
i [
If either of your parents is dead, Hst age and cause of death, if known:
Mother died age of
Father died age
of
Are
you aware of any diseases or illnesses that run in your family?
Yes [ ] No [ ]
If yes, please list:
-------
EPA OMQ-6
Do you drink alcoholic beverages? Yes f ] No [ ]
If yes, please answer the following:
Do you average drinking more than one bottle of beer per day?
Yes [ ] No [ ]
Do you drink more than a bottle of wine per week? Yes [ ] No [ ]
Do you drink more than a fifth of liquor per week? Yes [ ] No [ ]
Do you smoke? Yes [ ] No [ J
If no, are you a former smoker? Yes [ ] No [ ]
If yes, how long ago did you quit? Years
How many years did you smoke before quitting? Years
How much were you smoking when you quit; i.e., number of cigarettes,
"pipes," or cigars smoked per day?
If yes, please answer the following:
How long have you smoked? Years
How many of the following do you smoke per day?
Cigarettes
"Pipes" of tobacco
Cigars
-------
EPA OMQ-7
Have you had or do you now have ary of the following illnesses or
conditions? If so, please check the appropriate block(s):
[ ] Abnormal Bleeding
[ ] Anemia
[ J Arthritis
[ J Asthma
[ ] Cancer
[ ] Cirrhosis of the liver
[ ] Dermatitis
[ ] Diabetes
] Dizziness or fainting
] Epilepsy
] Erysipelas
] Gallbladder/stones
] Glaucoma
] Gonorrhea
] Gout
] Hay fever
] Heart attack or trouble
] Hepatitis
] Hernia or rupture
] High blood pressure
] Hives
] Jaundice
] Kidney trouble or stones
] Leukemia
] Malaria
] Migraine
] Mumps
Nephritis (Bright's disease)
Nervous breakdown
Neuritis
Paralysis of any type
Piles or hemorrhoids
Pneumonia
Polio
Rheumatic fever
Scarlet fever
Swollen joints
Stroke
] Syphilis
] Tuberculosis
] Ulcer (stomach or duodenal)
FEMALES ONLY:
Number of pregnancies
Number of living children
Number of miscarriages
Date of last Pap test
Date of last period
Have you had any unusual discharge or bleeding in the past three
months?
Yes [ ] No [ J
Have you reached menopause? Yes [ ] No [ J
-------
EPA OMQ-8
MEDICATION HISTORY
Are you now taking or have you taken any of the following within the past month?
] Antacids
] Antibiotics
] Anticoagulant (blood thinner)
] Antidepressants
] Antihistamines
] Appetite depressants
J Aspirin
] Benzedrine
J Birth control pills
] Blood pressure medication
] Codeine
J Cortisone or steroids
List any drugs you take regularly:
[ ] Dexedrine
[ ] Digitalis
[ ] Diuretic
[ ] Hormones
[ ] Insulin or oral .anti-diabetic drug
[ ] Laxatives
[ ] Morphine
f ] Sleeping pills
[ ] Sulfa preparations
[ ] Thyroid
[ ] Tranquilizers
[ ] Vitamins
Have you been on any special diet(s) in the past year? Yes [ ] No [ ]
If yes, describe type
Are you allergic to any of the following?
[ ] Pollens
[ ] House dust
[ ] Animal dander, feathers, or fur
[ ] Drugs
[ ] Vaccines
[ ] Serum
[ ] Metal, jewelry
[ ] Foods
[ J Sunlight or cold
If yes, please list or provide details.
-------
EPA OMQ-9
IMMUNIZATION, VACCINES, ANTITOXINS
Check if you have received any of the following, and give approximate date(s)
when last received, if known:
[ ] Tetanus
[ ] Poliomylitis
[ ] Influenza
[ ] Typhoid
[ ] Diphtheria
[ ] Rabies
[ ] Rubella (German measles)
[ ] Measles (Rubeola or red measles)
[ ] BCG
[ ] Yellow fever
[ ] Small pox
[ ] RhoGAM (Rh immune globulin)
[ ] Immune serum globulin for hepatitis
[ ] Others (please list)
[ ] Mantoux, patch test, or other skin test for
tuberculosis
Give date and result of last test, if known:
Date Result [ ] Positive [ ] Negative
When you have finished this Medical and Occupational History form, hand it
directly to the doctor or nurse, or, if mailed, mark envelope "To Be Opened Only
by Medical Personnel."
-------
EPA OMQ-10
FOR PHYSICIAN'S USE ONLY
Physician's summary and elaboration of all pertinent data. (Physician
shall comment on all positive answers. Physician may develop by interview
any additional medical history he deems important, and record any
significant findings here.)
Typed or Printed Name of Physician Date
Signature
-------
MEASUREMENTS AND OTHER FINDINGS
SI. MCICHT
U- WtlCKT
3). COUM MMR
M COLOR CTL5 55. BUILD:
Q) SlENDEB Q MEDIUM Q HEAVY Q OtCSE
ST. tUOOO mtiSURE (Arm it knrt /CM/)
A. SYS
SJTTINC
MAS
•
KtCUH-
KMT
SYS.
OU5.
M. Drt/r «t»rtw«)
IX*
misu CDMV.
CT
11. ACCOUMOOATIOM
«16KT LIFT
M. fULO OF VISIOM
10. NXA*IH6
•ICKT »V /!> SV /It
urr «v /it sv /<>
t4. COLO* VISIOM ( Tut lull m*4 mull)
(7. NICHT VISION (Tuf «•«<«•< «rof<)
71. AUNOMCTC*
•16 MT
txrr
ue
«M
MO
Jlf
IOOO
I0>4
•ODD
•041
woe
ttH
woo
u*t
U. CXTH KRCtPTIOH
( TVif *M4 t*4 Kerf)
U. «ID LINS T«T
•000
•lit
•000
till
UHCO««tCTID
CO**tCTIO
0. INTRAOCULAR TENSION
72. »YCHOU)CICAL ADO WYCMOMOTOK
(Ttmimtt4tnt ikt)
K. rrpt D o* mono NAMI OF MVICWINC OFTKIR o« Afrtiovmc Ai/THonmr
7*. A. fMTSICAl. Ffonu
r u t M ( s
•. IWTSKAL CAn6O*Y
A 1 C C
U6MATU1U
SWMATUn
s»eiuTu*i
—^ 33SS&
-------
Attachment 3
Environmental Protection Agency
Privacy Statement
Occupational Medical Monitoring Program Records
A. Authority under which the information is requested:
Executive Order 11807 which requires that the Occupational Safety
and Health Act, P.L. 91-596 with its standards, Code of Federal Regula-
tions, Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1910 of the Code of Federal Regu-
lations be applied to Federal employees; Code of Federal Regulations
Title 29, Chapter XVII, Part 1960, Federal Workers Safety and Health.
Other authority: FPM Chapter 339 (Medical examination for appoint-
ment); FPM Chapter 752 (Adverse actions); FPM Chapter 810 (Claims for
disability under worker's compensation); FPM Chapter 831 (Disability
retirement); and FPM Chapter 339.
B. Uses to be made of the information:
The purpose of requesting personal information is to enable the
Agency Occupational Medical Officer, examining physician, and other
health personnel to provide an occupational health program directed
primarily to protecting you and your fellow workers from potential
hazards in your work environment and the reduction of these hazards.
The records will document your health status, changes in physical
conditions through the years, and provide an account of any care
rendered, advice given, and consultations that are recommended.
This information may be used to determine unusual susceptibility
to illness or injury from exposures in your work environment, to deter-
mine suitability for assignments, to permit medical surveillance for
potential harmful effects of toxicants used in your work, and to pro-
vide medical treatment and advice. It may be used to plan, implement
and evaluate occupational and preventive health programs, conduct epi-
demiologic research, teach, and compile statistical data. It may be
used to adjudicate claims and determine benefits, and report medical
conditions required by law to Federal, State and local agencies. It
may be used for other lawful purposes including litigation.
C. Rules of confidentiality:
The information contained in these files will be open to review
and usage by the Agency Medical Office, the examining physician and/or
duly authorized assistants except as noted below.
Information to be utilized for research, teaching, statistical,
or epidemiologic purposes will have all identifying data obliterated
and made unrecognizable as to the identity of an individual.
-------
Attachment 3
The records will be in the local custody of the examining physi-
cian and will be maintained in a locked filing cabinet. Access will be
limited to the custodian and/or duly appointed health assistants. A
copy of these records may be maintained in the Agency Occupational
Medical Office. These will be maintained in locked cabinets with
access limited to the Director or to authorized assistants.
Upon death, retirement, resignation, or other termination of
Government service, the records will be forwarded to the US Office of
Personnel Management or Public Health Service Commissioned Officer De-
partment of Personnel for inclusion with the Official Personnel
Records and the custody thereof will fall to the custodian of such
records.
Medical information about an applicant, employee or annuitant
shall not be made available to the public.
Medical information about an applicant, employee or annuitant may
be disclosed to the applicant, employee, or annuitant, or a repre-
sentative designated in writing, except that medical information con-
cerning a mental or other condition of such a nature that a prudent
physician would hesitate to inform a person suffering from it of its
exact nature and probable outcome may be disclosed only to a licensed
physician designated in writing for that purpose by the individual or
his designated representative. The determination on whether informa-
tion falls into the purview above will rest with the custodian.
The applicant, employee, or annuitant may request release of
records or information, and/or designate a representative, in a letter
directed to the custodian of the records. The request will give the
full name of the representative and indicate the records to be re-
leased.
D. Disclosure of information by participants:
Disclosure of the required information is entirely voluntary ex-
cept for employees for whom disclosure is a condition of employment or
where a medical certificate is required before assignment to positions
which involve: (a) operation of motor vehicles; (b) exceptional
stress; (c) food handling; (d) direct physical contact with people -
for example, nurses and physical therapists; (e) work above ground
level or around hazardous power-driven machinery; or, (f) strenuous
exertion or hazardous duty or physical requirements more arduous than
those described on SF-177 - for example, aircraft pilots and flight
crew members, underwater divers, and firefighters. Pilots, flight
crew members, and divers will not be certified or recertified if the
information is not furnished. Other persons may decline to partici-
pate in or withdraw from the Occupational Medical Monitoring Program
at any time without prejudice to themselves or to their jobs. If the
information is not furnished, however, a complete occupational health
-------
Attachment 3
evaluation cannot be done and will not be attempted; optimum advice and
care may therefore not be possible. Delay in certain benefits may
result from the lack of available information about an employee.
E. Certification:
I have received a copy of this statement which I may retain and I
understand that I may receive additional copies of this statement upon
request. I understand that a copy of this statement will be placed in
my health records as evidence of this notification.
(Typed or printed name)
(Signature)(Date)
-------
APPENDIX C
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
-------
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
TRAINING OUTLINE FOR EMPLOYEES ENTERING SITES OF UNKNOWN TOXICITY
1. PURPOSE OF TRAINING
o Ensure that EPA employees are aware of the Hazards of their job and
that they perform their work in a manner where risk to personal
health and safety is reduced to the greatest extent feasible.
o Ensure that regard for the health and safety of the employees of
other agencies, the public, and the environment is maximal.
o To comply with all laws, rules, and regulations to safeguard the
health and safety of its employees, the public, and the environment.
o Increase the personal confidence of employees to react responsibly
and to handle emergency situations in a safe manner.
2. GENERAL FIELD SAFETY TECHNIQUES (Recommended 4 hours of instruction)
o Responsibilities
Site surveillance/observation/plan development
. Restricted zones
Safe zones
. Rules for VIP's
o Vehicles (cars, trucks, mobile labs, boats, aircraft, etc.)
Inspection
. Operation
. Mandatory rules, regulations, and orientation
Checklist
o Hazardous Materials in the Field
Hazards
Storage
Transportation (DOT requirements for common sample preservatives,
plus general "common sense" rules.)
-------
2.
o Use of Field Equipment and Supplies
Work Tools
Testing Equipment
Sampling Equipment
Checklist
o Working Alone (Buddy System)
Isolated Areas
Streams, Rivers, Lakes
Hazardous Waste Sites
Hazardous Materials Spills, etc.
o Work Limitations
. Weather (severe, inclement, hot, cold)
Fatigue
Hours of Work
3. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND CLOTHING (Minimum 8 hours instruction)
o General
o Availability
o Respiratory Protection
Selection
. Fit
Donning and Use
o Personal Protection Apparel
Clothing (gloves, aprons, coveralls, etc.)
Disposable
. Reusable
Totally enclosed suits
-------
3.
Eye Protection
Foot Protection
Head Protection
Hearing Protection
o Limitations of Clothing and Equipment
o Decontamination of Clothing and Equipment
o Disposal of Contaminated Clothing and Equipment
o Hands on Practical Exercise w/Protective Clothing and/or
Equipment
4. EMERGENCY HELP AND SELF-RESCUE (Minimum 8 hours instruction)
o Recommended Supplies
o Principles of First Aid
o Restoration of Breathing
Control of Bleeding
Recognition and Treatment of Physical Shock
. Open and Closed Wounds and Burns
. Franctures and Dislocations
. Transportation
o Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
o Availability of Emergency Services
, Poison Control Centers
. Hospitals and Ambulance Services
. Army EOD,
Local fire and police departments
-------
4.
o How to Obtain Emergency Treatment in the Field
o How and when to file a report of accidant/incident
o Employee Compensation Benefits
5. SAMPLING TECHNIQUES (Recommended 4 hours instruction)
o Hazards of Sampling
o Amount of Samples
o Containers for Samples
o Field Tests, Yes or No?
. Radioactive
. Explosivity
. Other
o Sample Security
o Packaging (DOT/EPA)
o Shipment (DOT/EPA
6. FREQUENCY OF TRAINING
o New or inexperienced employees should complete 24 hours of initial
training before beginning their duties, and at least 8 hours of
refresher training annually.
o Experienced employees should complete 8 hours of initial refresher
training and at least 8 hours of refresher training annually.
7. RECORD OF TRAINING
o A record of training should be maintained in the employee's official
personnel file.
-------
APPENDIX D
INCOMPATIBLE WASTE
(Federal Register, Vol. 43, No. 243, Dec. 18, 1978)
-------
MONDAY, DECEMBER 18,1978
PART IV
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
AGENCY
Hazardous Waste
Proposed Guidelines and
Regulations and Proposal on
Identification and Listing
-------
59018
PROPOSED RULES
APPENDIX I
INCOMPATIBLE WASTE
Many wastes, when mixed with others at a
hazardous waste facility, can potentially
produce adverse human health and environ-
mental effects through means such as the
following: (1) heat generation. (2) violent re-
action. (3) release of toxic fumes and gases
^ a result of mixing, (4) release of toxic
substan es in case of fire or explosion. (5)
fire or explosion, and (6) generation of flam-
mab)e or ^xlc gSSCS.
Below Is a summary list of potentially In-
compatible waste materials or components
and the adverse consequences resulting
from mixing of waste in one group with
waste in another group.
The mixing of a Group A waste with a Group B waste may have the potential conse-
quence as noted.
Croup l-A
Acetylene sludge
Alkaline caustic liquids
Alkaline cleaner
AJkallne corrosive liquids
Alkaline corrosive battery fluid
Caustic wastewater
Lime sluuge and other corrosive alkalies
Lime was'.ewater
Lime and water
Spent caustic
Group 1-B
Acid sludge
Acid and water
Battery acid '
Chemical cleaners
Electrolyte, acid :
Etching acid liquid or solvent
Liquid cleaning compounds
Pickling liquor and other corrosive acids
Spent acid
Spent mixed acid
Spent sulfuric acid
Potential consequences: Heat generation, violent reaction.
Group 2-A
Asbestos -.vaste. and other toxic wastes
Beryllium wastes
Unrlnsed pesticide containers
Waste pesticides
Group 2-B
- Cleaning solvents
Data processing liquid
Obsolete explosives
Petroleum waste
Refinery waste
Retrograde explosives
Solvents
Waste oil and other flammable and explosive
wastes
Potential consequences: Release of toxic substances in case of fire or explosion.
Group 3-B
Any waste in Group l-A or 1-B
Croup 3-A '
Aluminum
Beryllium
Calcium
Lithium
Magnesium
Potassium
Sodium
Zinc powder and other reactive metals and metal
hydrides
Potential consequences: Fire or explosion: generation of flammable hydrogen gas.
• • • • • • • •
Group 4-A Group 4-B
Alcohols Any concentrated waste in Groups l-A or 1-B
Water Calcium
Lithium
Metal hydrides
Potassium
Sodium
SO.CU. SOC1,. PCI,. CH.SIC1., and other
water-reactive wastes
Potential consequences: Plre. explosion, or heat generation: generation of flammable or
toxic gases.
, Groups- A
Alcohols
Aldehydes
Halogenatrd hydrocarbons
Nitrated hydrocarbons and other reactive organic
compounds and solvents
Unsaturated hydrocarbons
Potential consequences: Plre. explosion or violent reaction.
Group S-JB.
Concentrated Group l-A or 1-B wastes
Group 3-A wastes
Group S-B
Croup 6 A
Spent cyanide and sulfldc solutions Gioup 1-B wastes
Potential consequences: Generation o! toxic hydrogen cyanide or hydrogen sulfide gas.
Croup l-A
Chlorates Knd other strong oxidizers
Chlorine
Chlortles
Chromic ac id
Hypochlorites
Nitrates
Nitric acid, fuming
Perchlorati-3
Permanganates
Peroxides
Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or violent reaction.
* ••••«
Source-: "Law. Regulations and Guidelines for Handling of Hazardous Waste"
nia Department of Health. February 1975.
Group 1-B
Acetic acid and other organic acids
Concentrated mineral acids
Group 2-B wastes
Group 3-A wastes
Group 5-A wastes and other flammable and
combustible wastes.
Califor-
FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 43, NO. 743—MONDAY, DECEMBER II, »97«
-------
APPENDIX E
POISON CONTROL CENTERS
-------
BULLETII
VOLUME 23, NO. 8
August. 1979
National
I? A V Clearinghouse
for
Poison Control Centers
TOGO AND HUG MMUNSIRATION
emouelOnigi
BhWanrfPelicnCoMiS
n.ua
DIRECTORY
This Directory of Poison Control Centers has been compiled from In-
formation received from the centers and State Departments of Health.
It will be revised periodically In an attempt to keep It current.
Since changes occur frequently, It Is Impossible for the Directory
to be completely current; Indeed, some of the material may already be
Incorrect. Notwithstanding this limitation, the Clearinghouse receives
many requests for a listing of Poison Control Centers and feels that a
periodic Issue of a Directory Bulletin would serve a useful purpose.
The ultimate usefulness of the Directory, however, will be determined
by the response of the Centers and State Departments of Health In
notifying the Clearinghouse of changes. Your cooperation will be
greatly appreciated.
ARIZONA
STATE College of Pharmacy
COORDINATOR University of Arizona
602 882-6300 Tucson 85721
DOUGLAS
602 364-7931
FLAGSTAFF
602 774-5233
Ext. 255
CAN ADO
602 755-3411
KINGHAN
602 757-2101
Ext. 247
NOGALES
602 287-2771
Ext. 200
PHOENIX
602 257-4545
Cochise County Hospital
Rural Route 01 85607
Flagstaff Hospital
1215 N. Beaver St.
86001
Navajo Health Foundation
Sage Memorial Hospital
P.O. Box 457 86505
Mohave General Hospital
3269 Stockton Hill Rd.
86401
St. Joseph's Hospital
Target Range Road
P.O. Box 1809 85621
Good Samaritan Hospital
1033 E. McDowell Rd.
85006
PRESCOTT
602 445-2700
Ext. 25. 28
TUCSON
602 624-2721
Ext. 220
602 622-5833
Ext. 724
602 327-5431
Ext. Ill
602 327-5461
Ext. 428
602 626-6016
Yavapal Community Hosp.
1003 Willow Creek Rd.
86301
Kino Community Hospital
(Pima County General)
2800 E. Ajo Way 85713
St. Mary's Hospital
1601 W. St. Mary's Rd.
85703
Tucson General Hospital
3838 11. Campbell Ave.
85719
Tucson Medical Center
East Grant Rd. and
Beverly Blvd. 85716
Arizona Hlth. Sciences Ctr
University of Arizona
85721
602 267-5011
Ext. 5411
602 252-5911
Ext. 391
102 277-6611
Ext. 3581
602 253-3334
Maricopa County General
Hospital
2601 E. Roosevelt 85008
Memorial Hospital
1201 S. 7th Ave. 85007
St. Joseph's Hospital
350 W. Thomas Rd. 85013
St. Luke's Hospital
Medical Center
525 N. 18th St. 85006
WINSLOW Wlnslow Memorial Hosp.
602 289-4691 1500 Wllllamso- Ave.
86047
YUMA Yuma Regional Med. Center
602 344-2000 Avenue A and 24th St.
Ext. 321 BS364
-------
ALABAMA
STATE Department of Public Health
COORDINATOR Montgomery 36117
205 832-3194
ANNISTON N.E. Alabama Regional
205 237-5421 Medical Center
Ext. 307 400 E. 10th St. 36201
AUBURN Auburn University
205 826-4037 School of Pharmacy
36830
BIRMINGHAM Children's Hospital
205 933-4000 1601 6th Ave., S. 35233
GADSDEN
Baptist Memorial Hosp.
DOTHAN
205 794-3131
Southeast Alabama
Medical Center
36301
FLORENCE Eliza Coffee
205 767-1111 Memorial Hospital
Ext. 2045, P.O. Box 1079
2046 35630
205 492-8111 1007 Goodyear Avenue
35903
HUNTSVILLE Huntsville Hospital
205 539-6320 101 Slvley Road
35801
MOBILE University of So. Alabama
205 473-3325 Medical Center
2451 Fillingim St., 36617
OPELIKA
Lee County Hospital
205 749-3411 2000 Pepperill Parkway
Ext. 258 36801
TUSKECEE John A. Andrews Hosp.
205 727-8583 Tuskegee Institute
36088
ALASKA
STATE Department of Health & Social Services
COORDINATOR Juneau 99811
For Administration
907 465-3100
ANCHORAGE Providence Hospital
907 274-6535 3200 Providence Dr.
99504
ARKANSAS
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Little Rock 72201
501 661-2397
EL DORADO
Warner Brown Hospital
501 863-2266 460 West Oak St. 71730
FORT SMITH St. Edward's Mercy
501 452-5100 Medical Center
Ext. 2043 7301 Rogers Ave. 72903
501 441-5011 Sparks Regional Med. Ctr.
1311 S. Eye St. 72901
HARRISON Boone County Hospital
501 741-6141 620 N. Willow St. 72601
Ext.275,276
HELENA
501 338-6411
Ext. 340
Helena Hospital
Newman Drive
72342
LITTLE ROCK Univ. of Arkansas
501 661-6161 Medical Center
4301 W. Markham St. 72201
OSCEOLA Osceola Memorial Hosp.
501 563-7180 Grandview & Lee Sts. 72370
PINE BLUFF Jefferson Hospital
501 535-6800 1515 W. 42nd Ave.
Ext. 4706 71601
CALIFORNIA
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Sacramento 95814
916 322-2300
FRESNO Fresno Community Hospital
209 442-6000 Fresno & R Sts.
Ext. 3131 P.O. Box 1232 93715
LOS ANGELES Thos. J. Fleming Memorial
213 664-2121 Center
213 669-2401 Children's Hospital of
Los Angeles
P.O. Box 54700
4650 Sunset Blvd. 90054
OAKLAND Alameda'Contra Costa
415 652-8171 Medical Association
6230 Claremont Ave.
94619
415 547-2928 Children's Hosp. Med. Ctr.
of Northern California
51st & Grove Sts.
94609
ORANGE University of California
714 634-5988 Irvine Medical Center
101 City Drive South
92668
SACRAMENTO Emergency Medical Services
800 852-7221 Sacramento Medical Center
916 453-3692 Univ. of California, Davis
2315 Stockton Blvd.
95817
SAN DIEGO University of California
714 294-6000 San Diego Medical Ctr.
225 Dickinson St.
^ 92103
SAN FRANCISCO San Francisco Bay Area
800 792-0720 Poison Center
415 666-2845 San Francisco General Hosp.
1001 Potrero Ave. , Room 1E-6
94110
SAN JOSE Santa Clara Valley
408 279-5112 Medical Center
751 S. Bascom Avenue
95128
-------
CANAL ZONE
BALBOA HEIGHTS Corgns Hospital
52-7500 Box 0
COLORADO
STATE Department of Health; EMS Division
COORDINATOR Denver 80220
303 320-8476
DENVER Rocky Mt. Poison Center
303 629-1123 West 8th & Cherokee
80204
CONNECTICUT
STATE University of Connecticut Health Center
COORDINATOR Farmlngton 06032
203 674-2782
BRIDGEPORT Bridgeport Hospital
203 384-3566 267 Grant St. 06602
203 576-5178 St. Vincent's Hospital
2820 Main St. 06606
NEW HAVEN
The Hosp. of St. Raphael
203 789-3464 1450 Chapel St. 06511
203 436-1960 Drug Information Center
Dept. of Pharm. Serv.
Yale-Nev Haven Hospital
789 Howard Ave. 06504
DANBURY Danbury Hospital
203 797-7300 95 Locust Ave. 06810
NORWALK Norwalk Hospital
FARMINGTON University of Connecticut 203 852-2160 24 Stevens St. 06852
203 674-2782 Health Center 06032
WATERBURY St. Mary's Hospital
MIDOLETOWN Middlesex Memorial Hosp.
203 347-9471 28 Crescent St. 06457
203 574-6011 56 Franklin Street 06702
DELAWARE
WILMINGTON Poison Information Service
302 655-3389 501 W. 14th St. 19899
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
STATE Department of Human Resources
COORDINATOR Washington. D.C. 20009
202 673-6694
WASHINGTON.DC Children's Hospital National
202 745-2000 Medical Center
111 Michigan Avenue.. N.U.
20010
FLORIDA
STATE Department of Health and
COORDINATOR Rehabilitative Services
904 487-1566 Tallahassee 32301
APALACHICOLA
904 653-8853
George E. Weems Mem.
Hosp. P.O. Box 610
Franklin Square 32320
LAKELAND Lakeland General llosp.
813 686-4913 Lakeland Hills Blvd.
P.O. Box 480 33802
BARTOW Polk General Hospital LEESBURG
813 533-1111 2010 E. Georgia St. 904 787-7222
Ext.204-237 P.O. Box 81 33830 Ext. 381
Leesburg General Hosp.
600 E. Dixie 32748
BRADENTON
813 746-5111
Ext. 466
Manatee Memorial Hosp.
206 2nd St. E. 33505
DAYTONA BEACH Halifax Hospital
904 258-1515 Dept. of Emerg. Serv.
P.O. Box 1990 32014
FT. LAUDERDALE Broward General Med. Ctr.
305 463-3131 1600 S. Andrews Ave.
Ext. 1511 33316
FORT MYERS Lee Memorial Hospital
813 332-1111 2776 Cleveland Ave.
Ext. 285 P.O. Drawer 2218 33902
FTi WALTON BEACH General Hospital of
904 242-1111 Ft. Walton Beach
Ext. 106 1000 Mar-Walt Drive
32548
GAINESVILLE Shands Teaching Hosp.
904 392-3746 and Clinics
University of Florida
32610
JACKSONVILLE St. Vincent's Med.
904 389-7751 Barrs & Johns Ave.
Ext. 8315 32204
Ctr.
KEY WEST Florida Keys Mem. Hosp.
305 294-5531 600 Junior College Rd.
Stock Island 33040
MELBOURNE James E. Holmes Reglnal
305 727-7000 Medical Center
Ext. 675 1350 S. Hickory St.
32901
MIAMI
305 325-6799
NAPLES
813 262-3131
Ext. 2221
Jackson Memorial Hosp.
Att: Pharmacy
1611 N.U. 12th Ave. 33136
Naples Community Hosp.
350 7th St. N. 33940
OCALA Munroc Memorial Hosp.
904 732-1111 140 S.E. Orange St.
Ext. 187 P.O. Box 6000
ORLANDO
305 841-5222
PANAMA CITY
904'769-1511
Ext.415-416
FENSACOLA
904 434-4811
32670
Orlando Reg. Med. Ccr.
Orange Memorial Division
1416 S. Orange Avenue
32806
Bay Memorial Med. Ctr.
600 N. MacArthur Ave.
32401
Baptist Hospital
1000 W. Moreno St.
32501
PUNTA CORDA Medical Center Hospital
813 639-3131 809 E. Marlon Ave.
33950
-------
FLORIDA (Continued)
ROCKLEDGE Wuesthoff Mem. Hosp.
305 636-2211 110 Longwood Ave.
Ext. 108 32955
ST. PETERSBURG Bayfront Medical
813 821-5858 Center, Inc.
701 6th St., S.
33701
SARASOTA Memorial Hospital
813 953-1332 1901 Arlington St.
33579
TALLAHASSEE Tallahassee Mem.
904 599-5411 Reg. Med. Ctr.
Magnolia Dr. and
TAMPA Tampa General Hospital
813 251-6995 Davis Island 33606
TITUSVILLE Jess Parrish Mem. Hosp.
305 269-1100 951 N. Washington Ave.
Ext. 194 P.O. Drawer W 32780
WEST PALM BEACH Good Samaritan Hoap.
305 655-5511 Flagler Dr. at
Ext. 4250 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.
33402
WINTER HAVEN Winter Haven Hosp. .Inc.
813 299-9701 200 Avenue F. , N.E.
33880
GEORGIA
STATE Department of Human Resources
COORDINATOR Atlanta 30308
404 894-5068
ALBANY Phoebe Putney Mem. Hosp. MACON Medical Center of
912 883-1800 417 Third Avenue 31705
Ext. 158
ATHENS Athens General Hosp.
404 549-9977 797 Cobb St. 30601
Ext. 446
ATLANTA Georgia Poison Control
404 588-4400 Crady Memorial Hosp.
800 282-5846 80 Butler Street, S.E.
(Toll Free) 30303
404 525-3323
(Deaf)
AUGUSTA University Hospital
404 722-9011 1350 Walton Way
Ext. 2440 30902
COLUMBUS The Medical Center
404 324-4711 710 Center Street
Ext. 6431 31902
912 742-1122 Central Georgia
Ext. 3144 777 Hemlock St. 31201
ROME Floyd Hospital
404 232-1541 P.O. Box 233
Ext. 747 30161
Ctr. SAVANNAH Savannah Regional Poison Ctr
912 355-5228 Department of Emergency Med.
Memorial Med. Ctr.
P.O. Box 23089 31403
THOMASVILLE John D. Archbold
912 226-4121 Memorial Hosp.
Ext. 169 900 Cordon Ave. 31792
VALDOSTA S. Georgia Medical Ctr.
912 242-3450 P.O. Box 1727 31601
Ext. 717
WAYCROSS Memorial Hospital
912 283-3030 410 Darling Ave.
Ext. 170 31501
STATE
COORDINATOR
646-5801
GUAM
Guam Memorial Hospital
P.O. Box AX
Agana 96910
ACANA Pharmacy Service, Box 7696
344-9265 U.S. Naval Regional Medical
344-9354 Center (GUAM)
FPO San Francisco, CA 96630
HONOLULU
808 941-4411
HAWAII
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Honolulu 96801
808 531-7776
Kapiolanl-Chlldren's
Medical Center
1319 Punahou St. 96826
IDAHO
STATE Department of Health and Welfare
COORDINATOR Boise 83701
208 384-2125
TOLL-FREE-STATLWIDE NUMBER 1-800 632-8000
BOISE
208 376-1211
Ext. 707
St. Alphonsus Hospital
1055 N. Curtis Rd.
83704
POCATELLO
208 232-2733
Ext. 244
St. Anthony Hospital
650 i^jrth 7th St.
83201
IDAHO FALLS Idaho Falls Hospital
208 522-3620 Emergency Department
Ext. 208 900 Memorial Dr. 83401
-------
ILLINOIS
STATE Division of Emergency Medical Services
COORDINATOR and Highway Safety
217 785-2080 Springfield 62761
POISON INFORMATION 4 TREATMENT
Chicago Area Poison Resource Center
CHICAGO Rush-Presbyterlan-St. Lukes
312 942-5969 Medical Center
1753 West Congress Parkway
60612
Northern and Central Poison Resource Center
PEORIA St. Francis Hospital &
1-800 322-5330 Medical Center
530 N.E. Clen Oak Avenue
61637
Central and Southern Poison Resource Center
SPRINGFIELD St. John's Hospital
217 753-3330 800 East Carpenter
1-800 252-2022 62702
INDIANA
STATE State Board of Health
COORDINATOR Indianapolis 46206
317 633-0332
ANDERSON
317 646-5198
317 646-8251
ANGOLA
219 665-2141
Ext. 42
or 665-2166
COLUMBUS
812 376-5277
CROWN POINT
219 738-2100
EAST CHICAGO
219 392-1700
392-7203
ELKHART
219 294-2621
EVANSVILLE
812 426-3405
812 477-6261
812 426-8000
FORT WAYNE
219 458-2211
219 484-6636
Ext. 7800
Community Hospital
1515 N. Madison Ave.
46012
St. John's Hlckey
Memorial Hospital
2015 Jackson St.
46014
Cameron Memorial
Hospital, Inc.
416 East Maumee St.
46703
Bartholomew County Hosp.
2400 East 17th St.
47201
St. Anthony Med. Ctr.
Main at Franciscan Rd.
46307
St. Catherine Hospital
4321 Fir Street
46312
Elkhart General Hosp.
600 East Blvd. 46514
Deaconess Hospital
600 Mary St. 47710
St. Mary's Hospital
3700 Washington Ave.
47715
Welborn Memorial
Baptist Hospital
401 S.E. 6th St.
47713
Lutheran Hospital
Emergency Dept.
3024 Falrfleld Ave.
46807
Parkview Memorial Hosp.
220 Randalla Dr.
46805
FORT WAYNE
219 423-2614
FRANKFORT
317 654-4451
GARY
219 886-4710
GOSHEN
219 533-2141
Ext. 462
HAMMOND
219 932-2300
Ext. 700
HUNTINCTON
219 356-3000
INDIANAPOLIS
317 927-3033
317 630-7351
800 382-9097
(TOLL-FREE)
KENDAL1.VILLE
219 347-13.00
KOKOMO
317 453-0702
Ext. 444
LAFAYETTE
317 447-6811
317 423-6271
LaCRANCE
219 463-2144
LaPORTE
219 362-7541
Ext. 212
St. Joseph's Hospital
700 Broadway 46802
Clinton County Hosp.
1300 S. Jackson St.
46041
Methodist Hospital of
Gary, Inc.
600 Grant Street 46402
Goshen General Hosp.
200 High Park Ave.
46526
St. Margaret Hospital
25 Douglas St. 46320
Huntington Mem. Hosp.
1215 Etna Ave. 46750
Methodist Hospital of
Indiana, Inc.
1604 N. Cap! -U Ave.
46202
Wlshard Memorial Hosp.
1001 West 10th St.
46202
McCray Memorial Hosp.
Hospital Drive 46755
Howard Community Hosp.
3500 S. LaFountain St.
46901
Lafayette Home Hospital
2400 South Street 47902
St. Elizabeth Hospital
1501 Hartford St. 47904
LaGrange County Hosp.
Route 01 46761
LaPorte Hospital, Inc.
100'/ Llncolnway
46350
-------
INDIANA (Continued)
LEBANON Witham Memorial Hosp.
317 482-2700 1124 N. Lebanon St.
Ext. 44 46052
MADISON King's Daughter's Hosp.
812 265-5211 112 Presbyterian Ave.
Ext. 14 P.O. Box 447 47250
MARION
Marlon General Hosp.
317 662-4694 Wabash & Euclid Ave.
46952
• MISHAWAKA St. Joseph's Hospital
219 259-2431 215 W. 4th St. 46544
MUNC1E
Ball Memorial Hospital
317 747-3241 2401 University Ave.
47303
PORTLAND Jay County Hospital
317 726-7131 505 V. Arch St.
Ext. 159 47371
RICHMOND
317 692-7010
Ext. 622
Reid Memorial Hospital
1401 Chester Blvd.
47374
SHELBYVILLE Wm. S. Major Hospital
317 392-3211 150 W. Washington St.
Ext. 52 46176
SOUTH BEND St. Joseph's Hospital
219 234-2151 811 E. Madison St.
Ext. 253,264 46622
TERRE HAUTE Union Hospital, Inc.
812 238-7000 1606 N. 7th St.
Ext. 7523 47804
VALPARAISO Porter Memorial Hosp.
219 464-8611 814 LaPorte Ave.
Ext. 232, 45383
312, 334
VINCENNES The Good Samaritan
812 885-3348 Hospital
520 S. 7th St. 47591
IOWA
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Des Moines 50319
515 281-4964
DES HOINES Iowa Methodist Hosp.
515 283-6212 1200 Pleasant St.
50308
DUBUQUE
319 588-8210
Mercy Medical Center
Mercy Drive 52001
FORT nODCE Trinity Regional Hosp.
515 573-3101 Dept. of Pharmacy
Kenyon Rd. 50501
IOUA CITY Univ. of Iowa Hosp.
319 356-2922 and Clinics
800 272-6477 Pharmacy Department
(All Iowa 52240
Residents)
WATERLOO Allen Memorial Hosp.
319 235-3893 1825 Logan Avenue
50703
KANSAS
STATE Kansas Dept. of Health & Environment
COORDINATOR Topeka 66620
913 862-9360
Ext. 542
ATCHISON Atchlson Hospital
913 367-2131 1301 N. 2nd St.
66002
DODGE CITY Dodge City Reg. Hoap.
316 225-2036 Ross & Ave. "A"
P.O. Box 1478
67801
KANSAS (Continued)
EMPORIA Newman Memorial Hosp.
316 343-6800 12th & Chestnut Streets
Ext. 545 66801
FORT RILEY Irwin Army Hospital
913 239-2923 66442
FORT SCOTT
316 223-2200
Night: 0476
Mercy Hospital
821 Burke St.
66701
GREAT BEND Central Kansas
316 793-3523 Medical Center
Night: 3515 Broadway
792-2511 67530
HAYS Hadley Regional
913 628-8251 Medical Center
201 E. 7th St.
67601
KANSAS CITY Univ. of Kansas
913 588-6633 Medical Center
39th & Rainbow Blvd.
66103
KANSAS CITY Bctliany Medical Ctr.
913 281-8880 51 No. 12th St.
66102
LAWRENCE Lawrence Memorial Hosp.
913 843-3680 325 Maine St. 66044
Ext. 162,163
PARSONS Labette County
316 421-4880 Medical Center
Ext. 320 S. 21st St. 67357
SALINA St. John's Hospital
913 827-5591 139 N. Penn St.
Ext. 112 67401
TOPEKA
Storaont-Vail Kosp.
913 354-6100 10th & Washburn Sts.
66606
WICHITA Wesley Medical Ctr.
316 685-2151 550 N. Hillside Ave.
Ext. 7515 67214
KENTUCKY
STATE Department For Human Resources
COORDINATOR Frankfort 40601
502 564-4935
ASHLAND King's Daughters Hosp.
606 324-2222 2201 Lexington Ave.
41101
BEREA Porter Moore Drug, Inc.
606 986-3061 124 Main St. 40403
FORT THOMAS St. Lukes Hospital
606 292-3215 85 N. Grand Ave.
41075
LEXINGTON Central Baptist Hosp.
606 278-3411 1740 S. Limestone St.
Ext. 152 40503
606 233-5320 Drug Information Ctr.
University of Kentucky
Medical Center
40536
LOUISVILLE Norton-Children's Hosp.
502 589-8222 Pharmacy Dept.
200 E. Chestnut St.
40202
MURRAY
Murray-Calloway
502 753-7588 County Hospital
803 Popular 42071
OWENSBORO Owensboro-Daviess
502 926-3030 County Hospital
Ext. 180 811 Hospital Court
Night-174 42301
PADUCAH
Western Baptist Hosp.
502 444-6361 2501 Kentucky Ave.
Ext. 105 42001
Night-199
PRESTONSBURC Poison Control Center
606 886-8511 Highlands Reg. Med. Ctr.
41653
-------
LOUISIANA
STATE Bureau of Emergency Medical Services
COORDINATOR Baton Rouge 70801
504 342-2600
ALEXANDRIA Rapides General Hosp.
318 487-8111 Emergency Dept.
P.O. Box 7146 71301
BATON ROUGE
504 927-9050
LAFAYETTE
318 234-7381
LAKE CHARLES
318 478-6800
Doctors Hospital
2414 Bunker Hill Dr.
70808
Our Lady of Lourdes Hosp.
P.O. Box 3827
HI St. Landry St. 70501
Lake Charles Memorial
Hospital
P.O. Dr'wer M 70601
MONROE
318 342-3008
318 325-6454
Northeast University
Dept. of Pharmacology
Drug Information Ctr.
700 University Ave.
70201
St. Francis Hospital
P.O. Box 1901 71301
NEW ORLEANS Charity Hosp. of New Orleans
504 568-5222 1532 Tulane Avenue
70140
SHREVEPORT LSD Medical Center
318 425-1524 P.O. Box 33932 71130
MAINE
STATE Maine Poison Control Center
COORDINATOR Portland 04102
1-300 442-6305
PORTLAND Maine Medical Center
207 87J-2950 22 Bramhall Street
1-800 442-6305 041.02
(TOLL FREE)
MARYLAND
STATE Maryland Poison Information Center
COORDINATOR University of Maryland School of Pharmacy
301 528-7604 21201
BALTIMORE Maryland Poison Inf. Ctr.
301 528-7701 Univ. of KD. Sch. of Ph.
800 492-2414 636 W. Lombard St. 21201
(TOLL FREE
IN MARYLAND)
CUMBERLAND Sacred Heart Hospital
301 722-6677 900 Seton Drive
21502
MASSACHUSETTS
STATE Department of Public Health
COORDINATOR Boston 02111
617 727-2670
BOSTON Massachusetts Poison
617 232-2120 Control System
1-800 682-9211 300 Longvood Avenue
02115
MICHIGAN
STATE Division of Emergency Medical Services
COORDINATOR Lansing 48909
517 373-1406
ADRIAN
517 263-2412
ANN ARBOR
313 764-5102
BATTLE CREEK
616 963-5521
BAY CITY
517 892-6589
Emma L. Bixby Hosp.
818 Riverside Ave.
49221
University Hospital
1405 E. Ann St.
48104
Community Hospital
183 West St.
49016
Bay Medical Center
100 15th St.
48706
BERRIEN CENTER Berrien General Hosp.
616 471-7761 Dean's Hill Rd.
49102
COLDWATER Community Health Ctr.
517 278-7361 of Branch County
274 E. Chicago St.
49036
DETROIT Children's Hospital
313 494-5711 of Michigan
3901 Beaublen
48201
313 864-5400 Mount Carocl Mercy
Ext. 416 Hospital
6071 W. Outer Dr.
48235
ELOISE Wayne County General
Day: 313 Hospital
722-3748 30712 Michigan Avenue
Night: 48132
274-3000-6231
FLINT
313 766-0111
Hurley Hospital
6th Ave. & Begole
48502
GRAND RAPIDS St. Mary's Hospital
616 774-6794 201 Lafayette, S.E.
49503
800 442-4571 Western Michigan
800 632-2727 Poison Center
(TOLL FREE) 1840 Wealthy, S. E.
49506
HANCOCK
906 482-1122
Ext. 209
Portage View Hospital
200-210 Michigan Ave.
49930
HOLLAND Holland Community Hosp.
616 396-4661 602 Michigan Ave.
49423
JACKSON
517 788-4816
W.A. Foote Memorial
Hospital
205 N. East St.
49201
-------
MICHIGAN (Continued)
MINNESOTA
KALAMAZOO Borgcss Hospital - PETOSKKY Little Traverse Hosp.
616 383-4815 Ambulatory Care Svc. 616 347-7373 416 Connable
1521 Cull Rd. 49001 49770
616 383-6409 Bronson Methodist Hosp. PONT1AC St. Joseph Mercy Hosp.
252 E. Lovell St. 313 858-7373 900 Woodward Avenue
49006 858-7374 48053
LANSING St. Lawrence Hospital PORT HURON Port Huron Hospital
517 372-5112 1210 W. Saglnaw St. 313 987-5555 1001 Kearney St.
372-5113 48914 987-5000 48060
MARQUETTE Marquette General Hosp. SACINAW . Saginaw General Hosp.
800 562-9723 420 W. Magnetic Dr. 517 755-1111 1447 N. Harrison
49855 48602
MIDLAND Midland Hospital TRAVERSE CITY Munson Medical Ctr.
517 631-7700 4005 Orchard Dr. 616 947-6140 Sixth St. 49684
Ext. 304 48640
BEMIDJI
218 751-5430
BRAINERD
218 829-2861
Ext. 211
CROOKSTON
218 281-4682
DULUTH
218 727-6636
218 727-4551
Ext. 359
EDINA
612 920-4400
FERGUS FALLS
218 736-5475
FRIDLEY
612 786-2200
MANKATO
507 387-4031
MARSHALL
507 532-9661
MINNEAPOLIS
STATE State Department of Health
COORDINATOR Minneapolis 55415
612 296-5276
Beuldjl Hospital MINNEAPOLIS North Memorial Hospital
56601
St. Joseph's Hospital
56401
Rlvervlew Hospital
320 S. Hubbard
56716
St. Luke's Hospital
Emergency Department
915 E. First St. 55805
St. Mary's Hospital
407 E. 3rd St. 55805
Falrview-Southdale Hosp.
6401 France Ave., S.
55435
Lake Region Hospital
56537
Unity Hospital
550 Osbome Rd. 55432
Immanuel - St. Joseph's
Hospital
325 Garden Blvd. 56001
Louis Uelner Memorial
Hospital 56258
Falrvlew Hospital
612 588-0616
612 874-4233
MORRIS
612 589-1313
ROCHESTER
507 285-5123
ST. CLOUD
612
Ext
ST.
612
612
612
612
612
612
251-2700
. 221
PAUL
221-2301
227-6521
228-3132
291-3348
291-3139
298-8402
221-2113
3220 Lowry North 55422
Northwestern Hospital
810 E. 27th St. 55407
Stevens County Memorial
Hospital 56267
Southeastern Minnesota Poison
Control Center
St. Mary's Hospital
1216 Second St. , S. W.
55901
St. Cloud Hospital
1406 6th Avenue, N.
56301
Bothesda Lutheran Ho?p.
559 Capitol Blvd. 55103
The Children's Hosp. Inc.
311 Pleasant Ave. S510:
St. John's Hosplc.il
403 Maria Ave. 55106
St. Joseph's Hosplt.il
69 W. Exchange 55102
United Hospitals, lac.
St. Luke's Dtvlnlon
300 Ple.ia.int Ave. 5MOJ
St. P.lul-R:lmscv Hosp.
612 371-6402
Ml. Vi7-ll'il
Outpatient Department
2312 S. 6th St. 55406
Ik'MiU'pin County Mfdlr.-l
(Vnl rr
701 I'.-irk Av.-. IV, IS
640 .Int-kfton St. SMOl
HILLMAR Kli-o M,-imrl:il lli'splt:il
M2 2:l.S-4.S.VI 402 W. 3nl St. •if.JOl
WPK'I'IIINirrON WurthlnctiMl
107' \ri-~ :'i.'i i iii'Hi- 1 1 .-i i
lOIr hill A\v
">MS7
-------
MISSISSIPPI
STATE State Board of Health
COORDINATOR Jackson 39205
601 354-6650
11 [ LUX I Gulf Const Community Hosp.
601 338-19)9 4642 Wast Beach Blvd.
39531
601 377-2516 USAF Hospital Kecsler
J77-6555 Keesler Air Force Base
377-6556 39534
BRANDON
601 825-2811
Ext.487.488
COLUMBIA
601 736-6303
Ext. 217
GRF.ENTOOD
601 453-9751
Ext. 633
HATT1ESBURG
601 264-4235
JACKSON
601 958-1704
601 982-0121
Ext. 345
Rankln General Hospital
350 Crossgatcs Blvd.
39042
Marion County General
Hospital
39429
Grecnwood-Leflore
Hospital
River Road 38930
Forrest County General
Hospital
400 S. 28th Avc. 39401
Mississippi Baptist
Medical Center
1225 N. State St.
39201
St. Dominic-Jackson
Memorial Hospital
969 Lakeland Dr.
39216
JACKSON
601 354-6650
601 354-7660
LAUREL
State Board of Health
Bureau of Disease
Control 39205
University Medical Center
2500 N. State Street
39216
Jones County Community
Hospital
601 649-4000
Ext.207,218. Jefferson St. at 13th Ave.
220.248 39440
MERIDIAN St. Joseph's Hospital
601 483-6211 Highway 39. North
Ext. 54, 71 39301
PASCACOULA Singing River Hospital
601 938-5162 Highway 90 East
39567
UNIVERSITY School of Pharmacy
601 234-1522 University of
Mississippi 38677
VICKSBURC Mercy Regional Medical
601 636-2131 Center
Ext.250,276 100 McAuley Dr. 39181
MISSOURI
STATE Missouri Division of Health
COORDINATOR Jefferson City 65102
314 751-2713
CAPE CIRARDEAU 3t. Francis Medical Ctr.
314 335-1251 St. Francis Drive
Ext. 217 63701
HANNIBAL
314 221-0414
Ext.101,183
St. Elizabeth's Hospital
109 Virginia St.
63401
COLIIMBIA
314 882-4141
University of Missouri
Mcdlc.il Center
807 Stadium Rd. 65201
JEFFERSON CITY Charles E. Still
314 635-7141 Osteopathlc Hosp.
Ext. 215 1125 S. Madison 6S101
MISSOURI (Continued)
JOPLIN
417 781-2727
Ext. 393
St. John's Medical Ctr.
2727 McClelland Blvd.
64801
KANSAS CITY Children's Mercy Hosp.
816 471-0626 24th at Cillham Rd.
Ext.383,384 64108
KIRKSVILLE Klrksville Osteopathlc
816 626-2266 Hospital
800 W. Jefferson St.
63501
POPLAR BLUFF
314 785-7721
Lucy Lee Hospital
330 N. 2nd St.
63901
ROLLA Phelps County Memorial
314 364-3100 Hospital
Ext.136,137 1000 W. 10th St.
65401
ST. JOSEPH
816 271-7580
232-8481
Methodist Medical Ctr.
Seventh to Ninth on
Faraon Street
64501
ST. LOUIS Cardinal Clennon Memorial
314 772-5200 Hospital for Children
1465 S. Grand Boulevard
63104
314 367-2034 St. Louis Children's
Hospital
500 S. Kingshlghvay
63110
SPRINGFIELD Lester E. Cox Medical Ctr.
417 831-9746 1423 N. Jefferson St.
1-800 492-4824 65802
(TOLL FREE)
417 885-2115
St. John's Hospital
1235 £. Cherokee
65802
WEST PLAINS West Plains Memorial
417 256-9111 Hospital
Ext.258,259 1103 Alaska Avenue
65775
MONTANA
STATE Department of Health and Environmental Sciences
COORDINATOR Helena 59601
1-800 525-5042
1-800 525-5042 Montana Poison Control System
(TOLL FREE)
NEBRASKA
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Lincoln 68502
402 471-2122
OMAHA Children's Memorial Hosp.
402 553-5400 44th 6 Devey Sts.
800 642-9999 68105
(NEBRASKA)
800 228-9515
(SURROUNDING
STATES)
-------
NEVADA
STATE Department of Human Resources
COORDINATOR Carson City 89710
702 885-4750
LAS VECAS Southern Nevada Memorial
702 385-1277 Hospital
1800 W. Charleston Blvd.
89102
702 731-8000 Sunrtse Hospital Med. Ctr.
3186 South Maryland Parkway
89109
RENO St. Mary's Hospital
702 323-2041 235 W. 6th 89503
702 785-4129 Washoe Medical Center
Night: -4140 77 Pringle Way 89502
NEW HAMPSHIRE
HANOVER
New Hampshire Poison Center
603 643-4000 Mary Hitchcock Hospital
2 Maynard St. 03755
NEW JERSEY
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Trenton 08625
609 292-5666
ATLANTIC CITY Atlantic City Medical
609 344-4081 Center
1925 Pacific Ave.
08401
EAST PRANCE East Orange General
201 672-8400 Hospital
Ext. 223 300 Central Ave.
07019
BELLEVILLE
Clara Maass Memorial
201 751-1000 Hospital
Ext. 781,2, 1A Franklin Ave.
783 07109
BOONTON
201 334-5000
Ext.186,187
BR1DCETON
609 451-6600 Irving Ave. 08302
Riverside Hospital
Powcrvllle Rd.
07055
Brldgcton Hospital
CAMDEN
West Jersey Hospital
609 795-5554 Evcsham Ave. and
Voorhces Twp. 08104
DENV1LLE St. Clare's Hospital
201 627-3000 Pocono Rd. 07834
Ext. 6063
ELIZABETH
201 527-5059
St. Elizabeth Hosp.
225 Williamson St.
07207
ENGLEWOOD Englewood Hospital
201 568-3400 350 Engle St.
07631
FLEMINGTON
Hunterdon Medical Ctr.
201 782-2121 Route S31 08822
LIVINGSTON St. Barnabas Medical
201 992-5161 Center
Old Short Hills Rd.
07039
LONG BRANCH Monmouth Medical Ctr.
201 222-2210 Dunbar & 2nd Ave.
07740
NEW JERSEY (Continual
MONTC1.AIR Mountainside Hospital
201 746-6000 Bay & Highland Aves.
07042
MOUNT HOLLY Burlington County
609 267-7877 Memorial Hosp.
175 Madison Ave.
08060
NEPTUNE Jersey Shore Medical
800 822-9761 Ctr.-Fltkin Hosp.
1945 Corlies Ave.
07753
NEWARK Newark Beth Israel
201 926-7240 Medical Center
926-7241, 2, 201 Lyons Ave.
926-7243 07112
201 589-1300 St. James Hospital
155 Jefferson Street
07105
NEW BRUNSWICK Middlesex General Hosp.
201 828-3000 180 Somerset Street
08903
201 745-8526 St. Peter's Medical Ctr.
254 Easton Ave. 08903
NEWTON Newton Memorial Hosp.
201 383-2121 175 High St. 07860
Ext. 270,1.2,
273
ORANGE Hospital Center at
201 678-1100 Orange
Ext. 231 188 S. Essex Ave.
07051
PASSAIC St. Mary's Hospital
201 473-1000 211 Pennington Ave.
07055
PERTH AMBOY Perth Amboy General Hosp.
201 442-3700 530 New Brunswick Ave.
Ext. 2500 08861
PHILLIPSBURC Warren Hospital
201 859-1500 185 Rosebcrry St.
Ext. 280 08865
POINT PLEASANT Point Pleasant Hcsp.
201 892-1100 Osborn Ave. 4 River
Ext. 385 Front 08742
PRINCETON The Medical Center at
609 921-7700 Princeton
Ext. 241 253 Wltherspoon St.
08540
SADDLE BROOK Saddle Brook General
201 368-6023 Hospital
300 Market St. 07662
SOKERS POINT Shore Memorial Hosp.
609 653-3515 Brighton 4 Sunny Aves.
08244
SOMERVILLE Somerset Medical Center
201 725-4000 RehiJl Ave. OS876
Ext.431,432
SUMMIT Overlook Hospital
201 522-2232 193 Morris Ave.
07901
TEANECK Holy Name Hosplt.il
201 837-3070 718 Teaneck Rd.
07666
TRENTON Helene Fuld Med. Ctr.
609 396^1077 750 Brunswick Ave.
08607
UNION Memorial General Hosp.
201 687-1900 1000 Galloping Hill Rd.
Ext. 237 07083
WAYNE Greater Patcrson Gen.
201 684-6900 Hospital
Ext. 224,5 224 Hamburg Tnpk.
226 07470
-------
NEW MEXICO
STATE The University of New Mexico
COORDINATOR Albuquerque 87131
505 843-2551
STATE COORDINATOR
ALBUQUERQUE New Mexico Poison,
505 843-2551 Drug Inf. & Med.
(1-800 432-6866 Crisis Ctr.. Univ.
Within NX) of New Mexico 87131
NEW YORK
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Albany 12210
'518 474-3664
BINCHAMTON Blnghamton General Hosp.
607 772-8929 Mitchell & Lark Sts.
13903
607 798-5231 Our Lady of Lourdes
Memorial Hosp.
169 Riverside Drive
13905
BUFFALO Western New York Poison
716 878-7654 Control Center at
Children's Hospital
219 Bryant St. 14222
DUNKIRK Brooks Memorial Hosp.
716 366-1111 10 West 6th St.
Ext.414,415 14048
EAST MEADOW Nassau County Medical
516 542-2323 Center
542-2324 2201 Hempstead Tnpk.
542-2325 11554
ELHIRA
607 737-4194
607 734-2662
ENDICOTT
607 754-7171
GLENS FALLS
518 792-3151
Ext. 456
JAMESTOWN
716 487-0141
484-8648
JOHNSON CITY
607 773-6611
Arnot Ogden Memorial
Hospital
Roe Ave. & Grove Street
14901
St. Joseph's Hospital
Health Center
555 E. Market St.
14901
Ideal Hospital
600 High Ave.
13760
Glens Falls Hospital
100 Park St. 12801
W. C. A. Hospital
207 Foote Ave.
14707
Wilson Memorial Hosp.
33-57 Harrison St.
14707
NEW YORK (Continued)
KINGSTON
914 331-3131
Kingston Hospital
396 Broadway
12401
ROCHESTER
716 275-5151
Strong Memorial Hosp.
260 Crittenden Blvd.
14620
NEW YORK N.Y. City, Dept. of Hlth.
212 340-4494 Bureau of Laboratories
340-4495 455 First Ave. 10016
NIAGARA FALLS Niagara Falls Memorial
716 278-4511 Medical Center
621 Tenth St. 14302
NYACK Hudson Valley Poison Ctr.
914 358-5581 Nyack Hospital (Pharmacy)
358-6200 North Midland Avenue
Ext.451,452 10960
SCHENECTADY Ellis Hospital
518 382-4039 1101 Nott Street
382-4121
SYRACUSE Onondaga County Health Dept.
315 476-7529 Poison Control Center
Upstate Medical Center
750 E. Adams Street
13210
WATERTOWN House of the Good
315 788-8700 Samaritan Hospital
Washington &
Pratt Sts. 13602
NORTH CAROLINA
STATE Duke University Medical Center
COORDINATOR Durham 27710
919 684-8111
ASHEVILLE .
704 255-4660
CHARLOTTE
704 372-5100
Memorial Mission Hosp.
509 Blltmore Ave.
28801
Mercy Hospital
2001 Vail Ave. 28207
DURHAM Duke University
919 684-8111 Medical Center
Box 3007 27710
GREENSBORO
919 379-4105
Moses Cone Hospital
1200 N. Elm St. 27401
HENDERSONVILLE Margaret R. Pardce
704 693-6522 Hospital
Ext. 222 Fleming St. 28739
HICKORY
704 322-6649
JACKSONVILLE
919 353-1234
Ext. 240
WILMINGTON
919 343-7046
Catawba Memorial Hosp.
Falrgrovc-Church Rd.
28601
Onslow Memorial Hosp.
Western Blvd.
28540
New Hanover Memorial
Hospital
2131 S. 17th St. 28401
-------
NORTH DAKOTA
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Bismarck 58505
701 224-2388
BISMARCK Bismarck Hospital
701 223-4357 300 North 7th St.
58501
FARM St. Luke's Hospital
70.1 280-5575 Fifth St. at Mills Ave.
58102
GRAND FORKS United Hospital
701 780-5000 1200 S. Columbia Rd.
58201
HINOT St. Joseph's Hospital
701 857-2553 Third St. & Fourth Ave., S.E.
58701
HILLISTON Mercy Hospital
701 572-7661 1301 15th Avenue
58801
AKRON
216 379-8562
OHIO
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Columbus 43216
614 466-2544
Children's Hospital
Buchtel at Bowery
44308
CANTON Aultman Hospital
216-452-9911 Emergency Rm.
Ext. 203 2600 Sixth Street S.U.
44710
CINCINNATI
513 872-5111
CLEVELAND
216 231-4455
Drug 4 Poison Inf. Ctr.
Univ. of Cincinnati Med.
Ctr., Room 7701, Bridge
45267
Academy of Medicine
11001 Cedar Avenue
44106
COLUMBUS Children's Hospital
614 228-1323 700 Children's Dr.
43205
DAYTON Children's Medical Ctr.
513 222-2227 1735 Chapel St. 45404
LORAIN
216 282-2220
MANSFIELD
419 522-3411
Ext. 545
Lorain Community Hosp.
3700 Kolbe Rd. 44053
Mansfield General Hosp.
335 Glessner Ave.
44903
SPRINGFIELD Community Hospital
513 325-1255 2615 E. High St.
45505
TOLEDO Medical College Hosp.
419 381-3897 P.O. Box 6190 43609
YOUNCSTOWN Mahoning Valley Poison
216 746-2222 Center
St. Ellz. Hosp. & Med. Ctr.
1044 Belmont Avenue 44505
ZANKSVILLE Bethesda Hospital
614 454-4221 Poison Information Center
2951 Maple Avenue 43701
OKLAHOMA
STATE Oklahoma Poison Control Center
COORDINATOR Oklahoma Children's Memorial Hospital
405 271-5454 P.O. Box 26307
or 73126
800 522-4611
ADA
405 322-2323
Ext. 200
ARDHORE
405 223-5400
Valley View Hospital
1300 E. 6th St.
74820
Memorial Hospital of
Southern Oklahoma
1011-14th Ave.
73401
LAWTON Comanche County
405 355-8620 Memorial Hosp.
3401 Gore Blvd.
73501
McALESTER McAlester General
918 426-1800 Hosp., Inc. West
Ext. 240 P.O. Box 669
74501
OKLAHOMA CITY Oklahoma Poison Control
405 271-5454
or
800 522-4611
(Oklahoma)
PONCA CITY
405 765-3321
TULSA
918 584-1351
Ext. 6165
Center
Oklahoma Children's
Memorial Hospital
P.O. Box 26307
73126
St. Joseph Medical Ctr.
14th & Hartford
74601
Hillcrest Medical Ctr.
1653 East 12th
74104
OREGON
PORTLAND
503 225-8500
Oregon Poison Control &
Drug Inf. Center
Univ. of Oregon Hlth.
Sciences Center
3181 S. W. Sam Jackson
Park Road 97201
-------
PENNSYLVANIA
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Harrleburg 17120
717 787-2307
ALLENTOWN
215 92L-2121
ALTOONA
814-946-3711
BETHI.HHEM
215 691-4141
BI.OCIMSBURC
717 784-7121
BRADFORD
814 368-4143
BKYN MAWR
215 527-0600
CIIAMBEKSBIIRC
717 264-5171
Ext. 431
CHESTER
215 494-0721
Ext. 232
C1.EARF1E1.D
814 765-5341
COAl.DALE
717 645-2131
COUDERSPORT
SU 274-9300
DMWII.LE
7)7 275-6116
Lchlgh Vnllcy Poison
Center
17th & Chew Sts. 18102
Altoona Region Poison
Center, Mercy Hospital
2500 Seventh Avc. 16603
St. Luke's Hospital
800 DSC rum St. 18015
The Blootnsburg Hospital
549 E. Fair St. 17815
Bradford Hospital
Interstate Pkwy. 16701
The Bryn Mawr Hospital
19010
The Chambersburg Hasp.
7th and King St.
17201
Sacred Heart General
Hospital
9th and Wilson St.
19013
Clenrficld Hospital
809 Turnpike Ave.
16830
Coaldale State General
Hospital 18218
Charles Cole Memorial
Hospital
RD 03, Route 6 16915
Susquc!ianna Poison
Center
Celslngcr Medical Ctr.
North Academy Ave. 17821
DOVLESTOWN Doylestoun Hospital
215 345-2281 595 W. State St. 18901
DREXEL HILL Delaware County Memorial
215 259-3800 Hospital
Lansdowne & Keystone Ave.
19026
EAST STROUDSBURC Pocono Hospital
717 421-4000 206 E. Brown St.
18301
EASTON
Eaaton Hospital
215 258-6221 21st & Lehlgh St.
18042
ERIE Doctors Osteopathlc
814~455-3961 252 W. llth St.
16501
'814 864-4031 Erie Osteopathlc Hosp.
5515 Peach St. 16509
814 455-6711 Hamot Medical Center
Ext. 521 4 E. Second St. 16512
814 452-3232 Northwest Poison
Center
St. Vincent Health Ctr.
P.O. Box 740 16512
GETTYSBURG Annie M. Warner Hasp.
717 334-2121 S. Washington St.
17325
CREENSBURC Westmoreland Hosp. Assn.
412 837-0100 532 W. Pittsburgh St.
15601
HANOVER Hanover General Hospital
717 637-3711 300 Highland Ave.
17331
PENNSYLVANIA (Continued)
HARRISBUKG
717 782-3639
717 782-4141
Ext. 4132
HERSHEY
717 534-6111
JEANNETE
412 527-3551
JERSEY SHORE
717 398-0100
JOHNSTOWN
814 535-5351
814 535-7541
814 536-5353
LANCASTER
717 299-5511
717 299-4546
LANSDALE
215 368-2100
LEBANON
717 272-7611
LEHIGHTON
Harrlsburg Hospital
S. Front 4 Mulberry St.
17101
Polycllnlc Hospital
3rd & Polycllnlc Ave.
17105
Milton S. Hershey
Medical Center
University Dr. 17033
Jeannete District
Memorial Hosp.
600 Jefferson Ave.
15644
Jersey Shore Hospital
Thompson St. 17740
Conemaugh Valley
Memorial Hosp.
1086 Franklin St.
15905
Lee Hospital
320 Main St. 15901
Mercy Hospital
1020 Franklin St. 15905
Lancaster General Hosp.
555 North Duke St.
17604
St. Joseph's Hospital
250 College Ave.
17604
North Penn Hospital
7th & Broad St.
19446
Good Samaritan Hosp.
4th & Walnut Sts.
17042
Gnaden-Huetten Memorial
LEV1STOWN
717 248-5411
MUNCY
717 546-8282
NANTICOKE
717 735-5000
PAOLI
215 647-2200
PHILADELPHIA
215 922-5523
922-5524
PHILIPSBURC
814 342-3320
'
PITTSBURGH
412 681-6669
PITTSTON
717 654-3341
POTTSTOWN
215 327-1000
POTTSVILLE
717 622-3400
READING
215 376-4881
215 378-6218
SAYRE
717 888-6666
Lewis town Hospital
Highland Ave. 17044
Muncy Valley Hospital
P.O. Box 340 17756
Nantlcoke State
Hospital
W. Washington St.
18634
Paoll Memorial Hospital
19301
Philadelphia Poison
Information
321 University Avenue
19104
Phlllpsburg State
General Hosp.
16866
Children's Hospital
125 Desoto St. 15213
Plttston Hospital
Oregon Heights
18640
Pottstown Memorial
Medical Ctr.
High St. & Firestone Blvd
19464
Good Samaritan Hospital
E. Norwegian and
Tremont St. 17901
Community General Hosp.
145 N. 6th St. 19601
Reading Hospital and
Medical Ctr. 19603
The Robert Packer Hosp.
Cuthrle Square 18840
215 377-1300
Hospital
llth & Hamilton St.
18235
-------
SI.L1.EKSVILI.E Crandvlew Hospital
2J5 257-3611 18960
SOMERSET Somerset Community
814 443-2626 Hospital
225 South Center Ave.
15501
STATE COLLEGE Centre Community
Rli 238-4351 Hospital 16801
T1TUSVII.1.E Titusvllle Hospital
814 827-1851 406 W. Oak St. 16354
PENNSYLVANIA (Continued)
TUNKHANNOCK
Tyler Memorial Hoap.
717 836-2161 RD Jl 18657
YORK Memorial Osteopathlc
717 843-8623 Hospital
325 S. Beltnont St.
17403
717 771-2311 York Hospital
1001 S. George St.
17405
PUERTO RICO
STATE University of Puerto Rico
COORDINATOR Rio Piedras
809 765-4880
765-0615
AKF.C1BO District Hospital
809 878-7272 of Arecibo 00613
Ext. 7459
7510
FAJARHO District Hospital
H09 863-3792 of Fajardo 00649
863-0939
MAYACUEZ Mayaguez Medical Ctr.
809 832-8686 Department of Health
Ext. 1224 P.O. Box 1868 00709
PONCE District Hospital
809 842-8364 of Ponce 00731
RIO PIEDRAS Medical Center of
809 764-3515 Puerto Rico 00936
RHODE ISLAND
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Providence 02908
401 277-2401
KINGSTON College of Pharmacy PROVIDENCE Rhode Island Hospital
401 792-2775 University of Rhode Island 401 277-4000 593 Eddy St. 02902
792-2762 02881
401 521-5055 Roger Williams General
PAWTUCKET Memorial Hospital
401 724-1230 Prospect St. 02860
Hospital
825 Chalkatone Ave.
SOUTH CAROLINA
STATE Department of Health & Environmental Control
COORDINATOR Columbia 29201
803 758-5625
CHARLESTON Poison Information Serv.
803 792-4201 Medical University of
South Carolina
171 Ashley Ave. 29403
COLUMBIA
803 765-7359
Poison & Drug Inf. Ctr.
College of Pharmacy
Room 313 Coker Life
Science Bldg.
University of S.C. 29208
SOUTH DAKOTA
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Pierre 57501
605 773-3361
RAPID CITY West River Poison Ctr. SIOUX FALLS
605 343-3333 Rapid City Regional 605 336-3894
1-800 742-8925 Hospital East 1-800 952-0123
(TOLL FREE) 57701 (TOLL FREE)
McKennan Hospital Poison Ctr.
800 East 21st St.
57101
-------
TENNESSEE
CHATTANOOGA
615 755-6100
COOKEV1LLE
615 528-2541
JACKSON
901 424-0424
JOHNSON CITY
615 926-1131
STATE Department of Public Health
COORDINATOR Nashville 37219
615 741-2407
T.C. Thompson Children's
Hospital
910 Blackford St. 37403
Cookevllle General Hasp.
142 W. 5th St. 38501
Madison General Hosp.
708 W. Forest 38301
Memorial Hospital
Boone & Fairvlow Avc.
37601
KMOXVILLE Memoriol Research Center
615 971-3261 and Hospital
1924 Alcoa Highway
37920
MEMPHIS University of Tennessee
901 528-6048 College of Pharmacy
874 Union Avenue 38163
NASHVILLE Vanderbllt University
615 322-3391 Hospital
21st 4 Garland 37232
TEXAS
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Austin 78756
512 458-7254
ABJKENE Hendrlck Hospital
9*15 677-3551 19th & Hickory Sto.
Ext.266,267 79601
AHARILLO Amarillo Hospital District
806 376-4431 Amarillo Emergency
Ext.501,502 Receiving Ctr.
503,504 P.O. Box 1110
2203 W. 6th St. 79175
AUSTIN
Brackenrldge Hospital
512 478-4490 14th & Sablne Sts. 78701
BEAUMONT Baptist Hospital of
713 833-7409 Southeast Texas
P.O. Box 1591
College 4 llth St.
77701
CORPUS CHRISTI Memorial Medical Center
512 884-4511 P.O. Box 5280
Ext.556,557 2606 Hospital Blvd.
78405
EL PASO R.E. Thomaeon General
915 544-1200 Hospital
P.O. Box 20009
4815 Alameda Ave.
79905
FORT WORTH W.I. Cook Children's
817 336-5521 Hospital
Ext. 17 or 1212 Lancaster
336-6611 76102
TEXAS (Continued)
GALVESTON Southeast Texas Poison
713 765-1420 Control Center
or 8th & Mechanic Sts.
713 765-1561 77550
GRAND PRAIRIE Grand Prairie Community
214 647-1141 Hospital
2709 Hospital Blvd.
75051
riARLINGEN Valley Baptist Hospital
512 423-1224 P.O. Box 2588
Ext. 283 2101 S. Commerce St.
78550
LAREDO
512 722-2431
Ext. 29
Mercy Hospital
1515 Logan St.
78040
LUBBOCK Methodist Hospital
806 792-1011 Pharmacy
Ext. 315 3615 19th St. 79410
MIDLAND Midland Memorial Hospital
915 684-8257 1908 W. Wall 79701
ODESSA Medical Center Hospital
915 337-7311 P.O. Box 633
Ext.250,252 79760
PLAINVIEW Plalnvlew Hospital
806 296-9601 2404 Yonkers St. 79072
SAN ANCELO Shannon West Texas
915 653-6741 Memorial Hospital
Ext. 210 P.O. Box 1879
9 S. Magdalen St.
76901
SAN ANTONIO Bexar County Hospital
512 223-1481 District
c/o Department of Pediatrics
Univ. of Texas Medical
School at San Antonio
7703 Floyd Dr. 78229
TYLER Medical Center Hospital
214 597-0351 1000 S. Beckham St.
Ext. 255 75701
WACO Hillcrest Baptist Hosp.
817 753-1412 3000 Herring Ave.
756-6111 76708
WICHITA FALLS Wichita General Hospital
817 322-6771 Emergency Room
1600 8th St. 76301
UTAH
STATE Division of Health
COORDINATOR Salt Lake City 84113
801 533-6191
533-6131
\
SALT LAKE CITY Intermountaln Regional
801 581-2151 Poison Control Center
50 N. Medical Drive
84132
-------
VIRGINIA
STATE Bureau of Emergency Medical Services
CORDINATOR Richmond, 23219
804 786-5188
ALEXANDRIA
703 370-9000
Ext. 555
ARLINGTON
703 558-6161
Alexandria Hospital
4320 Seminary Rd.
22314
Arlington Hospital
5129 N. 16th St.
22205
NASSAWADOX
804 442-8000
NORFOLK
804 489-5111
Northampton-Accomack
Memorial Hosp.
23413
DePaul Hospital
Granby St. at Klngsley
Lane 23505
BLACKSBURC
804 951-1111
Montgomery County
Community Hosp.
Rt. 460. S.
24060
CHARLOTTESVILLE Blue Ridge Poison Center
804 924-5543 University of Virginia
Hospital 22908
DANVILLE
804 799-2100
Ext. 3869
FALLS CHURCH
703 698-3600
698-3111
HAMPTON
804 722-1131
Danville Memorial Hosp.
142 S. Main St.
22201
Fairfax Hospital
3300 Callous Rd.
22046
Hampton General Hosp.
3120 Victoria Blvd.
23661
HARRISONBURG Rocklngham Memorial Hosp.
804 434-4421 738 S. Mason St.
Ext. 225 22801
LEXINGTON Stonewall Jackson Hosp.
804 463-9141 22043
LYNCUBURC Lynchburg Gen. Marshall
804 528-2066 Lodge Hosp., Inc.
Tntc Springs Rd.
24504
PETERSBURG
804 861-2992
PORTSMOUTH
804 397-6541
Ext. 418
RICHMOND
804 786-9123
ROANOKE
703 981-7336
STAUNTON
Petersburg General Hosp.
801 South Adams Street
23803
U.S. Naval Hospital
23708
Virginia Poison Center
Virginia Commonwealth Univ.
Box 763 MCV Station 23298
Roanoke Memorial Hosp.
Bellcview at Jefferson St.
P.O. Box 13367 24033
King's Daughters' Hosp.
P.O. Box 2007
703 885-0361
Ext. 209,247 24401
WAYNESBORO Waynesboro Community
703 942-8355 Hospital
Ext. 440,500 501 Oak Ave. 22980
W1LLIAMSBURG Wllllamsburg Community
804 229-1120 Hospital
Ext. 65 Mt. Vernon Ave.
Drawer H 23185
VIRGIN ISLANDS
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR St. Thomas 00801
809 774-1321
Ext. 275
ST. CROIX
Charles Harvood Memorial
809 773-1212 Hospital
773-1311 Chrlstlansted
Ext. 221 00820
809 772-0260 Ingeborg Nesbltt Clinic
772-0212 Frederlcksted 00840
ST. JOHN
Morris F. DeCastro Clinic
809 776-1469 Cruz Bay 00830
ST. THOMAS Knud-Hansen Memorial
809 774-1321 Hospital
Ext.224,225 00801
WASHINGTON
STATE Department of Social & Health Services
COORDINATOR Seattle, WA 98105
206 633-0505
ABERDEEN St. Joseph's Hospital
206 533-0450 1006 North H St.
Ext. 277 98520
BELLINCHAM St. Luke's General Hosp.
206 676-8400 809 E. Chestnut St.
676-8401 98225
1-800 562 8816
562 8817
(Toll Free)
LONCVIEW St. John's Hospital
206 636-5252 1614 E. Kessler
98632
MADICAN Madigan Army Medical
206 967-6972 Ctr. Emergency Rm.
98431
OLYMPIA St. Peter's Hospital
206 491-0222 413 N. Lilly Rd.
98506
SEATTLE Children's Orthopedic
206 634-5252 Hosp. & Med. Ctr.
4800 Sandpoint Way, N.
98105
SPOKANE Deaconess Hospital
509 747-1077 W. 800 5rh Ave.
99210
TACOMA Mary Bridge Children's
206 272-1281 Hospital
Ext. 259 311 S. L St. 98405
VANCOUVER St. Joseph Community
206 256-2067 Hospital
600 N.E. 92nd St.
98664
YAKIMA Yakima Valley Memorial
509 248-4400 Hospital
2811 Tleton Dr. 98902
-------
WEST VIRGINIA
STATE Department of Health
COORDINATOR Charleston 25305
304 348-2971
JO'. 252-6431
Ext. 10
Buckley Hospital
1007 S. Oakwood Ave.
25801
PARKERSBURC Camden-Clark Hospital
304 428-8011 717 Ann St. 26101
Ext. 28 & 130
304 949-4313
Ext. 261
E.I. DuPont de Nemours
and Company
25015
304 422-8535
Ext. 251
St. Joseph's Hospital
19th St. & Murdoch Ave.
26101
CHARLESTON Charleston Area Medical
304 348-4211 Ctr. Memorial Division
3200 Noyes Ave. 25304
Cl-ARKSBUBC
304* 623-3444
Ext. 251
HUNT IXC TON
304 696-6160
United Hospital Ctr. Inc.
Downtown Division
Washington 4 Chestnut Sts.
26301
Cabel1-HuntIngton Hosp.
1340 16th St. 25701
304 696-3760 St. Mary's Hospital
2900 1st Ave. 25701
MARTm.SBL'BC City Hospital
304 263-8971 Dry Run Rd. 25401
HOREANTUWH Mountain State Poison Ctr.
30'. 293-5341 Department of Pediatrics
West Virginia University
Medical Center 26506
PT. PLEASANT Pleasant Valley Hospital
304 696-6160 Valley Drive
696-3762 25550
KONCEVERTE Crcenbrler Valley Hosp.
304 647-4411 608 Crcenbrler Ave.
647-4412,13 24970
Ext. 33
WEIRTON
304 748-3232
Ext. 208
Uelrton General Hosp.
St. John's Road
26062
UESTON Stonewall Jackson Hosp.
304 269-3000 507 Main Ave.
Ext. 201,228 26452
WHEELING
304 233-4455
Ext. 224
Wheeling Hospital
109 Main St. 2600.
WISCONSIN
STATE Department of Heath & Social Services, Dlv. of Health
COORDINATOR Madison 53701
608 266-0923
EAU CLAIRE Luther Hospital
715 835-1515 310 Chestnut St.
54701
GREEN BAY St. Vincent Hospital
414 432-8621 835 S. Van Buren St.
54305
LACROSSE St. Francis Hospital
608 784-3971 709 S. Tenth St 54601
MADISON University Hospitals
608 262-3702 Clinics
600 Highland Avenue
53792
MILWAUKEE Milwaukee Children's
414 931-1010 Hospital
1700 W. Wisconsin
53233
WYOMING
STATE Department of Hlth. & Social Services
COORDINATOR Cheyenne 82001
307 777-7955
CHEYENNE Wyoming Poison Center
307 635-9256 DcPaul Hospital
2600 East 18th St.
82001
-------
APPENDIX F
SUBSTANCES POSING POTENTIAL OCCUPATIONAL CARCINOGENIC RISK
-------
GUIDELINES FOR THE LABORATORY USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES
POSING A POTENTIAL OCCUPATIONAL CARCINOGENIC RISK
LABORATORY CHEMICAL CARCINOGEN SAFETY STANDARDS SUBCOMMITTEE
OF THE
DHEW COMMITTEE TO COORDINATE TOXICOLOGY AND RELATED PROGRAMS
June 5, 1979
REVISED DRAFT
-------
APPENDIX A
Substances Posing a Potential Occupational
Carcinogenic Risk
Substances Currently Regulated by the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration as Carcinogens
Asbestos Ethylenimine
4-Nitrobiphenyl beta-Propiolactone
alpha-Naphthylamine 2-Acetylaminofluorene
Methyl chlororaethyl ether 4-Diraethylaminoazobenzene
3,3' - Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts) N-Nitrosodimethylaraine
bis-Chloromethyl ether Vinyl chloride
beta-Naphthylamine Inorganic arsenic
Benzidine Benzene
4-Aminodiphenyl Coke oven emmissions
Current List of Substances Selected by
the DHEW Committee to Coordinate Toxicology and
Related Programs for Inclusion Under these Guidelines
(This list of substances is not to be considered all
inclusive. Rather, it serves as a list of substances
for which Safety Data Sheets are currently being prepared)
Benzofajpyrene 7,12-DimethylbenzCeQanthracene
Benz(ajanthracene Dibenz [a, h] anthracene
3-Methylcholanthrene N-Nitrosopiperidine
N-Nitrosodiethylamine 1,4-Dinitrosopiperazine
N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine N-Nitroso-N-ethylurethane
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine l-Methyl-3-nitro-l-nitrosoguanidine
N-Nitroso-N-methylurea 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine
N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea 1,2-Dimethylhydrazine
N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane Hydrazine
2-Aminofluorene Methylhydrazine
N-Hydroxy-2-acetylaminofluorene . Procarbazine
N-Acetoxy-2-acetylaminofluorene Chlorambucil
Dimethylethylenimine Uracil mustard
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine Carbon tetrachloride
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine Chloroform
4,4'-Methylene bis-(2-chloroaniline) 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane
m-Toluenediamine Ethylene Dibromide
Polychlorinated biphenyls Propylenimine
Diepoxybutane 4-Nitroquinoline-1-oxide
p-Dioxane
N-[4-(5-Nitro-2-furyl)-2-thiazolyJ3-fortnamide
Bromoethyl methanesulfonate Diazomethane
Ethyl methanesulfonate Cycasin
Methyl methanesulfonate o-Aminoazobenzene
1,3-Propane sultone 3'-Methyl-4-aminoazobenzene
Ethionine Aflatoxins
Urethane
-------
APPENDIX F
PRIMARY CONTAINMENT EQUIPMENT
The purpose of primary containment equipment is to protect the laboratory
worker from exposure to vapors or aerosols of hazardous^materials that may be
released by procedures performed within the equipment. Primary containment
equipment that is properly designed, located, maintained, and operated can pre-
vent or minimize the escape of hazardous materials from the equipment into the
laboratory. The open face laboratory-type hood and the glove box are the prin-
cipal primary containment equipment upon which laboratory workers depend for
their protection while working with chemical carcinogens.
Open face laboratory-type hood
The laboratory fume hood and the Class I and II biological safety
cabinets are examples of open face laboratory-type hoods. Protection is
provided by the flow of air from the laboratory into the hood through the
open face. This air flow reduces the potential for escape of airborne
contaminants from the hood into the laboratory. This type of equipment does
not provide protection against direct contact with hazardous materials when
procedures are performed with the equipment. Such protection is dependent
on strict adherence to good laboratory practice.
The performance of this type of equipment in protecting the laboratory
worker from exposure to airborne contaminants is dependent on the design of
the face opening, the location of the equipment within the laboratory, how
well it is maintained, the manner in which the equipment is used, as well as
the quantity and velocity of air that passes across the open face. The face
opening should be designed so that air turbulence around the edges of the open
face is avoided and uniform face velocities are maintained. The equipment
-------
should be located in an area of the laboratory away from doorways, supply
air diffusers, and spaces of high activity. Generally, the best location
for this equipment is at the end of the room away from the laboratory door.
Equipment users should be trained to avoid abrupt movements of the arms
and body which tend to draw air from the hood into-the laboratory. Open
face laboratory-type hoods that are designed, located, maintained and oper-
ated properly can provide excellent worker protection for any activity which
should be performed in such equipment when the velocity of air crossing the
open face is maintained at approximately 100 feet per minute.
Equipment descriptions, recommended specifications and certification
procedures can be found in the following documents:
(1) Laboratory Fume Hood Standards, Recommended for the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. Contract No. 68-01-4661.
Jan. 15, 1978.
(2) Laboratory Safety Monograph, A Supplement to the NIH
Guidelines for Recombinant DNA Research. U.S. Department
of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service,
National Institutes of Health. January, 1979.
(3) National Sanitation Foundation Standard No. 49. National
Sanitation Foundation, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1976.
Glove Box
The Glove Box or Class III biological safety cabinet is a totally
enclosed ventilated cabinet of gastight construction. Operations within
this equipment are conducted through attached rubber gloves. When in use,
the equipment is maintained under negative air pressure of at least 0.5 inches
water gage. Supply air is drawn into the equipment through HEPA filters and
the exhaust air is treated to prevent the discharge of contaminants into the
-------
environment. This equipment provides the highest level of personnel and
environmental protection.
The Glove Box is generally recommended for the isolation of procedures
involving stock quantities of chemical carcinogens. Worker protection can be
compromised by puncture of the gloves or accidents creating positive pressure.
Flammable solvents should not be used in this equipment unless a careful evalu-
ation has been made to determine that concentrations do not reach dangerous
levels. When required and determined safe, these materials should only be
introduced in the equipment in closed, nonbreakable containers. These materials
should not be stored in the equipment. Flammable gas should not be piped to
this equipment.
------- |